Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

they came to Jesus

  • 1 ἐπί

    ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)
    marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, near
    w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.
    w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.
    α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).
    β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).
    w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)
    α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.
    β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.
    γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.
    marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, near
    w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.
    with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.
    marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.
    marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, on
    w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).
    w. acc.
    α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.
    β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.
    γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.
    δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.
    ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.
    marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.
    marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)
    ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.
    w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.
    after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.
    marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).
    marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).
    marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., over
    w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.
    w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.
    w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.
    marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.
    marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.
    marker of hostile opposition, against
    w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).
    w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.
    marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.
    marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, about
    w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.
    w. acc.
    α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.
    β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).
    marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.
    marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.
    marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.
    marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, for
    w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.
    w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).
    w. acc.
    α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).
    β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐπί

  • 2 eta

    junt.
    1. and; Jesus, Maria, \eta Jose Jesus, Mary, and Joseph; zu \eta ni you and me ; egin behar duzu \eta egingo duzu you have to do it and you will do it
    b. ( errepikatuz) jardun \eta jardun by constantly insisting; lan \eta lan working around the clock
    c. ( zenbakiekin) bi litro eta erdi two and a half litres
    d. ( ondorioei d.) and; triste naiz \eta hilko banintz, hobe I'm down and if I died, it'd be better
    a. ( aditz laguntzaileekin) astoa ekarri zuenta eta ataraian utzi (I) | astoa ekarri eta atarian utzi zuen (H) he brought the donkey and left it in the doorway; ez dute hori egiten \eta horiek ere ez they don't do that and neither do they
    b. (= eta gainerakoak) Joanes \eta erbestera joan dira Joanes and company have gone abroad; apeza \eta etzi etorriko dira the priest and company will come the day after tomorrow; ikasgela mahaiak, liburuak \eta, suntsitu zituen it destroyed the classroom, tables, books, the whole caboodle
    c. ( eta berehala) Elvis agertu \eta oihuka hasi ziren as soon as Elvis appeared they started screaming
    3.
    a. ( + izenordea, ez da itzultzen) noiz \eta etorri baitziren formala. Lit. when they came; non \eta Ugandan ikusi nuen I saw him in Uganda of all places; nor \eta lehendakaria etorri zen the president, of all people, came; zeren \eta because
    b. \eta gero after; harik \eta haiek etorri arte until they come; nahiz \eta ona izan even though it is good
    c. (+ bai, ez) bai \eta haiek ere so are they; ez \eta haiek ere neither {are || do} they
    4. (= bait-)
    a. since, as; ez zuten ekarri, handiegi zen \eta they didn't bring it as it was too big
    b. ( + dela) hori dela \eta ez ziren etorri they haven't come on account of that
    5. ( euskaraz, bi perpausa "eta" juntailuz lotua daudelarik baina ingelesez, "that", "which" "who" juntailuz elkarturik) joan nintzen \eta ikusi nuen herria polita zen the town I went to see was pretty

    Euskara Ingelesa hiztegiaren > eta

  • 3 ἐγγίζω

    ἐγγίζω (fr. ἐγγύς) Att. fut. ἐγγιῶ; 1 aor. ἤγγισα; Att. reduplication ἐνήγγισα and ἠνήγγισα GJs (deStrycker 242 and 299f); pf. 3 pl. ἠγγίκασιν Dt 31:14. In our lit. only intr. approach, come near (so in Aristot., Polyb., Diod S, Epict. et al., pap, LXX, En; OdeSol 11:6; TestSol, TestAbr B, TestJob, Test12Patr, JosAs 3:2; GrBar 12:6; MartIs, ApcMos, Philo, Joseph.; Tat. 37, 1; s. Nägeli 36; Anz 344f; KClark, JBL 59, ’40, 367–74)
    to move in space and so draw closer to a reference point, draw near, come near, approach of humans and transcendent beings.
    abs. of someone approaching (Gen 18:23; 27:27) Ac 23:15; ἤγγικεν ὁ παραδιδούς με my betrayer is near Mt 26:46; Mk 14:42; thief Lk 12:33; the tribune Ac 21:33; blind man Lk 18:40; Jesus 19:41; 24:15.
    modified
    α. without prep.: W. gen. of thing (Gen. 33:3; Jdth 13:7; En 14:9) ἐγγίσαντες αὐτοῦ when they came near it (the grave) AcPl Ha 11, 19. W. dat. of pers. (Gen 27:21; TestAbr B 2, p. 106, 4 [Stone p. 60]) or thing (Polyb. 18, 4, 1; Ex 32:19; Jos., Bell. 5, 408 τ. πόλει) τῷ παιδί B 6:1 (Is 50:8); τῇ πύλῃ τῆς πόλεως the city gate Lk 7:12; the house 15:25; Damascus Ac 9:3; 22:6; cp. 10:9; the grave GPt 9:36.—Jesus Lk 15:1; 22:47. τῷ θεῷ draw near to God (Philo, Leg. All. 2, 57, Deus Imm. 161; Theodor. Prodr. 7, 475 H. θεοῖς ἐγγ.) of priestly service (Ex 19:22; 34:30; Lev 10:3 al.), fig. of the spiritual service of Christians Hb 7:19; Js 4:8; Mt 15:8 v.l. (cp. Jdth 8:27; Ps 148:14; Is 29:13 al.).
    β. w. prep.: W. εἰς, only with indications of place (Tob 11:1; En 14:10): Jerusalem Mt 21:1; Mk 11:1.—Lk 18:35; 19:29. εἰς τὴν κώμην to the village 24:28; εἰς συναγωγήν Hm 11:13.—W. πρός and dat. to show place (Pr 5:8; OdeSol 11:6 πρὸς τὰ χείλη μου) Lk 19:37. W. ἐπί, τινα Lk 10:9 (cp. Ps 26:2; 68:4 v.l.; ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν AcPl Ha 3, 30; ἐπὶ μίλιον τρίτον for three miles GJs 17:2).
    to draw near in a temporal sense, draw near, come near, approach (POxy 1202, 8; w. dat., Epict. 3, 10, 14; Tat. 37:1). W. indications of time (KClark, JBL 59, ’40, 367–83) the hour Mt 26:45; the day (Ezk 7:4; 12:23) Ro 13:12; Hb 10:25; the (feast) day GJs 1:2; 2:2; ὁ καιρός (La 4:18; 1 Macc 9:10) Lk 21:8; cp. Mt 21:34; ὁ χρόνος Ac 7:17; the Passover Lk 22:1; the end 1 Pt 4:7; the final stumbling-block B 4:3; cp. ending of Mk in the Freer ms. 8; the judgment GPt 7:25; destruction of the temple Lk 21:20; redemption vs. 28. μέχρι θανάτου ἐ. come close to dying Phil 2:30 (cp. Job 33:22; Sir 51:6 ἤγγισεν ἕως θανάτου). PKatz, TZ 5, ’49, 7; ADebrunner, Mus. Helv. 11, ’54, 58f.—Esp. of the approaching Reign of God: ἤγγικεν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν (or τοῦ θεοῦ) Mt 3:2; 4:17; 10:7; Mk 1:15; Lk 10:9, 11 (WHutton, ET 64, ’52/53, 89–91: has come for the Lk passages); AcPl Ha 8, 31=BMM verso 2f. Of the Lord’s return Js 5:8.—On ‘realized eschatology’ s. CDodd, Parables of the Kgdm.3 ’36, 44–51, ET 48, ’36/37, 138–42; JCampbell, ET 48, ’36/37, 91–94; RFuller, The Mission and Achievement of Jesus ’54, 20–25; RBerkey, JBL 82, ’63, 177–87; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 208–11.—DELG s.v. ἐγγύς. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐγγίζω

  • 4 καθώς

    καθώς adv. (its use strongly opposed by Phryn. p. 425 Lob.; Aristot.+; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr., Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 158 al.; Ar.; Just., A I, 51, 6; Tat. 33, 3) marker
    of comparison, just as, w. οὕτως foll. (just) as … so Lk 11:30; 17:26; J 3:14; 2 Cor 1:5; 10:7; Col 3:13; 1J 2:6; 1 Cl 20:6; Hs 9, 4, 1. κ. … ὁμοίως as … so, likewise Lk 6:31. κ. … ταῦτα J 8:28; τὰ αὐτὰ … κ. 1 Th 2:14. κ. … καί as … so or so also J 15:9; 17:18; 20:21; 1J 2:18; 4:17; 1 Cor 15:49. οὕτως καθώς just as Lk 24:24. Freq. the demonstrative is omitted: ποιήσαντες κ. συνέταξεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς they did as Jesus had directed them Mt 21:6; cp. 28:6; Mk 16:7; Lk 1:2, 55, 70; 11:1; J 1:23; 5:23; Ac 15:8; Ro 1:13; 15:7; 1 Cor 8:2; 10:6; 2 Cor 1:14; 9:3; 11:12; Eph 4:17; Hm 12, 2, 5; 1 Cl 16:2. As a formula κ. γέγραπται as it is written (cp. Sb 7532, 16 [74 B.C.] καθὰ γέγραπται) Mt 26:24; Mk 1:2; 9:13; 14:21; Lk 2:23; Ac 15:15; Ro 1:17; 2:24; 3:4, 10; 4:17; 8:36 and very oft. in Paul. See s.v. καθάπερ and cp. κ. προείρηκεν Ro 9:29. κ. διδάσκω as I teach 1 Cor 4:17. καθὼς εἶπον ὑμῖν J 10:26 v.l. καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ γραφή J 7:38. The accompanying clause is somet. to be supplied fr. the context: κ. παρεκάλεσά σε (POxy 1299, 9 καθὼς ἐνετειλάμην σοι= [act, do] as I have instructed you) 1 Ti 1:3; cp. Gal 3:6. ἤρξατο αἰτεῖσθαι (ἵνα ποιήσῃ αὐτοῖς) κ. ἐποίει αὐτοῖς as he was accustomed to do for them Mk 15:8. ἰάθη Σαλώμη καθὼς προσεκύνησεν Salome was healed in accordance with her prayer GJs 20:3. In combination w. εἶναι: ὀψόμεθα αὐτὸν κ. ἐστιν we will see him (just) as he is 1J 3:2, in the sense of ποῖος ‘as’ J 6:58; 14:27 (s. HLjungvik, Eranos 62, ’64, 34f). κ. ἀληθῶς ἐστιν as it actually is 1 Th 2:13. Somet. an expression may be condensed to such an extent that opposites are compared ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους οὐ κ. Κάϊν 1J 3:11f. οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος … οὐ κ. ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες quite different from that which the fathers ate J 6:58. In compressed speech, to introduce a quotation, e.g. εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν …, κ. εἴρηκεν (after Ps 94:11) in the rest … of which God has said Hb 4:3; 8:5 (s. HLjungvik, Eranos 62, ’64, 36f).
    of extent or degree to which, as, to the degree that (Num 26:54; Ar. 2, 1; 4, 1) κ. ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν so far as they were able to understand Mk 4:33. κ. εὐπορεῖτό τις each according to each one’s (financial) ability Ac 11:29. κ. βούλεται (just) as the Spirit chooses (NRSV) 1 Cor 12:11; cp. vs. 18. κ. ἔλαβεν χάρισμα to the degree that one has received a gift 1 Pt 4:10. Cp. Ac 2:4; 1 Cor 15:38.
    of cause, since, in so far as, esp. as a conjunction beginning a sentence (B-D-F §453, 2; Rob. 968; 1382) J 17:2; Ro 1:28; 1 Cor 1:6; 5:7; Eph 1:4; 4:32; Phil 1:7.
    of temporality, as, when. The temporal mng. of κ. is disputed, but seems well established (2 Macc 1:31; 2 Esdr 15:6; EpArist 310; s. ὡς 8); κ. (v.l. ὡς) ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος when the time came near Ac 7:17 (EpArist 236 καθὼς εὔκαιρον ἐγένετο).
    After verbs of saying it introduces indirect discourse (=ὡς, πῶς) Συμεὼν ἐξηγήσατο, κ. ὁ θεὸς ἐπεσκέψατο S. has related how God visited Ac 15:14. μαρτυρούντων σου τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, κ. σὺ ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ περιπατεῖς who testify to your truth, namely how you walk in the truth 3J 3.—M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > καθώς

  • 5 GENERAL REFERENCES

       ■ Guides to Archives and Libraries
       ■ Amaral, A. Ferreira do. "Archives da la ville de Lisbonne." Archivum 13 (1963): 98-101.
       ■ Andrade e Sousa, Teresa. "Guia das Colecções de Manuscritos da Divisao dos Reservados" [in Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, Lisbon/. Revista da Biblioteca Nacional, 2nd series, 3, 1 (Jan.-April 1988): 95-129.
       ■ Axelson, Eric. "Report on the Archives and Libraries of Portugal." In Eric Axelson, ed., Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1600, 247-63. Johannesburg, South Africa: C. Struik, 1973.
       ■ Boschi, Caio C. Roteiro-sumário de arquivos portugueses de interesse para o pesquisador da História do Brasil. Lisbon: Ed. Universitarias Lusôfonos, 1995.
       ■ Boxer, C. R. "A Glimpse of the Goa Archives." Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies. (June 1952): 299-324.
       ■ -. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969: 392-413.
       ■ Brooks, George E. "Notes on Research Facilities in Lisbon and the Cape Verde Islands." International Journal of African Historical Studies 6 (1973): 304-14.
       ■ Cardozo, Manoel. "Portugal [Archives and Libraries]." In Daniel H. Thomas and Lynn M. Case, eds., New Guide to the Diplomatic Archives of Western Europe, 256-74. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1975.
       ■ Castro e Almeida, E. de. Inventário dos documentos relativos ao Brasil existentes no Arquivo da Marinha e Ultramar de Lisboa, 6 vols. Rio de Janeiro: 1913-36.
       ■ Centro de Estudos Hist0ricos Ultramarinos. Manuscritos da Ajuda ( guia), 2 vols. Lisbon: CEHU, 1966-73.
       ■ Chilcote, Ronald H. "Documenting Portuguese Africa." Africana Newsletter (Stanford, Calif.) I (Autumn 1963): 16-36.
       ■ Diffie, Bailey W. "Bibliography of the Principal Guides to Portuguese Archives and Libraries." Actas do Colóquio Internacional de Estudos Luso-Brasileiras de 1950 (Washington). Nashville, Tenn.: Vanderbilt University Press, 1953: 181-88.
       ■ Farinha, Maria do Carmo Jasmins Dias. Os Arquivos da Inquisição. Lisbon: Arquivo Nacional de Torre do Tombo, 1990.
       ■ Ferreira, Fernando Bandeira. "Chronique des archives du Portugal." Archivum 11 (1963): 207-14.
       ■ Fonseca, F. Bellard da. "Arquivo Geral da Alfãndega de Lisboa." Anais das Bibliotecas e Arquivos 2nd series, 75-76 (1948): 75-76.
       ■ Garcia, Maria Madalena. Arquivo Salazar: Inventário e Indices. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1992.
       ■ Grover, Mark L. "Research in Portugal." In Iêda Siqueira Wiarda, ed., The Handbook of Portuguese Studies, 435-75. Washington, D.C.: Xlibris, 2000.
       ■ Instituto Portugües de Arquivos. Guia de Fontes Portuguesas para História de Africa. Vol. I. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/Casa da Moeda, 1991.
       ■ -. Guia de Fontes Portuguesas para a História da América. Volume II. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/Casa da Moeda, 1992. Instituto Portugües do Patrimônio Cultural. Roteiro das bibliotecas e arquivos dependentes administrativamente do Instituto Português do Património. Lisbon: IPPC, 1984. Iria, Alberto. Inventário geral dos códices do Arquivo Histórico Ultramarino. Lisbon, 1966.
       ■ Nascimento, Aires do. Bibliografia de arquivos portugueses. Lisbon: Instituto Portugües de Arquivos, 1991.
       ■ Pereira, Arnaldo Antônio. "Arquivos históricos de Lisboa: contribuição para um roteiro." Clio 4 (1982): 95-120; 5 (1984-85): 115-48.
       ■ Pereira, Gabriel. Bibliotecas e arquivos nacionais. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional, 1903.
       ■ -. Arquivos nacionais. Coimbra: Univ. da Coimbra, 1910.
       ■ Pescatello, Ann. "Relatôrio [Report] from Portugal: The Archives and Libraries of Portugal and Their Significance for the Study of Brazilian History." Latin American Research Review 5, 2 (1970): 17-52. Rau, Virginia. Arquivos de Portugal: Lisboa. In The International Colloquium on Luso-Brazilian Studies, 189-231. Nashville, Tenn.: Vanderbilt University Press, 1953.
       ■ Ribeiro, José Silvestre. Apontamentos históricos sobre bibliotecas portuguesas. Coimbra: Imprensa da Universidade, 1914.
       ■ Ryder, A. F. C. Materials for West African History in Portuguese Archives. London: Athlone Press, University of London, 1965.
       ■ Serrão, Joel, Maria da Silva Leal, and Miriam Halpern Pereira, eds. Roteiro de fontes da História Portuguesa Contemporânea: Arquivo Nacional da Torre do Tombo. Vols. I and II. Lisbon, 1984.
       ■ Silva Leal, Maria da, and Miriam Halpern Pereira, eds. Arquivo e Historiografia: Colóquio sobre as Fontes de História Contemporânea Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1988.
       ■ Silveira, Luís. Portugal nos arquivos do estrangeiro, 2 vols. Lisbon: Instituto para a Alta Cultura, 1946-48.
       ■ Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa. Bibliografia do Ultramar Portugües existente na Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Tovar, Conde de. Catálogo dos Manuscritos Portugueses ou Relativos a Portugal Existentes no Museu Britânico. Lisbon: Academia das Ciências, 1932. Vieira, Alberto. Guia Para A História E Investigação Das Ilhas Atlânticas. Funchal, 1995.
       ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Ajuda Library/Biblioteca Da Ajuda [Lisbon, Portugal)." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 7 (Winter/Spring 1980-81): 1-2.
       ■ -. "Archival Materials and Manuscripts on United States History in Portugal and the Azores Islands." In Lewis Hanke, ed., Guide to the Study of United States History Outside the U.S. 1945-1980, 346-56. White Plains, N.Y.: Kraus International Publications; American Historical Association University of Massachusetts, Amherst, 1985.
       ■ -. "The Archives of Portugal: A Guide to an Intelligence Treasure Trove." International Journal of Intelligence and Counterintelligence 4, 4 (Winter 1990): 539-50.
       ■ Statistical
       ■ Agência Geral do Ultramar. Províncias ultramarinas portuguesas: Dados informativos. Lisbon, 1962-66.
       ■. Portugal: Overseas Provinces: Facts and Figures. Lisbon, 1965.
       ■ Anuário Estatístico de Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto Nacional de Estatística, 1875-present.
       ■ Anuário Estatístico. II. Províncias Ultramarinas, 1969. Lisbon: Instituto Nacional de Estatística, 1971.
       ■ Ayala, José Aldana. Compêndio Geographico-Estadistico de Portugal y sus Posesiones Ultramarinas. Madrid, 1855.
       ■ Balbi, Adriano. Essai Statistique sur le Royaume de Portugal et d'Algarve. Paris, 1822.
       ■ Estatísticas Agrícolas. Lisbon: Instituto Nacional de Estatística, 1965-pre-sent.
       ■ Estatísticas Industriais. Lisbon: Instituto Nacional de Estatística, 1967-pre-sent.
       ■ Estatísticas de Saúde. Lisbon, 1970-present.
       ■ Gaspar, Jorge, ed. Portugal Em Mapas E Em Números. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1990 ed.
       ■ McNitt, Harold A., comp. Selected Agricultural and Trade Statistics for the European Community: Greece, Spain and Portugal. 1967-79. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department of Agriculture; Statistical Bulletin no. 692, 1982.
       ■ Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). Portugal: OECD Economic Surveys. Paris: OECD, 1979-present.
       ■ Pery, Geraldo. Geographia e Estatistica de Portugal e Colonias. Lisbon, 1875.
       ■ Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto Nacional de Estatistica, 1969; annual volumes. Vicente, Ana. "A Statistical Portrait of Portugal." In Iêda Siqueira Wiarda, ed., The Handbook of Portuguese Studies, 477-511. Washington, D.C.: Xlibris, 2000.
       ■ Andrade, John. Dicionário Do 25 De Abril. Verde Fauna, Rubra Flora. Lisbon: Nova Arrancada, 2002.
       ■ Azevedo, Candido De, ed. Classe Politica Portuguesa: Estes Politicos Que Nos Governam. Lisbon, 1989.
       ■ Barreto, Antônio, and Maria Filomena Mônica, eds. Dicionário De História De Portugal. Vols. VII, VIII and IX. Suplemento (to 6 vols. of Joel Serrão, DHP), 3 vols. Oporto: Figueirinhas, 1999-2000.
       ■ Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura, 30 vols., to date. Lisbon: Verbo: 1963-90.
       ■ Grande Enciclopédia Portuguesa e Brasileira, 40 vols. Lisbon and Rio de Janeiro, 1924-60.
       ■ Guía das Fundações Portuguesas/ Portuguese Foundations Guide, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Centro Portugües de Fundações, 1996.
       ■ Rosas, Fernando, and J. M. Brandão de Brito, eds. Dicionário de História do Estado Novo, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1996.
       ■ Secretaria de Estado da Informação e Turismo. Orgânica Governamental, Sua Evolução: E Elencos Ministeriais Constituidos Desde 5 De Outubro De 1910 à 31 De Março De 1972. Lisbon, 1972.
       ■ Selecções do Reader's Digest, ed. Dicionário Enciclopédico Da História De Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 1993.
       ■ Serrão, Joel, ed. Dicionário De História De Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 196371.
       ■ General Histories, Legal, Political Studies, Area and Country Studies
       ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1922-29. Ameal, João. História de Portugal: Das Orígens Até 1940, 4th ed. Oporto, 1958.
       ■ Anderson, James Maxwell. The History of Portugal. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 2000.
       ■ Birmingham, David. A Concise History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1993. Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal. Paris, 1949.
       ■ Bourdon, Albert-Alain. Histoire du Portugal. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France, 1970.
       ■ Bradford, Sarah. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1973.
       ■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, José Adelino Maltez, and Mendo Castro Henriques. Bem Comum Dos Portugueses. Lisbon: Vega, 1999.
       ■ Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962.
       ■ -. História Breve das Constituiçoes Portuguesas, 4th ed. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.
       ■ -. Contemporary Portugal: Politics, Society, Culture. New York: Columbia University Press, 2003.
       ■ Eppstein, John. Portugal: The Country and Its People. London: Queen Anne Press, 1967.
       ■ Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa, and Helena Rato, eds. Portugal Hoje. Oeiras: Instituto Nacional de Administraçao, 1995. Garcia, José Manuel. História de Portugal: Uma Visão Global, 4th ed. Lisbon, 1989.
       ■ Kaplan, Marion. The Portuguese: The Land and Its People, 2nd ed. New York: Viking, 1998.
       ■ Koebel, William. Portugal: Its Land and People. London: Constable, 1909. Livermore, Harold V. A History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1947.
       ■ -. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976 ed.
       ■ -. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.
       ■ -. A Short History of Portugal. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, 1967.
       ■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986. Mattoso, José, ed. História De Portugal, 8 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1993-94. Nowell, Charles E. A History of Portugal. New York: Van Nostrand, 1953.
       ■ -. Portugal. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1973.
       ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. História de Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1972-90, various eds.
       ■ -. History of Portugal, 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1972; 1976 ed. in one volume.
       ■ -. Historia De Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional-Casa da Moeda, 1991.
       ■ -. Breve Historia De Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1995.
       ■ Oliveira Martins, J. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1880 and later editions.
       ■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991. Pajot, Lalé. Le Portugal. Paris: Pichon and Durand, 1971. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.
       ■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal, 2 vols. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.
       ■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal, 9 vols. Barcelos and Coimbra, Monumental Edition, 1928-35.
       ■ Raibaud, A. Petite Histoire du Portugal: Des Origines à 1910. Nice, 1964.
       ■ Reynold, Gonzague de. Portugal. Paris, 1936.
       ■ Saraiva, José Hermano. História Concisa de Portugal. Lisbon, 1978 and later eds.
       ■ -. História De Portugal, 4th ed. Mem Martins: Pub. Europa-América, 1993.
       ■ -. Portugal: A Companion History. Ed. and expanded by Ian Robertson and
       ■ L. C. Taylor. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.
       ■ Sayers, Raymond S., ed. Portugal and Brazil in Transition. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.
       ■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Lisbon, 1931.
       ■ Sérgio, Antônio. A Sketch of the History of Portugal. Lisbon, 1928.
       ■ Serrão, Joel, and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História De Portugal, 10 vols. Lisbon, 1987-.
       ■ Silva, Manuela, coord. Portugal Contemporâneo: Problemas e perspectivas. Oeiras: Instituto Nacional de Administração, 1986.
       ■ Trend, J. B. Portugal. London: Ernest Benn, 1957.
       ■ Veríssimo Serrão, José. História De Portugal, 14 vols. Lisbon, 1980-97.
       ■ Vieira, Nelson H., ed. Roads to Today's Portugal: Essays on Contemporary Portuguese Literature, Art and Culture. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1983.
       ■ Wiarda, Iêda Siqueira, ed. The Handbook of Portuguese Studies. Washington, D.C.: Xlibris, 2000.
       ■ Historical Document Collections: Portugal Almeida, Manuel Lopes de, ed. Obras dos Príncipes de Avis. Oporto: Lello, 1981.
       ■ Andrade e Silva, José Justino da, ed. Collecção Chronologica da Legislação Portugueza ( 1603-1702), 10 vols. Lisbon De Souza, 1854-59.
       ■ Azevedo, Ruy Pinto de. Documentos Medievais Portugueses, 3 vols. Lisbon:
       ■ Academia Portuguesa de Histôria, 1940-62. Borges de Castro, José Ferreira, ed. Collecção dos Tratados, Convenções, Contratos e Actos Publicos Celebrados entre a Coroa de Portugal... desde 1640 até ao Presente, 30 vols. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1856-80. Boxer, C. R., ed. The Tragic History of the Sea, 1589-1622. Cambridge: Hakluyt Society, 2nd series, vol. 112. Cambridge University Press, 1959.
       ■. Further Selections from the Tragic History of the Sea. Cambridge: Hakluyt Society, 2nd series, vol. 132. Cambridge University Press, 1968. Coelho, Antônio Borges, ed. Portugal na Espanha Arabe, 4 vols. Lisbon, Seara Nova, 1972-75.
       ■ Cruz, Alfeu, ed. Colecção Anotada de Legislação da República Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.
       ■ David, Charles Wendell, ed. The Conquest of Lisbon. New York, 1936.
       ■ Dinis, Joaquim Dias, ed. Monumenta Henricina, 15 vols. Coimbra: Comissao Executiva das Comemorações do V Centenário da Morte do Infante D. Henrique, 1960-74.
       ■ Documentos para a História das Cortes gerais da Nação Portuguesa. Vol. I (1820-25) and later vols. Lisbon, 1889.
       ■ Duarte, Dom (King of Portugal). Leal Conselheiro. João Morais Barbosa, ed. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional and Casa da Moeda, 1982.
       ■ Faye, Jean Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976.
       ■ Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986.
       ■ Fonseca, Luís Adão da. O essencial sobre O Tratado de Windsor [ 1386]. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional and Casa da Moeda, 1986.
       ■ Fundação Gulbenkian. Ordenações manuelinas, 5 vols. Lisbon: Fund. Gulben-kian, 1984.
       ■ Medina, João, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Multilar, 1985-90.
       ■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Dez Anos De Política Externa ( 19361948): A Nação Portuguesa E A Segunda Guerra Mundial, 20 vols. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional-Casa da Moeda, 1973-98.
       ■ Neves, Orlando, ed. Textos Históricos Da Revolução, 3 vols. Lisbon: Diabril, 1975-76.
       ■ Oliveira, Eduardo Freire de, ed. Arquivo Municipal de Lisboa, 17 vols. Lisbon: Typ. Universal, 1882-1911.
       ■ Oliveira Marques, A.H. de, ed. Antologia da Historiografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Mem Martins: Europa-América, 1975. Pereira, Miriam Halpern, ed. Revolução, Finanças, Dependência Externa. Vol. I (de 1820 a convenção de Gramido). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.
       ■ Salazar, Antonio de Oliveira. Discursos e Notas Políticas, 6 vols. Coimbra: Coimbra Edit., 1932-67.
       ■ -. Entrevistas: 1960-1966. Coimbra: Coimbra Edit., 1967.
       ■ -. Salazar. Pensamento e doutrina política: Textos antológicos. Lisbon: Verbo, 1989.
       ■ Sampaio, Carlos Rangel de. Preparativos de Uma RevoltaDocumentos Inéditos de 1840 a 1846. Lisbon, 1905.
       ■ Santarém, Visconde do e L.A. Rebelo da Silva, eds. Quadro elementar das relações politicas e diplomáticas de Portugal com as diversas potências do mundo, 19 vols. Paris and Lisbon, 1842-76.
       ■ Serrão, Joel, ed. Antologia Do Pensamento Político Português/1. Liberalismo, Socialismo, Republicanismo. Oporto: Inova, 1970.
       ■ Sousa Costa, Antônia Domingues, ed. Monumenta Portugaliae Vaticana, 4 vols. Rome, Oporto and Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1968-70.
       ■ Tomás, Manuel Fernandes. A Revolução de 1820. José Tengarrinha, ed. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Vicente, Ana. Portugal Visto Pela Espanha: Correspondência Diplomática, 1939-1960. Lisbon: Assíro & Alvim, 1992.
       ■ Historical Document Collections: Portuguese Empire
       ■ Agência Geral das Colônias. Antologia Colonial Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon: Agencia Geral das Colônias, 1946-47.
       ■ Albuquerque, Afonso de. Albuquerque: Caesar of the East. T. F. Earle and John Villiers, trans., eds. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1990.
       ■ Alexandre, Valentim, ed. Orígens do colonialismo portugües moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.
       ■ Almada, José de, ed. Tratados Aplicáveis ao Ultramar, 8 vols. Lisbon: MNE, 1942-46.
       ■ Arquivo das Colonias, 5 vols. Lisbon: Ministério das Colônias, 1917-33. Arquivos de Angola, 19 vols. 1st series, Luanda: 1933-59; 16 vols., 2nd series, 1960-74.
       ■ Arquivos de Macau, 9 vols. Macau, 1929-74.
       ■ Barbosa, Duarte. The Book of Duarte Barbosa, 2 vols. London: Hakluyt Society: 2nd series, no. 44 (1918) and 49 (1921).
       ■ Bensaúde, Joaquim, ed. Histoire de la science nautiqueportugaise a l' epoque des grandes découvertes, 7 vols. Munich and Lisbon: Kuhn, 1914-24.
       ■ Biker, Júlio Firmino Júdice, ed. Collecção de tratados e concertos de pazes que o Estado da India fez com os Reis e Senhores com que teve relações nas partes da Asia e Africa desde o princípio até ao fim do século XVIII, 14 vols. Lisbon, 1881-87.
       ■ Bragança Pereira, A. B., ed. Arquivo Portugües Oriental, 11 vols. Bastora, Goa: Rangel, 1936-40.
       ■ Brásio, Antônio, SJ. Monumenta missionária africana, 20 vols. Lisbon: Agência Geral do Ultramar, 1952-80.
       ■ Caminha, Pero Vaz de. A Carta de Pero Vaz de Caminha. Jaime Cortesão, ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1967.
       ■ Carreira, Antônio. Documentos para a História das Ilhas de Cabo Verde e " Rios de Guiné." Lisbon: Ed. do Autor, 1983.
       ■ Centro de Estudos Histôricos Ultramarinos. Documentação Ultramarina Portuguesa. Lisbon: CEHU, 1960-74.
       ■ -. Documentos sobre os portugueses em Moçambique e na Africa Central, 1497-1840, 8 vols. Lisbon: National Archives of Rhodesia and Nyasaland and CEHU, 1962-80.
       ■ Cooper, Michael, ed. They Came to Japan: An Anthology of European Reports on Japan, 1543-1640. London: Thames and Hudson, 1963.
       ■ Cortesao, Armando, ed. The Suma Oriental of Tomé Pires... and the Book of Francisco Rodrigues, 2 vols. London: Hakluyt Society, 2nd series, vols. 89, 90: 1944.
       ■ Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira da Mota, eds. Portugalia monumenta cartographica, 6 vols. Coimbra: CMIH, 1958-63. Cunha Rivara, J. H. da, ed. Arquivo Portuguez Oriental, 9 vols. Nova-Goa, 1857-76.
       ■ Documentos Históricos da Biblioteca Nacional do Rio de Janeiro, 135 vols. Rio de Janeiro, 1928-.
       ■ Documentos remetidos da índia ou livros das Monções, 5 vols. Lisbon: Academia das Ciências, 1880-1935. Fernandes de Oliveira, Mário Antônio, ed. Angolana: Documentação sobre Angola, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979-80.
       ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon: Edit. Gleba, 1947-56.
       ■ Leite, Serafim, SJ, ed. Historia da Companhia de Jesus no Brasil, 10 vols. Lisbon, 1938-50.
       ■ Levine, Robert M., and John J. Crocitti, eds. The Brazil Reader: History, Culture, Politics. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1999.
       ■ Ley, C. D., ed. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.
       ■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero, and Susana Münch Miranda, eds. Os primeiros 14 documentos relativos a Armada de Pedro Alvares Cabral. Lisbon: CNCDP, 1999.
       ■ Pissurlencar, Panduronga. Assentos do Conselho do Estado da índia, 16181750, 5 vols. Bastorá-Goa, India, 1953-57.
       ■ Sá, Padre Artur Basílio de, ed. Documentação para a história das missões do Padroado Português do Oriente: Isulíndia, 6 vols. Lisbon: Agência Geral do Ultramar, 1954-88.
       ■ Silva Marques, João Martins, ed. Descobrimentos Portugueses: Documentos para a sua história, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71. Silva Rego, Antônio da, ed. Documentação para a história das missões do padroado português no Oriente. 12 vols. Lisbon: Agência Geral do Ultramar, 1947-58.
       ■ Barros, João de. Asia. Hernâni Cidade, ed., 4 vols. Lisbon: Agência Geral das Colônias, 1945-46.
       ■ Castanheda, Fernão Lopes de. História do Descobrimento e Conquista da índia pelos Portugueses. Manuel Lopes de Almeida, ed., 2 vols. Oporto: Lello, 1979.
       ■ Correia, Gaspar. Lendas da índia. Manuel Lopes de Almeida, ed., 4 vols. Oporto: Lello, 1975.
       ■. Crónicas de D. Manuel e D. João III ( até 1533). José Pereira da Costa, ed. Lisbon: Academia das Ciências, 1992. Couto, Diogo do. Da Asia [continues De Barros chronicle]. Hernani Cidade, ed., 4 vols. Lisbon: Agência Geral das Colônias, 1945-46.
       ■. O soldado práctico, 2nd ed. M. Rodrigues Lapa, ed. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1954.
       ■ Galvão, Antônio. Tratado dos Descobrimentos. Oporto: Liv. Civilização, 1944.
       ■ Gôis, Damião de. Crónica do Felicíssimo Rei D. Manuel. Joaquim de Carvalho and David Lopes, eds., 4 vols. Coimbra: Imprensa da Universidade de Coimbra, 1926.
       ■ Lopes, Fernão. Crónica de D. Pedro I. Barcelos, 1932.
       ■. Crónica de D. Fernando, 2 vols. Barcelos: Portucalense, 1933-35.
       ■. Crónica de El-Rei D. João I, 2 vols. Oporto: Liv. Civilização, 1945- 49.
       ■. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, trans., eds. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.
       ■ Mendonça, Jerónimo de. Jornada d'Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1904.
       ■ Pereira, Duarte Pacheco. Esmeraldo de situ orbis. George H. T. Kimble, trans. London: Hakluyt Society, vol. 79, 1937.
       ■. Esmeraldo de situ orbis. Damião de Peres, ed. Lisbon: Academia Portuguesa da Histôria, 1988.
       ■ Pina Rui de. Crónica d'El Rey D. Affonso V, 3 vols. Lisbon: Clássicos Portuguezes, 1901-2.
       ■. Crónica d'El Rey D. Affonso II e d'El Rey D. Sancho II. Lisbon: Clássicos Portuguezes, 1906.
       ■. Crónica d'El Rey D. Affonso III. Lisbon: Clássicos Portuguezes, 1908.
       ■. Crónica d'El Rey D. Diniz. Oporto: Liv. Civilização, 1945.
       ■. Crónica d'El Rey D. João II. Coimbra: Imprensa da Universidade de Coimbra, 1950.
       ■ Zurara, Gomes Eanes de. The Chronicle of the Discovery and Conquest of Guinea, 2 vols. C. R. Beazley and Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Hakluyt Society, 1896-99.
       ■. Crónica da tomada de Ceuta. Lisbon, 1915.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > GENERAL REFERENCES

  • 6 πέραν

    πέραν adv. of place (Hom. [πέρην] et al.; ins, pap, LXX) marker of a position across from someth. else, with intervening space, on the other side.
    funct. as adv., and subst. w. the art. τὸ πέραν the shore or land on the other side (X., An. 4, 3, 11; Sb 7252, 19) εἰς τὸ πέραν (Pla.; Polyb.; SIG 495, 84; 619, 27; 709, 6; BGU 1022, 25; 1 Macc 9:48) Mt 8:18, 28; 14:22; 16:5; Mk 4:35; 5:21; 6:45; 8:13.
    funct. as prep. w. gen. (B-D-F §184; Rob. 646)
    α. answering the question ‘whither?’ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης Jesus went away to the other side of the lake J 6:1. ἤρχοντο πέραν τ. θαλάσσης εἰς Καφαρναούμ vs. 17. Cp. 10:40; 18:1.
    β. answering the question ‘where?’ ταῦτα ἐν Βηθανίᾳ ἐγένετο πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου this took place in Bethany on the other side of the Jordan J 1:28 (PParker, JBL 74, ’55, 257–61 [not ‘beyond’=west, but ‘across from’=east]). τὰ ὅρια τῆς Ἰουδαίας πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου Mt 19:1. Cp. J 3:26; 6:22, 25.—πέραν w. gen. can also be used w. the art. as a subst. (X., An. 3, 5, 2 εἰς τὸ πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ; Jos., Ant. 7, 198) ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης they came to the (land on the) other side of the lake Mk 5:1. Cp. Lk 8:22.—The improper restoration τ[ὰ ὄντα]| πέρ̣αν τῶν [ἀ]κο[ῶ]ν Ox 1081, 6f fails to take account of the Coptic duplicate, s. ἀκούω 7, ἀπέραντος.
    γ. In a number of places πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου (Is 8:23; cp. Jos., Ant. 12, 222) functions as an indecl. name for the territory on the other (eastern) side of the Jordan, i.e. Perea ἀπὸ τ. Γαλιλαίας καὶ Ἰουδαίας καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου from Galilee and Judea and Perea Mt 4:25. ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰδουμαίας καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου Mk 3:8. Cp. Mt 4:15 (Is 8:23); Mk 10:1 (v.l. διὰ τοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου).—Περαία, ας (oft. in Joseph.) is found in our lit. only as v.l.: Lk 6:17. (The expression is by no means limited to Palestine: ἐν τῇ περαίᾳ in Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 42 §168 refers to the land on the other side of the river. In addition, the region of the Carian mainland opposite the island of Rhodes was called Perea: Appian, op. cit. 4, 72 §305; also Livy 32, 33; 33, 18.)—Meistermann (Καφαρναούμ, end) 93ff. DELG s.v. πέρα. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πέραν

  • 7 Mensch

    m; -en, -en
    1. als Gattung: human being; der Mensch man, homo sapiens; (die Menschheit) mankind; die Menschen man Sg., humans; ich bin auch nur ein Mensch I’m only human; das sind doch keine Menschen mehr! they’re no longer human, they’re just animals; eine Seele von Mensch sein have a heart of gold; sich anstellen wie der erste Mensch umg. act as if one hasn’t a clue, pretend to be stupid; Menschen fressende Tiere man-eating animals; kein Mensch mehr sein umg., fig. be completely dead; nur noch ein halber Mensch sein umg., fig. be half dead; wieder Mensch sein umg., fig. be back among the living; denken
    2. (Person) person, man, weiblich: woman; ( die) Menschen people; als Mensch ist er in Ordnung etc. as a person ( oder human being) he’s OK etc.; mit jemandem von Mensch zu Mensch reden have a heart-to-heart (talk) with s.o.; Mann auch: talk to s.o. man to man; gern unter Menschen sein enjoy company, be the sociable type; kein Mensch nobody, not a soul; ein neuer Mensch werden (sich wandeln) become a different person; des Menschen Wille ist sein Himmelreich Sprichw. do what you like if it makes you happy
    3. umg., als Interj., erstaunt: goodness!, gosh!; vorwurfsvoll: for goodness’ (Sl. Christ’s) sake!; begeistert: wow!; Mensch, pass doch auf! hey, look what you’re doing!; Mensch Meier! good grief!; Mensch, das ist ja super! wow, that’s fantastic!
    n; -(e)s, -er; Dial., meist pej. female
    * * *
    der Mensch
    human; man; human being
    * * *
    Mẹnsch I [mɛnʃ]
    m -en, -en
    1) (= Person) person, man/woman

    ein anderer Mensch werdento become a different person or man/woman

    ein neuer Mensch werden — to become a new person or man/woman

    von Mensch zu Mensch — man-to-man/woman-to-woman

    es war kein Mensch dathere was nobody there, there was not a soul there

    als Menschas a person

    des Menschen Wille ist sein Himmelreich (Prov)do what you want if it makes you happy (inf)

    das konnte kein Mensch ahnen!no-one ( on earth) could have foreseen that!

    viel unter ( die) Menschen kommento meet a lot of people, to get around (a lot)

    man muss die Menschen nehmen, wie sie sind — you have to take people as they are or come

    2)

    (als Gattung) der Mensch — man

    die Menschenman sing, human beings pl, people pl

    ein Tier, das keine Menschen mag — an animal that doesn't like people or humans

    wer so etwas macht, ist kein Mensch mehr — somebody who does something like that is not human

    alle Menschen haben tierische Gelüsteall human beings have animal cravings

    See:
    = menschenverachtend
    3)

    (= die Menschheit) die Menschen — mankind, man, humankind (esp US)

    Jesus ist gekommen, um die Menschen zu retten — Jesus came to save mankind or humankind (esp US)

    4) (inf als Interjektion) hey; (erstaunt) hey, wow, blimey (Brit sl)

    Mensch, hat die Beine! — hey or wow! has she got a pair of legs! (inf)

    Mensch, das habe ich ganz vergessen — damn, I completely forgot (inf)

    Mensch, da habe ich mich aber getäuscht — boy, was I wrong! (inf)

    Mensch, habe ich mich beeilt/geärgert! — boy, did I rush/was I angry! (inf)

    Mensch Meier!golly! (dated inf), gosh! (dated inf)

    II
    nt -(e)s, -er (sl)
    cow (inf); (gemein) bitch (sl)
    * * *
    der
    1) (a person: Animals may behave like that, but human beings shouldn't.) human being
    2) (a person: Humans are not as different from animals as we might think.) human
    3) (human beings taken as a whole; the human race: the development of man.) man
    * * *
    Mensch1
    <-en, -en>
    [ˈmɛnʃ]
    m
    1. (menschliches Lebewesen)
    der \Mensch man no pl, no art
    die \Menschen pl man no pl, no art, human beings pl
    ich bin auch nur ein \Mensch! I'm only human!
    man muss die \Menschen nehmen, wie sie sind you have to take people as they are
    \Mensch bleiben to stay human
    \Menschen fressend man-eating
    das Gute im \Menschen the good in man
    kein \Mensch mehr sein (unmenschlich) to be no longer human; (fam: völlig erschöpft) to be all in
    das sind doch keine \Menschen mehr! they are a pack of animals!
    2. (Person) person, man/woman
    \Menschen pl people pl
    unter [die] \Menschen gehen to mix with people
    sie sollte mehr unter \Menschen gehen she should mix with people [or socialize] [or get out] more
    [viel] unter \Menschen kommen to get out [a lot], to meet [a lot of] people
    kein \Mensch no one, nobody
    das konnte kein \Mensch ahnen! no one cold have foreseen that!
    es war kein \Mensch da there was no one [or not a soul] there
    der \Mensch man no pl, no art
    die \Menschen pl mankind sing, no art
    Jesus ist gekommen, um die \Menschen zu retten Jesus came to save mankind
    so sind die \Menschen that's how people are, that's human nature
    alle \Menschen everyone, everybody
    des \Menschen Sohn REL the Son of Man
    \Mensch und Tier man and beast
    4.
    \Mensch! (fam: bewundernd, erstaunt) wow! fam, cor [blimey]! fam
    \Mensch, war das anstrengend boy, was that exhausting
    \Mensch, war das ein Glück! boy, that was a piece of luck!
    \Mensch, verschwinde! hey, clear off!
    \Mensch, das habe ich ganz vergessen! blast, I completely forgot!
    \Mensch, hast du dich verändert! good Lord, haven't you changed!
    ein anderer \Mensch werden to become a different person [or man/woman]
    \Mensch ärgere dich nicht (Brettspiel) ludo
    der \Mensch denkt, Gott lenkt (prov) man proposes, God disposes prov
    wie der erste [o letzte] \Mensch (fam) very awkwardly [or clumsily]
    sich akk wie die ersten/letzten \Menschen benehmen to behave like cavemen [or Neanderthals]
    wie der letzte \Mensch aussehen to look ridiculous
    nur ein halber \Mensch sein to feel incomplete
    ohne dich bin ich nur ein halber \Mensch I'm lost without you
    wenn sie nicht genügend geschlafen hat, ist sie nur ein halber \Mensch if she hasn't had enough sleep, she's not herself [or only half there]
    der Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein (prov) man does not live by bread alone prov
    \Mensch Meier! (sl) wow! fam, gosh! fam, good grief! fam
    ein neuer \Mensch werden to become a new man/woman [or person]
    wieder ein \Mensch sein to feel like a human being again
    hat der \Mensch Töne! (fam) can you believe it! fam
    des \Menschen Wille ist sein Himmelreich (prov) do what you want if it makes you happy
    von \Mensch zu \Mensch man to man/woman to woman
    Mensch2
    <-[e]s, -er>
    [ˈmɛnʃ]
    nt SÜDD (pej fam) female pej, madam pej, slut pej
    * * *
    der; Menschen, Menschen

    die Menschenman sing.; human beings; mankind sing. no art.

    wieder ein Mensch sein(ugs.) feel like a human being again

    2) (Person) person; man/woman

    wie der erste Mensch/die ersten Menschen — extremely awkwardly

    von Mensch zu Mensch — man to man/woman to woman

    Mensch, ärgere dich nicht — (Gesellschaftsspiel) ludo

    3) (salopp): (Anrede) (bewundernd) wow; (erstaunt) wow; good grief; (vorwurfsvoll) for heaven's sake

    Mensch, war das ein Glück! — boy, that was a piece of luck!

    * * *
    Mensch1 m; -en, -en
    1. als Gattung: human being;
    der Mensch man, homo sapiens; (die Menschheit) mankind;
    die Menschen man sg, humans;
    ich bin auch nur ein Mensch I’m only human;
    das sind doch keine Menschen mehr! they’re no longer human, they’re just animals;
    eine Seele von Mensch sein have a heart of gold;
    sich anstellen wie der erste Mensch umg act as if one hasn’t a clue, pretend to be stupid;
    Menschen fressende Tiere man-eating animals;
    kein Mensch mehr sein umg, fig be completely dead;
    nur noch ein halber Mensch sein umg, fig be half dead;
    wieder Mensch sein umg, fig be back among the living; denken
    2. (Person) person, man, weiblich: woman;
    als Mensch ist er in Ordnung etc as a person ( oder human being) he’s OK etc;
    mit jemandem von Mensch zu Mensch reden have a heart-to-heart (talk) with sb; Mann auch: talk to sb man to man;
    gern unter Menschen sein enjoy company, be the sociable type;
    kein Mensch nobody, not a soul;
    ein neuer Mensch werden (sich wandeln) become a different person;
    des Menschen Wille ist sein Himmelreich sprichw do what you like if it makes you happy
    3. umg, als int, erstaunt: goodness!, gosh!; vorwurfsvoll: for goodness’ (sl Christ’s) sake!; begeistert: wow!;
    Mensch, pass doch auf! hey, look what you’re doing!;
    Mensch Meier! good grief!;
    Mensch, das ist ja super! wow, that’s fantastic!
    Mensch2 n; -(e)s, -er; dial, meist pej female
    * * *
    der; Menschen, Menschen

    die Menschenman sing.; human beings; mankind sing. no art.

    wieder ein Mensch sein(ugs.) feel like a human being again

    2) (Person) person; man/woman

    wie der erste Mensch/die ersten Menschen — extremely awkwardly

    von Mensch zu Mensch — man to man/woman to woman

    Mensch, ärgere dich nicht — (Gesellschaftsspiel) ludo

    3) (salopp): (Anrede) (bewundernd) wow; (erstaunt) wow; good grief; (vorwurfsvoll) for heaven's sake

    Mensch, war das ein Glück! — boy, that was a piece of luck!

    * * *
    -en m.
    human being n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Mensch

  • 8 πνεῦμα

    πνεῦμα, ατος, τό (πνέω; Aeschyl., Pre-Socr., Hdt.+. On the history of the word s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 308ff).
    air in movement, blowing, breathing (even the glowing exhalations of a volcanic crater: Diod S 5, 7, 3)
    wind (Aeschyl. et al.; LXX, EpArist, Philo; Jos., Ant. 2, 343; 349; SibOr 8, 297) in wordplay τὸ πνεῦμα πνεῖ the wind blows J 3:8a (EpJer 60 πνεῦμα ἐν πάσῃ χώρᾳ πνεῖ. But s. TDonn, ET 66, ’54f, 32; JThomas, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 219–24). ὀθόνη πλοίου ὑπὸ πνεύματος πληρουμένη MPol 15:2. Of God ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα who makes his angels winds Hb 1:7; 1 Cl 36:3 (both Ps 103:4).
    the breathing out of air, blowing, breath (Aeschyl. et al.; Pla., Tim. 79b; LXX) ὁ ἄνομος, ὅν ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἀνελεῖ τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 2 Th 2:8 (cp. Is 11:4; Ps 32:6).
    that which animates or gives life to the body, breath, (life-)spirit (Aeschyl. et al.; Phoenix of Colophon 1, 16 [Coll. Alex. p. 231] πν.=a breathing entity [in contrast to becoming earth in death]; Polyb. 31, 10, 4; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 4 p. 394b, 8ff; PHib 5, 54 [III B.C.]; PGM 4, 538; 658; 2499; LXX; TestAbr A 17 p. 98, 19 [Stone p. 44] al.; JosAs 19:3; SibOr 4, 46; Tat. 4:2) ἀφιέναι τὸ πνεῦμα give up one’s spirit, breathe one’s last (Eur., Hec. 571; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 2) Mt 27:50. J says for this παραδιδόναι τὸ πν. 19:3 (cp. ApcMos 31 ἀποδῶ τὸ πν.; Just., D. 105, 5). Of the return of the (life-)spirit of a deceased person into her dead body ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πν. αὐτῆς Lk 8:55 (cp. Jdg 15:19). εἰς χεῖράς σου παρατίθεμαι τὸ πν. μου into your hands I entrust my spirit 23:46 (Ps 30:6; for alleged focus on ἐλπίζειν s. EBons, BZ 38, ’94, 93–101). κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου Ac 7:59; composite of both passages AcPl Ha 10, 23 (cp. ApcMos 42). τὸ πν. μου ὁ δεσπότης δέξεται GJs 23:3 (on the pneuma flying upward after death cp. Epicharm. in Vorsokrat. 23 [=13, 4th ed.], B 9 and 22; Eur., Suppl. 533 πνεῦμα μὲν πρὸς αἰθέρα, τὸ σῶμα δʼ ἐς γῆν; PGM 1, 177ff τελευτήσαντός σου τὸ σῶμα περιστελεῖ, σοῦ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα … εἰς ἀέρα ἄξει σὺν αὑτῷ ‘when you are dead [the angel] will wrap your body … and take your spirit with him into the sky’). τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πν. νεκρόν ἐστιν Js 2:26. πν. ζωῆς ἐκ τ. θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ἐν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the prophet-witnesses who have been martyred) Rv 11:11 (cp. Ezk 37:10 v.l. εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα ζωῆς; vs. 5). Of the spirit that animated the image of a beast, and enabled it to speak and to have Christians put to death 13:15.—After a person’s death, the πν. lives on as an independent being, in heaven πνεύματα δικαὶων τετελειωμένων Hb 12:23 (cp. Da 3:86 εὐλογεῖτε, πνεύματα καὶ ψυχαὶ δικαίων, τὸν κύριον). According to non-biblical sources, the πν. are in the netherworld (cp. En 22:3–13; Sib Or 7, 127) or in the air (PGM 1, 178), where evil spirits can prevent them from ascending higher (s. ἀήρ2b). τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς ἐκήρυξεν 1 Pt 3:19 belongs here if it refers to Jesus’ preaching to the spirits of the dead confined in Hades (so Usteri et al.; s. also JMcCulloch, The Harrowing of Hell, 1930), whether it be when he descended into Hades, or when he returned to heaven (so RBultmann, Bekenntnis u. Liedfragmente im 1 Pt: ConNeot11, ’47, 1–14).—CClemen, Niedergefahren zu den Toten 1900; JTurmel, La Descente du Christ aux enfers 1905; JMonnier, La Descente aux enfers 1906; HHoltzmann, ARW 11, 1908, 285–97; KGschwind, Die Niederfahrt Christi in die Unterwelt 1911; DPlooij, De Descensus in 1 Pt 3:19 en 4:6: TT 47, 1913, 145–62; JBernard, The Descent into Hades a Christian Baptism (on 1 Pt 3:19ff): Exp. 8th ser., 11, 1916, 241–74; CSchmidt, Gespräche Jesu mit seinen Jüngern: TU 43, 1919, 452ff; JFrings, BZ 17, 1926, 75–88; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32; RGanschinietz, Katabasis: Pauly-W. X/2, 1919, 2359–449; Clemen2 89–96; WBieder, Die Vorstellung v. d. Höllenfahrt Jesu Chr. ’49; SJohnson, JBL 79, ’60, 48–51; WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits ’65. S. also the lit. in Windisch, Hdb.2 1930, exc. on 1 Pt 3:20; ESelwyn, The First Ep. of St. Peter ’46 and 4c below.—This is prob. also the place for θανατωθεὶς μὲν σαρκὶ ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ πνεύματι• ἐν ᾧ καὶ … 1 Pt 3:18f (some mss. read πνεύματι instead of πνεύμασιν in vs. 19, evidently in ref. to the manner of Jesus’ movement; πνεῦμα is that part of Christ which, in contrast to σάρξ, did not pass away in death, but survived as an individual entity after death; s. ἐν 7). Likew. the contrast κατὰ σάρκα … κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 1:3f. Cp. 1 Ti 3:16.
    a part of human personality, spirit
    when used with σάρξ, the flesh, it denotes the immaterial part 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5. Flesh and spirit=the whole personality, in its outer and inner aspects, oft. in Ign.: IMg 1:2; 13:1a; ITr ins; 12:1; IRo ins; ISm 1:1; IPol 5:1; AcPl Ant 13, 18 (=Aa I 237, 3).—In the same sense beside σῶμα, the body (Simplicius, In Epict. p. 50, 1; Ps.-Phoc. 106f; PGM 1, 178) 1 Cor 5:3–5; 7:34.—The inner life of humans is divided into ψυχὴ καὶ πνεῦμα (cp. Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 10 p. 370c τὶ θεῖον ὄντως ἐνῆν πνεῦμα τῇ ψυχῇ=a divine spirit was actually in the soul; Wsd 15:11; Jos., Ant. 1, 34; Tat. 13, 2; 15, 1 et al.; Ath. 27, 1. S. also Herm. Wr. 10, 13; 16f; PGM 4, 627; 630. ἐκ τριῶν συνεστάναι λέγουσι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ ψυχῆς καὶ σώματος καὶ πνεύματος Did., Gen. 55, 14) Hb 4:12. Cp. Phil 1:27. τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τὸ σῶμα 1 Th 5:23 (s. GMilligan, Thess. 1908, 78f; EvDobschütz in Meyer X7 1909, 230ff; EBurton, Spirit, Soul, and Flesh 1918; AFestugière, La Trichotomie des 1 Th 5:23 et la Philos. gr.: RSR 20, 1930, 385–415; CMasson, RTP 33, ’45, 97–102; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 161–66). σαρκί, ψυχῇ, πνεύματι IPhld 11:2.
    as the source and seat of insight, feeling, and will, gener. as the representative part of human inner life (cp. PGM 4, 627; 3 Km 20:5; Sir 9:9 al.; Just., D. 30, 1; Did., Gen. 232, 5) ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ Mk 2:8. ἀναστενάξας τῷ πν. αὐτοῦ λέγει 8:12 (s. ἀναστενάζω). ἠγαλλίασεν τὸ πν. μου Lk 1:47 (in parallelism w. ψυχή vs. 46, as Sir 9:9). ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ πν. 10:21 v.l., Ἰησοῦς ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πν. J 11:33 (s. ἐμβριμάομαι 3); Ἰης. ἐταράχθη τῷ πν. 13:21. παρωξύνετο τὸ πν. αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Ac 17:16; ζέων τῷ πν. with spirit-fervor 18:25 (s. ζέω). τὸ παιδίον ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι Lk 1:80; 2:40 v.l.; ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πν. Paul made up his mind Ac 19:21 (some would put this pass. in 6c, but cp. Lk 1:66 and analogous formulations Hom. et al. in L-S-J-M s.v. τίθημι A6). προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι of the spiritual, i.e. the pure, inner worship of God, that has nothing to do w. holy times, places, appurtenances, or ceremonies J 4:23; cp. vs. 24b. πν. συντετριμμένον (Ps 50:19) 1 Cl 18:17; 52:4.—2 Cl 20:4; Hv 3, 12, 2; 3, 13, 2.—This usage is also found in Paul. His conviction (s. 5 below) that the Christian possesses the (divine) πνεῦμα and thus is different fr. all other people, leads him to choose this word in preference to others, in order to characterize a believer’s inner being gener. ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πν. μου Ro 1:9. οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πν. μου 2 Cor 2:13. Cp. 7:13. As a matter of fact, it can mean simply a person’s very self or ego: τὸ πνεῦμα συμμαρτυρεῖ τῷ πνεύματι ἡμῶν the Spirit (of God) bears witness to our very self Ro 8:16 (cp. PGM 12, 327 ἠκούσθη μου τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπὸ πνεύματος οὐρανοῦ). ἀνέπαυσαν τὸ ἐμὸν πν. καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν they have refreshed both me and you 1 Cor 16:18. ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χρ. μετά τοῦ πν. (ὑμῶν) Gal 6:18; Phil 4:23; Phlm 25. Cp. 2 Ti 4:22. Likew. in Ign. τὸ ἐμὸν πν. my (unworthy) self IEph 18:1; IRo 9:3; cp. 1 Cor 2:11a—On the relation of the divine Spirit to the believer’s spiritual self, s. SWollenweider, Der Geist Gottes als Selbst der Glaubenden: ZTK 93, ’96, 163–92.—Only a part of the inner life, i.e. that which concerns the will, is meant in τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. That which is inferior, anxiety, fear of suffering, etc. is attributed to the σάρξ.—The mng. of the expr. οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι Mt 5:3 is difficult to determine w. certainty (cp. Pla., Ep. 7, 335a πένης ἀνὴρ τὴν ψυχήν. The dat. as τῇ ψυχῇ M. Ant. 6, 52; 8, 51). The sense is prob. those who are poor in their inner life, because they do not have a misdirected pride in their own spiritual riches (s. AKlöpper, Über den Sinn u. die ursprgl. Form der ersten Seligpreisung der Bergpredigt bei Mt: ZWT 37, 1894, 175–91; RKabisch, Die erste Seligpreisung: StKr 69, 1896, 195–215; KKöhler, Die ursprgl. Form der Seligpreisungen: StKr 91, 1918, 157–92; JBoehmer, De Schatkamer 17, 1923, 11–16, TT [Copenhagen] 4, 1924, 195–207, JBL 45, 1926, 298–304; WMacgregor, ET 39, 1928, 293–97; VMacchioro, JR 12, ’32, 40–49; EEvans, Theology 47, ’44, 55–60; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 134ff; Betz, SM 116 n. 178 for Qumran reff.).
    spiritual state, state of mind, disposition ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί τε πραΰτητος with love and a gentle spirit 1 Cor 4:21; cp. Gal 6:1. τὸ πν. τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν Eph 4:23 (s. νοῦς 2a). ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ τοῦ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος with the imperishable (gift) of a quiet disposition 1 Pt 3:4.
    an independent noncorporeal being, in contrast to a being that can be perceived by the physical senses, spirit (ELangton, Good and Evil Spirits ’42).
    God personally: πνεῦμα ὁ θεός J 4:24a (Ath. 16, 2; on God as a spirit, esp. in the Stoa, s. MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48/49. Hdb. ad loc. Also Celsus 6, 71 [Stoic]; Herm. Wr. 18, 3 ἀκάματον μέν ἐστι πνεῦμα ὁ θεός).
    good, or at least not expressly evil spirits or spirit-beings (cp. CIG III, 5858b δαίμονες καὶ πνεύματα; Proclus on Pla., Cratyl. p. 69, 6; 12 Pasqu.; En 15:4; 6; 8; 10; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 15f [Stone p. 10, 15f] πάντα τὰ ἐπουράνια πνεύματα; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82] ὑψηλὸν πν.; PGM 3, 8 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε, ἱερὸν πνεῦμα; 4, 1448; 3080; 12, 249) πνεῦμα w. ἄγγελος (cp. Jos., Ant. 4, 108; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 33; 8, 12) Ac 23:8f. God is ὁ παντὸς πνεύματος κτίστης καὶ ἐπίσκοπος 1 Cl 59:3b.—Pl., God the μόνος εὐεργέτης πνεύματων 1 Cl 59:3a. Cp. 64 (s. on this Num 16:22; 27:16. Prayers for vengeance fr. Rheneia [Dssm., LO 351–55=LAE 423ff=SIG 1181, 2] τὸν θεὸν τὸν κύριον τῶν πνευμάτων; PGM 5, 467 θεὸς θεῶν, ὁ κύριος τῶν πν.; sim. the magic pap PWarr 21, 24; 26 [III A.D.]); the πατὴρ τῶν πνευμάτων Hb 12:9. Intermediary beings (in polytheistic terminology: δαίμονες) that serve God are called λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα Hb 1:14. In Rv we read of the ἑπτὰ πνεύματα (τοῦ θεοῦ) 1:4; 3:1; 4:5; 5:6; s. ASkrinjar, Biblica 16, ’35, 1–24; 113–40.— Ghost Lk 24:37, 39.
    evil spirits (PGM 13, 798; 36, 160; TestJob 27, 2; ApcSed [both Satan]; AscIs 3:28; Just., D. 39, 6 al.; Ath. 25, 3), esp. in accounts of healing in the Synoptics: (τὸ) πνεῦμα (τὸ) ἀκάθαρτον (Just., D. 82, 3) Mt 12:43; Mk 1:23, 26; 3:30; 5:2, 8; 7:25; 9:25a; Lk 8:29; 9:42; 11:24; Rv 18:2. Pl. (TestBenj 5:2) Mt 10:1; Mk 1:27; 3:11; 5:13; 6:7; Lk 4:36; 6:18; Ac 5:16; 8:7; Rv 16:13; ending of Mk in the Freer ms.—τὸ πν. τὸ πονηρόν Ac 19:15f. Pl. (En 99:7; TestSim 4:9; 6:6, TestJud 16:1; Just., D. 76, 6) Lk 7:21; 8:2; Ac 19:12f.—πν. ἄλαλον Mk 9:17; cp. vs. 25b (s. ἄλαλος). πν. πύθων Ac 16:16 (s. πύθων). πν. ἀσθενείας Lk 13:11. Cp. 1 Ti 4:1b. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου (s. δαιμόνιον 2) Lk 4:33. πνεύματα δαιμονίων Rv 16:14 (in effect = personified ‘exhalations’ of evil powers; for the combination of πν. and δαιμ. cp. the love spell Sb 4324, 16f τὰ πνεύματα τῶν δαιμόνων τούτων).—Abs. of a harmful spirit Mk 9:20; Lk 9:39; Ac 16:18. Pl. Mt 8:16; 12:45; Lk 10:20; 11:26.—1 Pt 3:19 (s. 2 above) belongs here if the πνεύματα refer to hostile spirit-powers, evil spirits, fallen angels (so FSpitta, Christi Predigt an die Geister 1890; HGunkel, Zum religionsgesch. Verständnis des NT 1903, 72f; WBousset, ZNW 19, 1920, 50–66; Rtzst., Herr der Grösse 1919, 25ff; Knopf, Windisch, FHauck ad loc.; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism ’46, esp. 54–56, 69).—Hermas also has the concept of evil spirits that lead an independent existence, and live and reign within the inner life of a pers.; the Holy Spirit, who also lives or would like to live there, is forced out by them (cp. TestDan 4) Hm 5, 1, 2–4; 5, 2, 5–8; 10, 1, 2. τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον … ἕτερον πονηρὸν πν. 5, 1, 2. These πνεύματα are ὀξυχολία 5, 1, 3; 5, 2, 8 (τὸ πονηρότατον πν.); 10, 1, 2; διψυχία 9:11 (ἐπίγειον πν. ἐστι παρὰ τοῦ διαβόλου); 10, 1, 2; λύπη 10, 1, 2 (πάντων τῶν πνευμάτων πονηροτέρα) and other vices. On the complicated pneuma-concept of the Mandates of Hermas s. MDibelius, Hdb. exc. on Hm 5, 2, 7; cp. Leutzsch, Hermas 453f n. 133.
    God’s being as controlling influence, with focus on association with humans, Spirit, spirit as that which differentiates God fr. everything that is not God, as the divine power that produces all divine existence, as the divine element in which all divine life is carried on, as the bearer of every application of the divine will. All those who belong to God possess or receive this spirit and hence have a share in God’s life. This spirit also serves to distinguish Christians fr. all unbelievers (cp. PGM 4, 1121ff, where the spirit is greeted as one who enters devotees and, in accordance w. God’s will, separates them fr. themselves, i.e. fr. the purely human part of their nature); for this latter aspect s. esp. 6 below.
    the Spirit of God, of the Lord (=God) etc. (LXX; TestSim 4:4; JosAs 8:11; ApcSed 14:6; 15:6; ApcMos 43; SibOr 3, 701; Ps.-Phoc. 106; Philo; Joseph. [s. c below]; apolog. Cp. Plut., Numa 4, 6 πνεῦμα θεοῦ, capable of begetting children; s. παρθένος a) τὸ πν. τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:11b, 14; 3:16; 6:11; 1J 4:2a (Just., D. 49, 3; Tat. 13, 3; Ath. 22, 3). τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πν. 1 Pt 4:14 (Just., A I, 60, 6). τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12b. τὸ πν. κυρίου Ac 5:9; B 6:14; B 9:2 (cp. Mel., P. 32, 222). τὸ πνεῦμά μου or αὐτοῦ: Mt 12:18 (Is 42:1); Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f.—Cp. 1QS 4:21); 1 Cor 2:10a v.l.; Eph 3:16; 1 Th 4:8 (where τὸ ἅγιον is added); 1J 4:13.—τὸ πν. τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν Mt 10:20. τὸ πν. τοῦ ἐγείραντος τὸν Ἰησοῦν Ro 8:11a.—Without the art. πν. θεοῦ (JosAs 4:9; Tat. 15:3; Theoph. Ant. 1, 5 [p. 66, 18]) the Spirit of God Mt 3:16; 12:28; Ro 8:9b, 14, 19; 1 Cor 7:40; 12:3a; 2 Cor 3:3 (πν. θεοῦ ζῶντος); Phil 3:3. πν. κυρίου Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39 (like J 3:8; 20:22; Ac 2:4, this pass. belongs on the borderline betw. the mngs. ‘wind’ and ‘spirit’; cp. Diod S 3, 60, 3 Ἕσπερον ἐξαίφνης ὑπὸ πνευμάτων συναρπαγέντα μεγάλων ἄφαντον γενέσθαι ‘Hesperus [a son of Atlas] was suddenly snatched by strong winds and vanished fr. sight’. S. HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919, 19ff; OCullmann, TZ. 4, ’48, 364); 1 Cl 21:2.
    the Spirit of Christ, of the Lord (=Christ) etc. τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ Ac 16:7. τὸ πν. Χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:32. τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πν. Χριστοῦ 1 Pt 1:11. πν. Χριστοῦ Ro 8:9c. πν. τοῦ Χριστοῦ AcPl Ha 8, 18. ἀπὸ τοῦ πν. τοῦ χριστοῦ AcPlCor 2:10. τὸ πν. Ἰης. Χριστοῦ Phil 1:19. τὸ πν. κυρίου 2 Cor 3:17b (JHermann, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61). τὸ πν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ (=θεοῦ) Gal 4:6. As possessor of the divine Spirit, and at the same time controlling its distribution among humans, Christ is called κύριος πνεύματος Lord of the Spirit 2 Cor 3:18 (s. Windisch ad loc.); but many prefer to transl. from the Lord who is the Spirit.—CMoule, OCullmann Festschr., ’72, 231–37.
    Because of its heavenly origin and nature this Spirit is called (the) Holy Spirit (cp. PGM 4, 510 ἵνα πνεύσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸ ἱερὸν πνεῦμα.—Neither Philo nor Josephus called the Spirit πν. ἅγιον; the former used θεῖον or θεοῦ πν., the latter πν. θεῖον: Ant. 4, 118; 8, 408; 10, 239; but ἅγιον πνεῦμα Orig. C. Cels 1, 40, 16).
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον (Is 63:10f; Ps 50:13; 142:10 v.l.; cp. Sus 45 Theod.; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 10 [Stone p. 10]; JosAs 8:11 [codd. ADE]; AscIs 3, 15, 26; Just., D. 36, 6 al.) Mt 12:32 = Mk 3:29 = Lk 12:10 (τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα; on the ‘sin against the Holy Spirit’ s. HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 96–112; AFridrichsen, Le péché contre le Saint-Esprit: RHPR 3, 1923, 367–72). Mk 12:36; 13:11; Lk 2:26; 3:22; 10:21; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; 2:33; 5:3, 32; 7:51; 8:18 v.l.; 10:44, 47; 11:15; 13:2; 15:8, 28; 19:6; 20:23, 28; 21:11; 28:25; Eph 1:13 (τὸ πν. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τὸ ἅγιον); 4:30 (τὸ πν. τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ); Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 16:2; 18:11 (Ps 50:13); 22:1; IEph 9:1; Hs 5, 5, 2; 5, 6, 5–7 (on the relationship of the Holy Spirit to the Son in Hermas s. ALink, Christi Person u. Werk im Hirten des Hermas 1886; JvWalter, ZNW 14, 1913, 133–44; MDibelius, Hdb. exc. following Hs 5, 6, 8 p. 572–76).—τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα (Wsd 9:17; OdeSol 11:2; TestJob 51:2; ApcEsdr 7:16; Just. D. 25, 1 al.) Mt 28:19; Lk 12:10 (s. above), 12; Ac 1:8; 2:38 (epexegetic gen.); 4:31; 9:31; 10:45; 13:4; 16:6; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 13:13; 1J 5:7 v.l. (on the Comma Johanneum s. λόγο 3); GJs 24:4 (s. χρηματίζω 1bα). As the mother of Jesus GHb 20, 61 (HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion 1922, 64ff; SHirsch, D. Vorstellg. v. e. weibl. πνεῦμα ἅγ. im NT u. in d. ältesten christl. Lit. 1927. Also WBousset, Hauptprobleme der Gnosis 1907, 9ff).
    β. without the art. (s. B-D-F §257, 2; Rob. 761; 795) πνεῦμα ἅγιον (PGM 3, 289; Da 5:12 LXX; PsSol 17:37; AssMos Fgm. b; Just., D. 4, 1 al.; Ath. 24, 1. S. also Da Theod. 4:8, 9, 18 θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἅγιον or πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἅγιον) Mk 1:8; Lk 1:15, 35, 41, 67; 2:25; 4:1; 11:13; J 20:22 (Cassien, La pentecôte johannique [J 20:19–23] ’39.—See also 1QS 4:20f); Ac 2:4a; 4:8; 7:55; 8:15, 17, 19; 9:17; 10:38; 11:24; 13:9; 19:2ab; Hb 2:4; 6:4; 1 Pt 1:12 v.l.; 1 Cl 2:2; AcPl 6:18; 9:4 (restored after Aa I 110, 11); AcPlCor 2:5.—So oft. in combination w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου Ac 1:2; 4:25; Ro 5:5; 2 Ti 1:14; 1 Cl 8:1 (cp. διὰ πν. αἰωνίου Hb 9:14). διὰ φωνῆς πν. ἁγίου AcPl Ha 11, 6. ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου (Eus., PE 3, 12, 3 of the Egyptians: ἐκ τ. πνεύματος οἴονται συλλαμβάνειν τὸν γῦπα. Here πνεῦμα= ‘wind’; s. Horapollo 1, 11 p. 14f. The same of other birds since Aristot.—On the neut. πνεῦμα as a masc. principle cp. Aristoxenus, Fgm. 13 of the two original principles: πατέρα μὲν φῶς, μητέρα δὲ σκότος) Mt 1:18, 20; IEph 18:2; GJs 14:2; 19:1 (pap). ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ (PsSol 17:37; ApcZeph; Ar. 15, 1) Mt 3:11; Mk 1:8 v.l.; Lk 3:16; J 1:33b; Ac 1:5 (cp. 1QS 3:7f); 11:16; Ro 9:1; 14:17; 15:16; 1 Cor 12:3b; 2 Cor 6:6; 1 Th 1:5; 1 Pt 1:12 (without ἐν v.l.); Jd 20. ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου 2 Pt 1:21. Cp. ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος ἁγίου Ro 15:13, 19 v.l. (for πνεύματος θεοῦ). μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου 1 Th 1:6. διὰ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου Tit 3:5.
    abs.
    α. w. the art. τὸ πνεῦμα. In this connection the art. is perh. used anaphorically at times, w. the second mention of a word (s. B-D-F §252; Rob. 762); perh. Mt 12:31 (looking back to vs. 28 πν. θεοῦ); Mk 1:10, 12 (cp. vs. 8 πν. ἅγιον); Lk 4:1b, 14 (cp. vs. 1a); Ac 2:4b (cp. vs. 4a).—As a rule it is not possible to assume that anaphora is present: Mt 4:1; J 1:32, 33a; 3:6a, 8b (in wordplay), 34; 7:39a; Ac 8:29; 10:19; 11:12, 28; 19:1 D; 20:3 D, 22; 21:4; Ro 8:23 (ἀπαρχή 1bβ; 2), 26a, 27; 12:11; 15:30; 2 Cor 1:22 and 5:5 (KErlemann, ZNW 83, ’92, 202–23, and s. ἀρραβών); 12:18 (τῷ αὐτῷ πν.); Gal 3:2, 5, 14 (ἐπαγγελία 1bβ); Eph 4:3 (gen. of the author); 6:17 (perh. epexegetic gen.); 1 Ti 4:1a; Js 4:5; 1J 3:24; 5:6ab (some mss. add καὶ πνεύματος to the words διʼ ὕδατος κ. αἵματος at the beg. of the verse; this is approved by HvSoden, Moffatt, Vogels, Merk, and w. reservations by CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46, TManson, JTS 48, ’47, 25–33), vs. 8; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 14:13; 22:17; B 19:2, B 7= D 4:10 (s. ἐτοιμάζω b). ἐν τῷ πνεύματι (led) by the Spirit Lk 2:27.—Paul links this Spirit of God, known to every Christian, with Christ as liberating agent in contrast to legal constraint ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα ἐστιν the Lord means Spirit 2 Cor 3:17a (UHolzmeister, 2 Cor 3:17 Dominus autem Spiritus est 1908; JNisius, Zur Erklärung v. 2 Cor 3:16ff: ZKT 40, 1916, 617–75; JKögel, Ὁ κύριος τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν: ASchlatter Festschr. 1922, 35–46; C Guignebert, Congr. d’Hist. du Christ. II 1928, 7–22; EFuchs, Christus u. d. Geist b. Pls ’32; HHughes, ET 45, ’34, 235f; CLattey, Verb. Dom. 20, ’40, 187–89; DGriffiths ET 55, ’43, 81–83; HIngo, Kyrios und Pneuma, ’61 [Paul]; JDunn, JTS 21, ’70, 309–20).
    β. without the art. πνεῦμα B 1:3. κοινωνία πνεύματος Phil 2:1 (κοινωνία 1 and 2). πνεύματι in the Spirit or through the Spirit Gal 3:3; 5:5, 16, 18; 1 Pt 4:6. εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ στοιχῶμεν if we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit Gal 5:25. Freq. used w. a prep.: διὰ πνεύματος 1 Pt 1:22 v.l. ἐξ (ὕδατος καὶ) πνεύματος J 3:5. ἐν πνεύματι in, by, through the Spirit Mt 22:43; Eph 2:22; 3:5; 5:18; 6:18; Col 1:8 (ἀγάπη ἐν πνεύματι love called forth by the Spirit); B 9:7. κατὰ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4f; Gal 4:29. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2 (s. ἁγιασμός).—In neg. expressions: οὔπω ἧν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39b. ψυχικοὶ πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες worldly people, who do not have the Spirit Jd 19.—ἓν πνεῦμα one and the same Spirit 1 Cor 12:13; Eph 2:18; 4:4; one (in) Spirit 1 Cor 6:17.
    The Spirit is more closely defined by a gen. of thing: τὸ πν. τῆς ἀληθείας (TestJud 20:5) J 14:17; 15:26; 16:13 (in these three places the Spirit of Truth is the Paraclete promised by Jesus upon his departure); 1J 4:6 (opp. τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης, as TestJud 20:1; PsSol 8:14 πλ. πλανήσεως; Just., D. 7, 3 πλάνου καὶ ἀκαθάρτου πνεύματος; cp. 1QS 4:23); τὸ τῆς δόξης πν. 1 Pt 4:14. τὸ πν. τῆς ζωῆς the Spirit of life Ro 8:2. το πν. τῆς πίστεως 2 Cor 4:13. πν. σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως Eph 1:17 (cp. Just., D. 87, 4). πν. υἱοθεσίας Ro 8:15b (opp. πν. δουλείας vs. 15a). πν. δυνάμεως AcPl Ha 8, 25. πν. δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 2 Ti 1:7 (opp. πν. δειλίας). τὸ πν. τῆς χάριτος (s. TestJud 24:2) Hb 10:29 (Zech 12:10); cp. 1 Cl 46:6.
    Of Christ ‘it is written’ in Scripture: (ἐγένετο) ὁ ἔσχατος Ἀδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Cor 15:45. The scripture pass. upon which the first part of this verse is based is Gen 2:7, where Wsd 15:11 also substitutes the words πνεῦμα ζωτικόν for πνοὴν ζωῆς (cp. Just., D. 6, 2). On the other hand, s. Philo, Leg. All. 1, 42 and s. the lit. s.v. Ἀδάμ ad loc.
    The (divine) Pneuma stands in contrast to everything that characterizes this age or the finite world gener.: οὐ τὸ πν. τοῦ κόσμου ἀλλὰ τὸ πν. τὸ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 2:12; cp. Eph 2:2 and 1 Ti 4:1ab.
    α. in contrast to σάρξ, which is more closely connected w. sin than any other earthly material (Just., D. 135, 6): J 3:6; Ro 8:4–6, 9a, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:17ab; 6:8. Cp. B 10:9. πᾶσα ἐπιθυμία κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος στρατεύεται Pol 5:3.
    β. in contrast to σῶμα (=σάρξ) Ro 8:10 and to σάρξ (=σῶμα, as many hold) J 6:63a (for τὸ πν. ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν cp. Philo, Op. Mund. 30; Herm. Wr. in Cyrill., C. Jul. I 556c=542, 24 Sc. the pneuma τὰ πάντα ζῳοποιεῖ καὶ τρέφει. S. also f above). Cp. Ro 8:11b.
    γ. in contrast to γράμμα, which is the characteristic quality of God’s older declaration of the divine will in the law: Ro 2:29; 7:6; 2 Cor 3:6ab, 8 (cp. vs. 7).
    δ. in contrast to the wisdom of humans 1 Cor 2:13.
    the Spirit of God as exhibited in the character or activity of God’s people or selected agents, Spirit, spirit (s. HPreisker, Geist u. Leben ’33).
    πνεῦμα is accompanied by another noun, which characterizes the working of the Spirit more definitely: πνεῦμα καὶ δύναμις spirit and power Lk 1:17; 1 Cor 2:4. Cp. Ac 10:38; 1 Th 1:5. πνεῦμα καὶ ζωή J 6:63b. πνεῦμα κ. σοφία Ac 6:3; cp. vs. 10 (cp. TestReub 2:6 πνεῦμα λαλίας). πίστις κ. πνεῦμα ἅγιον 6:5 (cp. Just., D. 135, 6). χαρὰ καὶ πνεῦμα ἅγ. 13:52.
    Unless frustrated by humans in their natural condition, the Spirit of God produces a spiritual type of conduct Gal 5:16, 25 and produces the καρπὸς τοῦ πνεύματος vs. 22 (s. Vögtle under πλεονεξία).
    The Spirit inspires certain people of God B 12:2; B 13:5, above all, in their capacity as proclaimers of a divine revelation (Strabo 9, 3, 5 the πνεῦμα ἐνθουσιαστικόν, that inspired the Pythia; Περὶ ὕψους 13, 2; 33, 5 of the divine πν. that impels prophets and poets to express themselves; schol. on Pla. 856e of a μάντις: ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ πληροῦσθαι τοῦ θεοῦ; Aristobulus in Eus., PE 8, 10, 4 [=Fgm. 2, 4 p. 136 Holladay] τὸ θεῖον πν., καθʼ ὸ̔ καὶ προφήτης ἀνακεκήρυκται ‘[Moses possessed] the Divine Spirit with the result that he was proclaimed a prophet’; AscIs 1:7 τὸ πν. τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ἐμοί; AssMos Fgm. f εἶδεν πνεύματι ἐπαρθείς; Just., A I, 38, 1 al.; Ath. 10, 3 τὸ προφητικὸν πν. Cp. Marinus, Vi. Procli 23 of Proclus: οὐ γὰρ ἄνευ θείας ἐπινοίας … διαλέγεσθαι; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 23). προφητεία came into being only as ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 2 Pt 1:21; cp. Ac 15:29 v.l.; cp. 1 Cl 8:1. David Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; cp. Ac 1:16; 4:25. Isaiah Ac 28:25. Moses B 10:2, B 9; the Spirit was also active in giving the tables of the law to Moses 14:2. Christ himself spoke in the OT διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου 1 Cl 22:1. The ἱεραὶ γραφαί are called αἱ διὰ τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἁγίου 45:2.—The Christian prophet Agabus also ἐσήμαινεν διὰ τοῦ πν. Ac 11:28; cp. Ac 21:11. Likew. Ign. IPhld 7:2. In general the Spirit reveals the most profound secrets to those who believe 1 Cor 2:10ab.—1 Cl claims to be written διὰ τοῦ ἁγ. πν. 63:2. On Ac 19:21 s. 3b.
    The Spirit of God, being one, shows the variety and richness of its life in the different kinds of spiritual gifts which are granted to certain Christians 1 Cor 12:4, 7, 11; cp. vs. 13ab.—Vss. 8–10 enumerate the individual gifts of the Spirit, using various prepositions: διὰ τοὺ πν. vs. 8a; κατὰ τὸ πν. vs. 8b; ἐν τῷ πν. vs. 9ab. τὸ πν. μὴ σβέννυτε do not quench the Spirit 1 Th 5:19 refers to the gift of prophecy, acc. to vs. 20.—The use of the pl. πνεύματα is explained in 1 Cor 14:12 by the varied nature of the Spirit’s working; in vs. 32 by the number of persons who possess the prophetic spirit; on the latter s. Rv 22:6 and 19:10.
    One special type of spiritual gift is represented by ecstatic speaking. Of those who ‘speak in tongues’ that no earthly person can understand: πνεύματι λαλεῖ μυστήρια expresses secret things in a spiritual way 1 Cor 14:2. Cp. vss. 14–16 and s. νοῦς 1b. τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει στεναγμοῖς ἀλαλήτοις the Spirit pleads in our behalf with groans beyond words Ro 8:26b. Of speech that is ecstatic, but expressed in words that can be understood λαλεῖν ἐν πνεύματι D 11:7, 8; cp. vs. 9 (on the subject-matter 1 Cor 12:3; Jos., Ant. 4, 118f; TestJob 43:2 ἀναλαβὼν Ἐλιφᾶς πν. εἶπεν ὕμνον). Of the state of mind of the seer of the Apocalypse: ἐν πνεύματι Rv 17:3; 21:10; γενέσθαι ἐν πν. 1:10; 4:2 (s. γίνομαι 5c, ἐν 4c and EMoering, StKr 92, 1920, 148–54; RJeske, NTS 31, ’85, 452–66); AcPl Ha 6, 27. On the Spirit at Pentecost Ac 2:4 s. KLake: Beginn. I 5, ’33, 111–21. κατασταλέντος τοῦ πν. τοῦ ἐν Μύρτῃ when the Spirit (of prophecy) that was in Myrta ceased speaking AcPl Ha 7, 9.
    The Spirit leads and directs Christian missionaries in their journeys (Aelian, NA 11, 16 the young women are led blindfolded to the cave of the holy serpent; they are guided by a πνεῦμα θεῖον) Ac 16:6, 7 (by dreams, among other methods; cp. vs. 9f and s. Marinus, Vi. Procli 27: Proclus ἔφασκεν προθυμηθῆναι μὲν πολλάκις γράψαι, κωλυθῆναι δὲ ἐναργῶς ἔκ τινων ἐνυπνίων). In Ac 16:6–7 τὸ ἅγιον πν. and τὸ πν. Ἰησοῦ are distinguished.
    an activating spirit that is not fr. God, spirit: πν. ἔτερον a different (kind of) spirit 2 Cor 11:4. Cp. 2 Th 2:2; 1J 4:1–3. Because there are persons activated by such spirits, it is necessary to test the var. kinds of spirits (the same problem Artem. 3, 20 περὶ διαφορᾶς μάντεων, οἷς δεῖ προσέχειν καὶ οἷς μή) 1 Cor 12:10; 1J 4:1b. ὁ διάβολος πληροῖ αὐτὸν αὐτοῦ πν. Hm 11:3. Also οὐκ οἴδατε ποίου πνεύματός ἐστε Lk 9:55 v.l. distinguishes betw. the spirit shown by Jesus’ disciples, and another kind of spirit.—Even more rarely a spirit divinely given that is not God’s own; so (in a quot. fr. Is 29:10) a πνεῦμα κατανύξεως Ro 11:8.
    an independent transcendent personality, the Spirit, which appears in formulas that became more and more fixed and distinct (cp. Ath. 12, 2; Hippol., Ref. 7, 26, 2.—Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 12 θεόν, υἱόν πατρός, πνεῦμα ἐκ πατρὸς ἐκπορευόμενον ἓν ἐκ τριῶν καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς τρία, ταῦτα νόμιζε Ζῆνα, τόνδʼ ἡγοῦ θεόν=‘God, son of the father, spirit proceeding from the father, one from three and three from one, consider these as Zeus, think of this one as God’. The entire context bears a Christian impress.—As Aion in gnostic speculation Iren. 1, 2, 5 [Harv. I 21, 2]): βαπτίζοντες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος Mt 28:19 (on the text s. βαπτίζω 2c; on the subject-matter GWalther, Die Entstehung des Taufsymbols aus dem Taufritus: StKr 95, 1924, 256ff); D 7:1, 3. Cp. 2 Cor 13:13; 1 Cl 58:2; IEph 9:1; IMg 13:1b, 2; MPol 14:3; 22:1, 3; Epil Mosq 5. On this s. HUsener, Dreiheit: RhM 58, 1903, 1ff; 161ff; 321ff; esp. 36ff; EvDobschütz, Zwei-u. dreigliedrige Formeln: JBL 50, ’31, 116–47 (also Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 92–100); Norden, Agn. Th. 228ff; JMainz, Die Bed. der Dreizahl im Judentum 1922; Clemen2 125–28; NSöderblom, Vater, Sohn u. Geist 1909; DNielsen, Der dreieinige Gott I 1922; GKrüger, Das Dogma v. der Dreieinigkeit 1905, 46ff; AHarnack, Entstehung u. Entwicklung der Kirchenverfassung 1910, 187ff; JHaussleiter, Trinitarischer Glaube u. Christusbekenntnis in der alten Kirche: BFCT XXV 4, 1920; JLebreton, Histoire du dogme de la Trinité I: Les origines6 1927; RBlümel, Pls u. d. dreieinige Gott 1929.—On the whole word FRüsche, D. Seelenpneuma ’33; HLeisegang, Der Hl. Geist I 1, 1919; EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 486–95; PVolz, Der Geist Gottes u. d. verwandten Erscheinungen im AT 1910; JHehn, Zum Problem des Geistes im alten Orient u. im AT: ZAW n.s. 2, 1925, 210–25; SLinder, Studier till Gamla Testamentets föreställningar om anden 1926; AMarmorstein, Der Hl. Geist in der rabb. Legende: ARW 28, 1930, 286–303; NSnaith, The Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 229–37; FDillistone, Bibl. Doctrine of the Holy Spirit: Theology Today 3, ’46/47, 486–97; TNicklin, Gospel Gleanings ’50, 341–46; ESchweizer, CDodd Festschr., ’56, 482–508; DLys, Rûach, Le Souffle dans l’AT, ’62; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebr. Mngs. ’67, 202–93.—HGunkel, Die Wirkungen des Hl. Geistes2 1899; HWeinel, Die Wirkungen des Geistes u. der Geister im nachap. Zeitalter 1899; EWinstanley, The Spirit in the NT 1908; HSwete, The Holy Spirit in the NT 1909, The Holy Spirit in the Ancient Church 1912; EScott, The Spirit in the NT 1923; FBüchsel, Der Geist Gottes im NT 1926; EvDobschütz, Der Geistbesitz des Christen im Urchristentum: Monatsschr. für Pastoral-theol. 20, 1924, 228ff; FBadcock, ‘The Spirit’ and Spirit in the NT: ET 45, ’34, 218–21; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 151–62 (Eng. tr. KGrobel, ’51, I 153–64); ESchweizer, Geist u. Gemeinde im NT ’52, Int 6, ’52, 259–78.—WTosetti, Der Hl. Geist als göttliche Pers. in den Evangelien 1918; HLeisegang, Pneuma Hagion. Der Ursprung des Geistbegriffs der Syn. Ev. aus der griech. Mystik 1922; AFrövig, Das Sendungsbewusstsein Jesu u. der Geist 1924; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist nach Syn. Überl.: Studies in Early Christianity, presented to FCPorter and BWBacon 1928, 209–36; FSynge, The Holy Spirit in the Gospels and Acts: CQR 120, ’35, 205–17; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit and the Gospel Trad. ’47.—ESokolowski, Die Begriffe Geist u. Leben bei Pls 1903; KDeissner, Auferstehungshoffnung u. Pneumagedanke bei Pls 1912; GVos, The Eschatological Aspect of the Pauline Conception of the Spirit: Bibl. and Theol. Studies by the Faculty of Princeton Theol. Sem. 1912, 209–59; HBertrams, Das Wesen des Geistes nach d. Anschauung des Ap. Pls 1913; WReinhard, Das Wirken des Hl. Geistes im Menschen nach den Briefen des Ap. Pls 1918; HHoyle, The Holy Spirit in St. Paul 1928; PGächter, Z. Pneumabegriff des hl. Pls: ZKT 53, 1929, 345–408; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 159–74 al. [Mysticism of Paul the Apostle, tr. WMontgomery ’31, 160–76 al.]; E-BAllo, RB 43, ’34, 321–46 [1 Cor]; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 8:11; Synge [s. above], CQR 119, ’35, 79–93 [Pauline epp.]; NWaaning, Onderzoek naar het gebruik van πνεῦμα bij Pls, diss. Amsterd. ’39; RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms, ’71, 167–200.—HvBaer, Der Hl. Geist in den Lukasschriften 1926; MGoguel, La Notion joh. de l’Esprit 1902; JSimpson, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: Exp., 9th ser., 4, 1925, 292–99; HWindisch, Jes. u. d. Geist im J.: Amicitiae Corolla (RHarris Festschr.) ’33, 303–18; WLofthouse, The Holy Spirit in Ac and J: ET 52, ’40/41, 334–36; CBarrett, The Holy Spirit in the Fourth Gospel: JTS 1 n.s., ’50, 1–15; FCrump, Pneuma in the Gospels, diss. Catholic Univ. of America, ’54; GLampe, Studies in the Gospels (RHLightfoot memorial vol.) ’55, 159–200; NHamilton, The Holy Spirit and Eschatology in Paul, ’57; WDavies, Paul and the Dead Sea Scrolls, Flesh and Spirit: The Scrolls and the NT, ed. KStendahl, ’57, 157–82.—GJohnston, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Holy Spirit’ in the Qumran Lit.: NT Sidelights (ACPurdy Festschr.) ’60, 27–42; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT, RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; HBraun, Qumran und d. NT II, ’66, 150–64; DHill, Greek Words and Hebrew Meanings, ’67, 202–93; WBieder, Pneumatolog. Aspekte im Hb, OCullmann Festschr. ’72, 251–59; KEasley, The Pauline Usage of πνεύματι as a Reference to the Spirit of God: JETS 27, ’84, 299–313 (statistics).—B. 260; 1087. Pauly-W. XIV 387–412. BHHW I 534–37. Schmidt, Syn. II 218–50. New Docs 4, 38f. DELG s.v. πνέω. M-M. Dict. de la Bible XI 126–398. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πνεῦμα

  • 9 turn

    tə:n
    1. verb
    1) (to (make something) move or go round; to revolve: The wheels turned; He turned the handle.) girar
    2) (to face or go in another direction: He turned and walked away; She turned towards him.) dar media vuelta, girarse
    3) (to change direction: The road turned to the left.) girar
    4) (to direct; to aim or point: He turned his attention to his work.) dirigir; desviar
    5) (to go round: They turned the corner.) doblar
    6) (to (cause something to) become or change to: You can't turn lead into gold; At what temperature does water turn into ice?) volverse, convertirse, transformarse
    7) (to (cause to) change colour to: Her hair turned white; The shock turned his hair white.) volverse

    2. noun
    1) (an act of turning: He gave the handle a turn.) giro
    2) (a winding or coil: There are eighty turns of wire on this aerial.) vuelta
    3) ((also turning) a point where one can change direction, eg where one road joins another: Take the third turn(ing) on/to the left.) curva, recodo
    4) (one's chance or duty (to do, have etc something shared by several people): It's your turn to choose a record; You'll have to wait your turn in the bathroom.) turno
    5) (one of a series of short circus or variety acts, or the person or persons who perform it: The show opened with a comedy turn.) número
    - turnover
    - turnstile
    - turntable
    - turn-up
    - by turns
    - do someone a good turn
    - do a good turn
    - in turn
    - by turns
    - out of turn
    - speak out of turn
    - take a turn for the better
    - worse
    - take turns
    - turn a blind eye
    - turn against
    - turn away
    - turn back
    - turn down
    - turn in
    - turn loose
    - turn off
    - turn on
    - turn out
    - turn over
    - turn up

    turn1 n
    1. turno
    2. calle
    turn2 vb
    1. girar / dar vueltas
    2. girar / torcer
    turn right at the traffic lights en el semáforo, gira a la derecha
    3. dar la vuelta
    4. pasar / volver
    5. volverse / darse la vuelta
    6. volverse / ponerse
    tr[tɜːn]
    2 (change of direction) giro, vuelta; (bend) curva, recodo
    3 (chance, go) turno
    whose turn is it? ¿a quién le toca?
    4 (change) cambio, giro
    5 (short walk) vuelta, paseo
    7 (act of kindness, favour) favor nombre masculino
    8 SMALLTHEATRE/SMALL (act) número
    1 (rotate) girar, hacer girar, dar la vuelta a
    2 (page) pasar, volver; (soil) revolver; (ankle) torcer
    3 (cause to change direction) girar, dar la vuelta a
    about turn! ¡media vuelta!
    4 (invert) darle la vuelta a
    5 (change) convertir, transformar, volver; (milk) agriar; (stomach) revolver
    it turned her into a different person la convirtió en una persona diferente, la convirtió en otra persona
    6 (pass) pasar
    it's turned twelve pasan de las doce, son más de las doce, son las doce pasadas
    7 (fold) doblar
    8 (shape) tornear, labrar en un torno
    1 (revolve) girar, dar vueltas
    2 (change direction - person) girarse, dar la vuelta, volverse; (- car) girar, torcer; (- plane, ship) virar; (- tide) repuntar
    3 (become) hacerse, ponerse, volverse; (milk) agriarse, cortarse
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    at every turn a cada paso, a cada momento
    by turns / in turns por turnos, sucesivamente
    in turn a su vez, por su parte
    on the turn a punto de cambiar
    one good turn deserves another favor con favor se paga
    out of turn fuera de lugar
    to be badly turned out ir mal vestido,-a
    to be done to a turn / be cooked to a turn estar en su punto
    to be well turned out ir bien vestido,-a
    to do somebody a good turn hacerle un favor a alguien
    to do somebody a bad turn hacer un mala pasada a alguien
    to turn free dejar en libertad, soltar
    to turn somebody's head afectar mucho a alguien
    they turned the house inside out, but they couldn't find it revolvieron toda la casa, pero no lo encontraron
    turn of phrase manera de expresarse
    turn of the screw vuelta del tornillo
    turn ['tərn] vt
    1) : girar, voltear, volver
    to turn one's head: voltear la cabeza
    she turned her chair toward the fire: giró su asiento hacia la hoguera
    2) rotate: darle vuelta a, hacer girar
    turn the handle: dale vuelta a la manivela
    3) sprain, wrench: dislocar, torcer
    4) upset: revolver (el estómago)
    5) transform: convertir
    to turn water into wine: convertir el agua en vino
    6) shape: tornear (en carpintería)
    turn vi
    1) rotate: girar, dar vueltas
    2) : girar, doblar, dar una vuelta
    turn left: doble a la izquierda
    to turn around: dar la media vuelta
    3) become: hacerse, volverse, ponerse
    4) sour: agriarse, cortarse (dícese de la leche)
    5)
    to turn to : recurrir a
    they have no one to turn to: no tienen quien les ayude
    turn n
    1) : vuelta f, giro m
    a sudden turn: una vuelta repentina
    2) change: cambio m
    3) curve: curva f (en un camino)
    4) : turno m
    they're awaiting their turn: están esperando su turno
    whose turn is it?: ¿a quién le toca?
    v.
    tornear v. (sth.) up
    expr.
    descubrir (algo) v.
    v.
    cambiar v.
    dar vueltas a v.
    doblar v.
    girar v.
    recurrir v.
    torcer v.
    tornar v.
    virar v.
    volver v.
    n.
    cambio s.m.
    curva s.f.
    giro s.m.
    lance s.m.
    recodo s.m.
    retortero s.m.
    revuelto s.m.
    sesgo s.m.
    torneado s.m.
    torno s.m.
    turno s.m.
    vez s.f.
    viraje s.m.
    vuelta s.f.
    tɜːrn, tɜːn
    I
    1)
    a) ( rotation) vuelta f

    to a turn: the meat was done to a turn — la carne estaba hecha a la perfección, la carne estaba en su punto justo

    b) ( change of direction) vuelta f, giro m

    no left turnprohibido girar or doblar or torcer a la izquierda

    c) ( bend) curva f; ( turning)

    take the next left/right turn — tome or (esp Esp) coja or (esp AmL) agarre la próxima a la izquierda/derecha

    at every turn a cada paso, a cada momento

    d) (change, alteration)

    to take a turn for the better — empezar* a mejorar

    to take a turn for the worse — empeorar, ponerse* peor

    to be on the turn\<\<events/tide\>\> estar* cambiando; \<\<leaves\>\> estar* cambiando de color; \<\<milk/food\>\> (BrE) estar* echándose a perder

    2)

    whose turn is it? — ¿a quién le toca?

    to take turns o to take it in turn(s) — turnarse

    we'll take turns o we'll take it in turn(s) to do the cooking — nos vamos a turnar para cocinar, vamos a cocinar por turnos

    in turn: each in turn was asked the same question a cada uno de ellos se le hizo la misma pregunta; out of turn: she realized she'd spoken out of turn — se dio cuenta de que su comentario (or interrupción etc) había estado fuera de lugar

    3) ( service)

    to do somebody a good turn — hacerle* un favor a alguien

    4) (form, style)

    she has a logical/practical turn of mind — es muy lógica/práctica

    5)
    a) (bout of illness, disability)
    b) ( nervous shock) susto m
    6) ( act) (esp BrE) número m

    II
    1.
    1)
    a) ( rotate) \<\<knob/handle/wheel\>\> (hacer*) girar
    b) (set, regulate)

    to turn something to something: turn the knob to `hot' ponga el indicador en `caliente'; he turned the oven to a lower temperature — bajó la temperatura del horno

    2)
    a) (change position, direction of) \<\<head\>\> volver*, voltear (AmL exc RPl)

    she turned her back on themles volvió or les dio la espalda, les volteó la espalda (AmL exc RPl)

    can you turn the TV this way a bit? — ¿puedes poner el televisor más para este lado?

    b) (direct, apply)

    to turn something to something: I turned my mind to more pleasant thoughts me puse a pensar en cosas más agradables; the administration has turned its efforts to... la administración ha dirigido sus esfuerzos a...; they turned the situation to their own profit — utilizaron la situación para su propio provecho; advantage b)

    3)
    a) ( reverse) \<\<mattress/omelette\>\> darle* la vuelta a, voltear (AmL exc CS), dar* vuelta (CS); \<\<page\>\> pasar, volver*, dar* vuelta (CS); \<\<soil\>\> remover*, voltear (AmL exc CS), dar* vuelta (CS)

    he turned the card face downpuso or volvió la carta boca abajo

    b) ( upset)
    4)
    a) ( go around) \<\<corner\>\> dar* la vuelta a, dar* vuelta (CS)
    b) ( pass)
    5) ( send)

    I couldn't simply turn him from my door — no le podía negar ayuda, no le podía volver la espalda; loose I 2)

    6)
    a) (change, transform) volver*

    to turn something to/into something — transformar or convertir* algo en algo

    they've turned the place into a pigsty!han puesto la casa (or la habitación etc) como una pocilga!

    b) ( make sour) \<\<milk\>\> agriar
    c) ( confuse) \<\<mind\>\> trastornar
    7)
    a) ( shape - on lathe) tornear; (- on potter's wheel) hacer*
    b) ( formulate)
    8) ( make) \<\<profit\>\> sacar*

    2.
    vi
    1) ( rotate) \<\<handle/wheel\>\> girar, dar* vuelta(s)
    2)
    a) ( to face in different direction) \<\<person\>\> volverse*, darse* la vuelta, voltearse (AmL exc CS), darse* vuelta (CS); \<\<car\>\> dar* la vuelta, dar* vuelta (CS)

    she turned to me with a smile — me miró sonriéndome, se volvió hacia mí con una sonrisa

    he turned onto his sidese volvió or se puso de lado

    left/right turn! — (BrE Mil) media vuelta a la izquierda/derecha!

    b) (change course, direction)

    the army then turned north — entonces el ejército cambió de rumbo, dirigiéndose al norte

    to turn left/right — girar or doblar or torcer* a la izquierda/derecha

    c) ( curve) \<\<road/river\>\> torcer*
    3)
    a) ( focus on)

    to turn to another subject — pasar a otro tema, cambiar de tema

    b) (resort, have recourse to)

    to turn to violence/a friend — recurrir a la violencia/un amigo

    to turn to drink — darse* a la bebida

    to turn to somebody/something for something: she turned to her parents for support recurrió or acudió a sus padres en busca de apoyo; he turned to nature for inspiration — buscó inspiración en la naturaleza

    4)
    a) ( become)

    Ed Wright, naturalist turned politician — Ed Wright, naturalista convertido en or vuelto político

    to turn into something — convertirse* en algo

    water turns into steamel agua se convierte or se transforma en vapor

    to turn to something — (liter) convertirse* en algo

    c) ( change) \<\<luck/weather/tide\>\> cambiar
    d) ( change color) \<\<leaves\>\> cambiar de color
    e) ( go sour) \<\<milk\>\> agriarse

    turn to page 19 — abran el libro en la página 19, vayan a la página 19

    6) (AmE Busn) \<\<merchandise\>\> venderse
    Phrasal Verbs:
    [tɜːn]
    1. N
    1) (=rotation) vuelta f, revolución f; [of spiral] espira f

    with a quick turn of the handcon un movimiento rápido de la mano

    he gave the handle a turn — dio vuelta a la palanca

    to give a screw another turn — apretar un tornillo una vuelta más

    2) (Aut) (in road) vuelta f, curva f

    to do a left turn — (Aut) doblar or girar a la izquierda

    3) (Aut) (=turn-off) salida f
    4) (Naut) viraje m
    5) (Swimming) vuelta f
    6) (=change of direction)

    at the turn of the centurya finales del siglo

    at every turn — (fig) a cada paso

    to be on the turn, the tide is on the turn — la marea está cambiando

    turn of the tide — (lit, fig) cambio m or vuelta f de la marea

    things took a new turn — las cosas tomaron otro cariz or aspecto

    at the turn of the yeara fin de año

    7) (in series etc) turno m, vez f

    whose turn is it? — ¿a quién le toca?

    it's her turn next — le toca a ella después, ella es la primera en turno

    turn and turn about — cada uno por turno, ahora esto y luego aquello

    by turns — por turnos, sucesivamente

    to give up one's turn — ceder la vez

    in turn — por turnos, sucesivamente

    and they, in turn, said... — y ellos a su vez dijeron...

    to miss one's turn — perder la vez or el turno

    to go out of turn — (in game) jugar fuera de orden

    to speak out of turn — (fig) hablar fuera de lugar

    to take one's turn — llegarle (a algn) su turno

    to take turns at doing sthalternar or turnarse para hacer algo

    to wait one's turn — esperar (algn) su turno

    8) (=short walk) vuelta f
    9) (Med) (=fainting fit etc) vahído m, desmayo m; (=crisis) crisis f inv, ataque m
    10) * (=fright) susto m
    11) (esp Brit) (Theat) número m, turno m
    12) (=deed)

    to do sb a bad turn — hacer una mala pasada a algn

    to do sb a good turn — hacerle un favor a algn

    13) (Culin)
    14) (=inclination)

    an odd turn of minduna manera retorcida or (LAm) chueca de pensar

    to be of or have a scientific turn of mind — ser más dado a las ciencias

    15) (=expression)

    turn of phraseforma f de hablar, giro m

    2. VT
    1) (=rotate) [+ wheel, handle] girar, dar vueltas a; [+ screw] atornillar, destornillar

    you can turn it through 90° — se puede girarlo hasta 90 grados

    turn it to the left — dale una vuelta hacia la izquierda

    2) (also: turn over) [+ record, mattress, steak] dar la vuelta a, voltear (LAm); [+ page] pasar; [+ soil] revolver; [+ hay] volver al revés

    to turn one's ankletorcerse el tobillo

    to turn a dress inside out — volver un vestido del revés

    it turns my stomachme revuelve el estómago

    - turn the page
    3) (=direct) dirigir, volver

    they turned him against us — le pusieron en contra nuestra

    to turn one's attention to sth — concentrar su atención en algo

    to turn one's back on sb/sth — (also fig) volver or dar la espalda a algn/algo

    to turn one's eyes in sb's direction — volver la mirada hacia donde está algn

    to turn a gun on sb — apuntar una pistola a algn

    to turn one's headvolver la cabeza

    the fireman turned the hose on the building — el bombero dirigió la manguera hacia el edificio

    to turn the lights (down) low — poner la luz más baja

    to turn one's steps homeward — dirigirse a casa, volver los pasos hacia casa

    to turn one's thoughts to sth — concentrarse en algo

    - turn the other cheek

    to turn one's hand to sth —

    - turn sb's head: earning all that money has turned his/her head
    - turn the tables
    4) (=pass) doblar, dar la vuelta a

    it's turned four o'clockson las cuatro y pico or (esp LAm) las cuatro pasadas

    - have turned the corner
    5) (=change)

    the heat turned the walls black — el calor volvió negras las paredes, el calor ennegreció las paredes

    the shock turned her hair white — del susto, el pelo se le puso blanco

    his goal turned the game(Brit) su gol le dio un vuelco al partido

    to turn sth into sth — convertir algo en algo

    she turned her dreams to reality — hizo sus sueños realidad, realizó sus sueños

    6) (=deflect) [+ blow] desviar
    7) (=shape) [+ wood, metal] tornear
    well-turned
    8) (Culin)
    9)

    to turn a profit(esp US) sacar un beneficio, tener ganancias

    3. VI
    1) (=rotate) [wheel etc] girar, dar vueltas

    the object turned on a stand — el objeto giraba en un pedestal

    his stomach turned at the sight — al verlo se le revolvió el estómago, se le revolvieron las tripas al verlo *

    to turn in one's grave —

    toss 3., 1)
    2) (=change direction) [person] dar la vuelta, voltearse (LAm); [tide] repuntar

    to turn and go backvolverse or dar la vuelta y regresar

    right turn! — (Mil) derecha... ¡ar!

    the game turned after half-time(Brit) el partido dio un vuelco tras el descanso

    to turn against sb — volverse contra algn

    to turn for home — volver hacia casa

    farmers are turning from cows to pigs — los granjeros cambian de vacas a cerdos

    then our luck turned — luego mejoramos de suerte

    to turn to sb/sth, he turned to me and smiled — se volvió hacia mí y sonrió

    our thoughts turn to those who... — pensamos ahora en los que...

    he turned to drink — se dio a la bebida, le dio por el alcohol

    I don't know which way to turn — (fig) no sé qué hacer

    I don't know where to turn for money — no sé en qué parte ir a buscar dinero

    the wind has turned — el viento ha cambiado de dirección

    3) (Aut) torcer, girar; (Aer, Naut) virar

    to turn left — (Aut) torcer or girar or doblar a la izquierda

    the car turned into a lane — el coche se metió en una bocacalle

    to turn to port — (Naut) virar a babor

    4) (=change)

    to turn into sth — convertirse or transformarse en algo

    the princess turned into a toad — la princesa se transformó en sapo, la princesa quedó transformada en sapo

    the leaves were turning — se estaban descolorando or dorando las hojas

    the milk has turned — la leche se ha cortado

    it turned to stone — se convirtió en piedra

    his admiration turned to scornsu admiración se tornó or se transformó en desprecio

    to wait for the weather to turn — esperar a que cambie el tiempo

    5) (=become)

    the weather or it has turned cold — el tiempo se ha puesto frío, se ha echado el frío

    to turn nasty[person] ponerse or volverse antipático

    to turn redponerse rojo

    matters are turning seriouslas cosas se ponen graves

    6) (=depend)

    everything turns on his decision — todo depende de su decisión

    everything turns on whether... — todo depende de si...

    4.
    CPD

    turn signal N(US) (Aut) indicador m (de dirección)

    * * *
    [tɜːrn, tɜːn]
    I
    1)
    a) ( rotation) vuelta f

    to a turn: the meat was done to a turn — la carne estaba hecha a la perfección, la carne estaba en su punto justo

    b) ( change of direction) vuelta f, giro m

    no left turnprohibido girar or doblar or torcer a la izquierda

    c) ( bend) curva f; ( turning)

    take the next left/right turn — tome or (esp Esp) coja or (esp AmL) agarre la próxima a la izquierda/derecha

    at every turn a cada paso, a cada momento

    d) (change, alteration)

    to take a turn for the better — empezar* a mejorar

    to take a turn for the worse — empeorar, ponerse* peor

    to be on the turn\<\<events/tide\>\> estar* cambiando; \<\<leaves\>\> estar* cambiando de color; \<\<milk/food\>\> (BrE) estar* echándose a perder

    2)

    whose turn is it? — ¿a quién le toca?

    to take turns o to take it in turn(s) — turnarse

    we'll take turns o we'll take it in turn(s) to do the cooking — nos vamos a turnar para cocinar, vamos a cocinar por turnos

    in turn: each in turn was asked the same question a cada uno de ellos se le hizo la misma pregunta; out of turn: she realized she'd spoken out of turn — se dio cuenta de que su comentario (or interrupción etc) había estado fuera de lugar

    3) ( service)

    to do somebody a good turn — hacerle* un favor a alguien

    4) (form, style)

    she has a logical/practical turn of mind — es muy lógica/práctica

    5)
    a) (bout of illness, disability)
    b) ( nervous shock) susto m
    6) ( act) (esp BrE) número m

    II
    1.
    1)
    a) ( rotate) \<\<knob/handle/wheel\>\> (hacer*) girar
    b) (set, regulate)

    to turn something to something: turn the knob to `hot' ponga el indicador en `caliente'; he turned the oven to a lower temperature — bajó la temperatura del horno

    2)
    a) (change position, direction of) \<\<head\>\> volver*, voltear (AmL exc RPl)

    she turned her back on themles volvió or les dio la espalda, les volteó la espalda (AmL exc RPl)

    can you turn the TV this way a bit? — ¿puedes poner el televisor más para este lado?

    b) (direct, apply)

    to turn something to something: I turned my mind to more pleasant thoughts me puse a pensar en cosas más agradables; the administration has turned its efforts to... la administración ha dirigido sus esfuerzos a...; they turned the situation to their own profit — utilizaron la situación para su propio provecho; advantage b)

    3)
    a) ( reverse) \<\<mattress/omelette\>\> darle* la vuelta a, voltear (AmL exc CS), dar* vuelta (CS); \<\<page\>\> pasar, volver*, dar* vuelta (CS); \<\<soil\>\> remover*, voltear (AmL exc CS), dar* vuelta (CS)

    he turned the card face downpuso or volvió la carta boca abajo

    b) ( upset)
    4)
    a) ( go around) \<\<corner\>\> dar* la vuelta a, dar* vuelta (CS)
    b) ( pass)
    5) ( send)

    I couldn't simply turn him from my door — no le podía negar ayuda, no le podía volver la espalda; loose I 2)

    6)
    a) (change, transform) volver*

    to turn something to/into something — transformar or convertir* algo en algo

    they've turned the place into a pigsty!han puesto la casa (or la habitación etc) como una pocilga!

    b) ( make sour) \<\<milk\>\> agriar
    c) ( confuse) \<\<mind\>\> trastornar
    7)
    a) ( shape - on lathe) tornear; (- on potter's wheel) hacer*
    b) ( formulate)
    8) ( make) \<\<profit\>\> sacar*

    2.
    vi
    1) ( rotate) \<\<handle/wheel\>\> girar, dar* vuelta(s)
    2)
    a) ( to face in different direction) \<\<person\>\> volverse*, darse* la vuelta, voltearse (AmL exc CS), darse* vuelta (CS); \<\<car\>\> dar* la vuelta, dar* vuelta (CS)

    she turned to me with a smile — me miró sonriéndome, se volvió hacia mí con una sonrisa

    he turned onto his sidese volvió or se puso de lado

    left/right turn! — (BrE Mil) media vuelta a la izquierda/derecha!

    b) (change course, direction)

    the army then turned north — entonces el ejército cambió de rumbo, dirigiéndose al norte

    to turn left/right — girar or doblar or torcer* a la izquierda/derecha

    c) ( curve) \<\<road/river\>\> torcer*
    3)
    a) ( focus on)

    to turn to another subject — pasar a otro tema, cambiar de tema

    b) (resort, have recourse to)

    to turn to violence/a friend — recurrir a la violencia/un amigo

    to turn to drink — darse* a la bebida

    to turn to somebody/something for something: she turned to her parents for support recurrió or acudió a sus padres en busca de apoyo; he turned to nature for inspiration — buscó inspiración en la naturaleza

    4)
    a) ( become)

    Ed Wright, naturalist turned politician — Ed Wright, naturalista convertido en or vuelto político

    to turn into something — convertirse* en algo

    water turns into steamel agua se convierte or se transforma en vapor

    to turn to something — (liter) convertirse* en algo

    c) ( change) \<\<luck/weather/tide\>\> cambiar
    d) ( change color) \<\<leaves\>\> cambiar de color
    e) ( go sour) \<\<milk\>\> agriarse

    turn to page 19 — abran el libro en la página 19, vayan a la página 19

    6) (AmE Busn) \<\<merchandise\>\> venderse
    Phrasal Verbs:

    English-spanish dictionary > turn

  • 10 con

    prep.
    1 with.
    ¿con quién vas? who are you going with?
    lo ha conseguido con su esfuerzo he has achieved it through his own efforts
    una cartera con varios documentos a briefcase containing several documents
    con el tiempo lo olvidé in time I forgot it
    2 in spite of (a pesar de).
    con todo despite everything
    con lo estudioso que es, le suspendieron for all his hard work, they still failed him
    Está con mucho dolor He is in [with] a lot of pain.
    3 by.
    con hacerlo así by doing it this way
    con salir a las diez es suficiente if we leave at ten, we'll have plenty of time
    * * *
    1 (instrumento, medio) with
    2 (modo, circunstancia) in, with
    ¿vas a salir con este frío? are you going out in this cold?
    me gustas con ese vestido you look nice in that dress, I like that dress on you
    3 (juntamente, en compañía) with
    7 (comparación) compared to
    8 (a pesar de) in spite of, despite
    9 con + inf by + gerund
    10 (aunque) in spite of
    con ser tan fuerte... in spite of being so strong...
    \
    con que / con tal de que / con tal que provided, as long as
    con todo (y eso) nevertheless, even so
    * * *
    prep.
    1) with
    2) to, towards
    * * *
    PREP
    1) [indicando compañía, instrumento, medio] with

    ¿con quién vas a ir? — who are you going with?

    andar con muletasto walk on o with crutches

    con el tiempo — in the course of time, with time

    2) [indicando características, estado]
    3) [indicando combinación] and
    4) [indicando contenido]

    encontraron una maleta con 800.000 dólares — they found a suitcase containing 800,000 dollars o with 800,000 dollars in it

    5) [indicando modo]

    estar con algo, estar con dolor de muelas/la pierna escayolada — to have toothache/one's leg in plaster

    con mucho gusto — certainly, by all means

    6) [como complemento personal de algunos verbos] to

    ¿con quién hablas? — who are you speaking to?

    se ha casado con Jesús — she's married Jesús, she's got married to Jesús

    7) [tras adjetivos] to, towards

    amable con todoskind to o towards everybody

    8) [con decimales]

    once con siete[11,7] eleven point seven ( 11.7)

    9) (=pese a) in spite of

    con tantas dificultades, no se descorazonó — in spite of all o for all the difficulties he didn't lose heart

    con ser su madre, le odia — even though she is his mother she hates him

    con todo (y con eso), la gente se lo pasó bien — in spite of everything, people had a good time

    10) [en exclamaciones]

    ¡vaya con el niño! — * the cheeky monkey! *

    ¡con lo bien que se está aquí! — and it's so nice here too!

    no me dejó ni un trocito, con lo que me gustan esos caramelos — he didn't even let me have a tiny piece, and he knows how much I like those sweets

    11) [indicando una condición]
    a) + infin

    con decirle que no voy, se arreglará todo — when I tell him I'm not going, everything will be fine

    b)

    con que + subjun

    con que me invite, me conformo — as long as o provided that she invites me, I don't mind

    tal 3., 4)
    * * *
    1)
    a) (expresando relaciones de compañía, comunicación, reciprocidad) with
    b) (indicando el objeto de comportamiento, actitud)
    2)

    ¿cómo vamos a ir con esta lluvia? — how can we go in this rain?

    ella se lo ofreció, con lo que or con lo cual me puso a mí en un aprieto — she offered it to him, which put me in an awkward position

    ¿no lo vas a llevar, con lo que le gusta el circo? — aren't you going to take him? you know how much he likes the circus

    con lo tarde que es, ya se debe haber ido — it's really late, he should have gone by now

    con todo lo que tengo que hacer! — on top of everything else I have to do!; todo III 2)

    3)
    a) (indicando instrumento, medio, material) with

    córtalo con la tijera — cut it with the scissors, use the scissors to cut it

    caray con la niña (or el vecino, etc)! — well would you believe it!

    con + inf: con llorar no se arregla nada crying won't solve anything; con llamarlo por teléfono ya cumples if o as long as you call him, that should do; con decirte que... I mean, to give you an example...; me contento con que apruebes — as long as you pass I'll be happy; tal III 2)

    b) ( indicando modo) with
    c) (al describir características, un estado)

    ¿vas a ir con ese vestido? — are you going in that dress?

    4) (AmL) (indicando el agente, destinatario)
    * * *
    = by use of, with, WITH, possessed of, what with, not without, featuring.
    Ex. By use of the code 'p' on the saved document summary screen you can request than one of the saved document lists be printed.
    Ex. Photographs are normally kept in drawers of standard filing cabinets, with folders or pockets, or both.
    Ex. WITH retrieves records in which two (or more) terms appear in the same field.
    Ex. Possessed of a phenomenal memory and a perpetual smile, this paragon always is ready to meet the public without losing balance or a sense of humor.
    Ex. What with Consuelo Feng in tears and Bernice Washington very pale, and startled, all was incomprehensible.
    Ex. It has shown that the technology can work, but not without problems.
    Ex. The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.
    ----
    * acoger con entusiasmo = greet + warmly.
    * andar con cuidado = tread + lightly.
    * asintiendo con entusiasmo = in eager assent.
    * con abundantes dorados = heavily gilt.
    * con afabilidad = good-naturedly.
    * con afán = earnestly.
    * con afecto = fondly, affectionately.
    * con agallas = spunky.
    * con agilidad = nimbly.
    * con agradecimiento = gratefully.
    * con agudeza = perceptively, subtly.
    * con ahínco = diligently, industriously.
    * con aire acondicionado = air conditioned.
    * con alas = winged.
    * con alborozo = mirthfully.
    * con alegría = joyously, gleefully.
    * con algoritmos = algorithmically.
    * con alimentación manual = hand-fed.
    * con altanería = superciliously, haughtily.
    * con altibajos = chequered [checkered, -USA].
    * con amabilidad = graciously.
    * con amargura = bitterly.
    * con amor no correspondido = lovelorn.
    * con anotaciones = scripted.
    * con ansias de conquistar el mundo = world-conquering.
    * con ansias de leer = reading-desirous.
    * con ansias de poder = power-hungry.
    * con ansiedad = eagerly, with bated breath.
    * con antelación = beforehand, ahead of time.
    * con antelación a = in anticipation of, in advance (of), prior to.
    * con anterioridad a = pre, prior to, before the days of.
    * con anterioridad a la contratación = pre-employment [preemployment].
    * con añoranza = longingly, wistfully.
    * con apatía = listlessly.
    * con aplicación = industriously, studiously.
    * con aprensión = apprehensively.
    * con aprobación = approvingly.
    * con ardor = ardently.
    * con armonía = harmoniously.
    * con arrogancia = superciliously, haughtily.
    * con asco = disgustedly.
    * con asiduidad = assiduously.
    * con aspecto de adulto = adult-looking.
    * con astucia = by cunning, astutely, slyly, shrewdly, cannily.
    * con atención = attentively.
    * con audacia = boldly.
    * con autoridad = authoritative, authoritatively.
    * con avances = stepped-up.
    * con avaricia = rapaciously.
    * con baño = en suite, en-suite bathroom, en-suite bath, en-suite facilities.
    * con barba = bearded.
    * con base de arena = sand-based.
    * con base empírica = empirically-based.
    * con base en = based in.
    * con bastante antelación = well in advance, far in advance.
    * con bastante frecuencia = quite frequently, fairly often.
    * con basura por el suelo = littered.
    * con bisagras = hinged.
    * con botones = buttoned, buttoned-up.
    * con botones por detrás = back-buttoning.
    * con brotes = budded.
    * con buena fama = respected.
    * con buena reputación = respected, reputable.
    * con buenas conexiones = well-connected.
    * con buenas intenciones = well meant, in good faith, well-intentioned, well-intended, well-meaning.
    * con buen gusto = tastefully.
    * con buen humor = good-humouredly.
    * con buenos contactos = well-connected.
    * con buenos modales = politely.
    * con bultos = lumpiness.
    * con burbujas = carbonated.
    * con cable = corded.
    * con cafeina = caffeinated.
    * con cajero = cashiered.
    * con calefacción = heated.
    * con calefacción central = centrally heated.
    * con calma = calmly, leisurely, tranquilly.
    * con capucha = hooded.
    * con cara de cansado = bleary-eyed.
    * con cara de sueño = bleary-eyed.
    * con cargo a = to be debited to, to be charged to.
    * con cargo de conciencia = remorseful.
    * con cariño = fondly, affectionately.
    * con carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].
    * con cautela = cautiously, warily, with a grain of salt.
    * con certeza = for sure, with assurance, for certain.
    * con chasis fabricado por separado del bastidor = coachbuilt [coach-built].
    * con cierta comodidad = with some ease.
    * con cierta facilidad = with some ease.
    * con cierta formación = educated.
    * con cierta frecuencia = not uncommonly.
    * con cierto detalle = at some length.
    * con cierto gasto = at some expense.
    * con cinismo = cynically.
    * con cintura de avispa = wasp-waisted.
    * con claustros = cloistered.
    * con clavos = hobnailed.
    * con cobro = fee-based.
    * con codicia = rapaciously.
    * con cola = caudate.
    * con cola espesa = bushy-tailed.
    * con cola tupida = bushy-tailed.
    * con cólicos = colicky newborn.
    * con columnas corintias = Corinthian-columned.
    * con comodidad = with ease, easily.
    * con comprensión = sympathetically.
    * con compromisos = strings attached.
    * con condiciones especiales = strings attached.
    * con confianza = confidently, with confidence, trustingly, trustfully.
    * con confianza en uno mismo = self-confident.
    * con conocimiento = authoritatively.
    * con conocimiento básico en el manejo de la información = information literate [information-literate].
    * con conocimiento básico en el uso de la biblioteca = library literate [library-literate].
    * con conocimiento de = appreciative of, conversant with.
    * con conocimiento de causa = knowingly.
    * con conocimiento de informática = computer literate [computer-literate].
    * con conocimiento en el uso de Internet = Internet-savvy.
    * con conocimientos en = versed in.
    * con conocimientos sobre el correo electrónico = e-mail literate.
    * con consecuencias fatales = fatally.
    * con consentimiento = willing.
    * con contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.
    * con control atmosférico = atmospherically-controlled.
    * con copyright = copyright-protected.
    * con corazón de piedra = stony-hearted.
    * con corrientes de aire = draughty [drafty, -USA].
    * con cortesía = courteously.
    * con costras = caked.
    * con creces = amply, far + Verbo.
    * con créditos = credit-carrying.
    * con criterio = discerning.
    * con cualidades humanas = anthropomorphic.
    * con cuanta creatividad = how creatively.
    * con cuernos = horned.
    * con cuidado = gently, carefully.
    * con cúpula = domed.
    * con datos no pertinentes = dirty [dirtier -comp., dirtiest -sup.].
    * con decisión = decisively.
    * con dedos pegajosos = sticky-fingered.
    * con deferencia = dutifully.
    * con deleite = with gusto.
    * con delicadeza = delicately, gently.
    * con demasiada facilidad = all too easily.
    * con demasiada frecuencia = all too often, all too frequently, too often.
    * con demasiadas expectativas = over expectant.
    * con demasiados miramientos = mealy-mouthed.
    * con demasiado trabajo = overworked.
    * con demasidad facilidad = all too easy.
    * con derecho a voto = eligible to vote.
    * con derecho de autor = copyright-protected.
    * con derechos de autor = copyrightable, royalty-paid.
    * con desaliento = despondently, dispiritedly, hopelessly.
    * con desánimo = dejectedly, despondently.
    * con desaprobación = disapproving, disapprovingly.
    * con descaro = impudently.
    * con desconfianza = suspiciously.
    * con descuento = at a discount, discounted, cut-price, cut-rate.
    * con desenfado = lightheartedly.
    * con desesperación = dispiritedly, hopelessly.
    * con desfachatez = impudently.
    * con desgana = listlessly, reluctantly, unwillingly.
    * con destino a = to.
    * con destreza = nimbly, adeptly, with ease.
    * con detalle = at a detailed level, in detail.
    * con determinación = with purpose, single-mindedly, purposefully, steadfastly.
    * con dientes de conejo = bucktoothed.
    * con dientes de sierra = serrated.
    * con dientes salidos = bucktoothed.
    * con diferencia = by far.
    * con diferentes variaciones = in variation.
    * con dificultad = laboriously, with difficulty.
    * con dificultades = in difficulties.
    * con diligencia = sedulously, industriously, studiously.
    * con dinamismo = proactively [pro-actively], vivaciously.
    * con diplomacia = diplomatically.
    * con discapacidades físicas = physically challenged.
    * con disimulo = on the quiet, on the sly.
    * con doble acristalamiento = double-glazed.
    * con doble titulación = dually qualified.
    * con dos caras = double-faced.
    * con dos facetas = double-faced.
    * con dudas = uncertainly.
    * con dudosa reputación = disreputable.
    * con dureza = harshly.
    * con efecto desde + Fecha = with effect from + Fecha.
    * con eficacia = ably.
    * con eficiencia = ably.
    * con efusión = effusively.
    * con ejemplos = by example(s).
    * con él = therewith.
    * con el agua al cuello = in hot water.
    * con el agua hasta el cuello = in deep water.
    * con el alma en vilo = on tenterhooks.
    * con el ánimo de = in the spirit of.
    * con el ceño fruncido = with a frown.
    * con el conocimiento de que = on the understanding that.
    * con el corazón destrozado = broken-hearted.
    * con el corazón en la boca = on tenterhooks.
    * con el corazón en un puño = on tenterhooks.
    * con el corazón partido = broken-hearted.
    * con el corazón roto = broken-hearted.
    * con el correr del tiempo = over the years, in the process of time, with the passage of time.
    * con el culo al aire = out in the cold.
    * con el debido respeto = with due respect.
    * con el decursar del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time.
    * con elegancia = elegantly, gracefully.
    * con el emblema = under the banner.
    * con el fin de = in order to.
    * con ello = in doing so, in the process, thereto.
    * con ellos = with them.
    * con el más sumo cuidado = with utmost care.
    * con el mayor cuidado = with utmost care.
    * con el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.
    * con el mismo = therewith.
    * con el mismo + Nombre + como el que... = as + Adverbio + as....
    * con el mismo planteamiento que = on the same lines as.
    * con el nacimiento de = at the dawn of.
    * con el nombre y dirección del remitente = self-addressed.
    * con el número = numbered.
    * con el objetivo de = with the purpose of, with a brief to, with the aim of, with a focus on.
    * con el objeto de = in the attempt to, in the drive to, in a drive to.
    * con el paso de = with the passing of.
    * con el paso de los años = with the passing of (the) years.
    * con el paso del tiempo = over the years, over time, with the passage of time, in due course, over a period of time, in the course of time, over the course of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time went by.
    * con el pie deformado = clubfooted.
    * con el pretexto de = under the guise of, under the flag of, in the guise of.
    * con el primer intento = at the first shot.
    * con el propósito de = with the purpose of, with the aim of, in the drive to, in a drive to.
    * con el propósito de superarse uno mismo = self-improvement-oriented.
    * con el rabo entre las piernas = with a flea in + Posesivo + ear.
    * con el sudor de + Posesivo + frente = by the sweat of + Posesivo + brow.
    * con el suelo de tierra = dirt-floored.
    * con el tiempo = in time, over the years, with time, with the passage of time, eventually, in due course, over a period of time, in due time, over time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time goes by, as time went by, by and by.
    * con el título = entitled.
    * con el transcurrir del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by).
    * con el transcurso de = with the passing of.
    * con el transcurso de los años = over the years, with the passing of (the) years.
    * con el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.
    * con el transcurso del tiempo = over time, with time, with age, in the course of time, over the course of time, as time passes (by), as time went by.
    * con el uso = in use, with use.
    * con encimera de mármol = marble-top.
    * con energía = powerfully.
    * con enfado = angrily.
    * con enfermedades mentales = mentally challenged.
    * con entusiasmo = eagerly, enthusiastically, rhapsodically, wholeheartedly [whole-heartedly].
    * con entusiasmo en los ojos = bright-eyed.
    * con errores = flawed.
    * con errores gramaticales = grammatically challenged, grammatically incorrect.
    * con escamas = flaky.
    * con ese fin = to that end.
    * con esmero = sedulously, studiously.
    * con eso = thereto, by this.
    * con esperanza = in hopeful expectation.
    * con espíritu deportivo = sportingly.
    * con este fin = to this end, to that effect.
    * con estilo = stylish.
    * con esto = by so doing, in so doing, in this, herewith, by doing so, by this, in doing so.
    * con estructura de acero = steel-framed.
    * con estructura de madera = timber-framed.
    * con estudios = schooled, educated.
    * con exactitud = precisely.
    * con excepción de = with the exception of, except for.
    * con éxito = successful, successfully, winningly.
    * con expectación = expectantly.
    * con experiencia = experienced.
    * con experiencia ampliamente demostrada = proven.
    * con experiencia profesional = professionally-qualified.
    * con exuberancia = lushly.
    * con facilidad = without difficulty, fluently, with ease, easily.
    * con fascinación = rhapsodically.
    * con fecha = dated, dated.
    * con fecha + Fecha = dated + Fecha.
    * con ferocidad = ferociously.
    * con figuras en movimiento = animated.
    * con filtros = filtered.
    * con financiación independiente = self-funded.
    * con financiación propia = self-funded.
    * con fines + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * con fines lucrativos = profit-making, profit-orientated, profit-oriented, profit-generating.
    * con firma = signed.
    * con firmeza = assertively, resolutely, firmly, unshakably, staunchly.
    * con flexibilidad = flexibly.
    * con fluidez = fluent, fluently.
    * con forma de castillo = castellated.
    * con forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].
    * con forma de pelo = hair-like.
    * con forma de pera = pear-shaped.
    * con forma de pirámide = trihedral, pyramidal-shaped.
    * con forma de tetraedro = trihedral.
    * con forma de U = U-shaped.
    * con forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.
    * con franqueza = frankly.
    * con frecuencia = frequently, often [oftener -comp., oftenest -sup.], oftentimes [often times], ofttimes [oft-times].
    * con frondosidad = lushly.
    * con fuertes aspiraciones profesionales = upward-mobile.
    * con fuerza = forcefully, vigourously [vigorously, -USA], powerfully.
    * con funda = jacketed.
    * con fundamentos = informed.
    * con fundamentos sólidos = well-considered.
    * con furia = with a vengeance, furiously.
    * con futuro = up-and-coming.
    * con gafas = bespectacled.
    * con ganas = with gusto.
    * con ganas de pelear = on the warpath.
    * con garantías de calidad = quality assured.
    * con gas = carbonated.
    * con generosidad = generously, unstintingly.
    * con goteras = leaking, leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup].
    * con gracia = wittily, funnily.
    * con gran capacidad = capacious.
    * con gran colorido = brightly coloured.
    * con gran densidad de población = densely populated.
    * con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.
    * con grandilocuencia = grandly.
    * con gran esplendor = grandly.
    * con gran iluminación = brightly illuminated.
    * con gran motivación = highly-motivated.
    * con gran sentimiento = earnestly.
    * con gratitud = gratefully.
    * con gravedad = grimly.
    * con guión = hyphenated.
    * con gusto = happily, satisfyingly, stylish, willingly.
    * con habilidad = adeptly.
    * con hambre de poder = power-hungry.
    * con hastial = gabled.
    * con heridas superficiales = superficially wounded.
    * con honestidad = honestly.
    * con humildad = humbly.
    * con humor = humorously.
    * con ilusión = eagerly.
    * con imágenes en movimiento = animated.
    * con imaginación = imaginatively.
    * con impaciencia = with bated breath.
    * con impasibilidad = impassively.
    * con impunidad = with impunity.
    * con incredulidad = incredulously.
    * con independencia de = in spite of, despite, although, despite the fact that, in spite of the fact that.
    * con indiferencia = indifferently, casually.
    * con indignación = disgustedly, indignantly.
    * con indulgencia = leniently.
    * con información = information-bearing.
    * con iniciativa = proactively [pro-actively], proactive [pro-active], enterprising.
    * con inocencia = innocently.
    * con insistencia = insistently.
    * con insolencia = impudently.
    * con intencionalidad = calculated.
    * con intenciones ocultas = agenda-laden.
    * con intereses ocultos = agenda-laden.
    * con intereses propios = self-interested.
    * con interrupciones = discontinuous, episodic.
    * con intervención directa = obtrusive.
    * con ira = angrily.
    * con júbilo = joyously, gleefully.
    * con juicio de valor = value-loaded.
    * con la anchura de los hombros = shoulder-width.
    * con la ayuda de = under the guidance of.
    * con la cabeza en las nubes = ditzy [ditzier -comp., ditziest -sup.], ditsy [ditsier -comp., ditsiest -sup.].
    * con la conciencia limpia = with a clear conscience.
    * con la conciencia tranquila = with a clear conscience.
    * con la condición de que = on the understanding that, with the condition that, on the condition that.
    * con la convicción de que = in the belief that/of, on the assumption that.
    * con la debida consideración = with due consideration.
    * con la debida cualificación = properly qualified.
    * con la edad = with age.
    * con la espalda contra la pared = up against the wall.
    * con la esperanza de = in hope(s) of, with the hope(s) of.
    * con la esperanza de que = in the hope(s) that, in hope(s) that.
    * con la excusa de = in the name of, under the mantle of, under the flag of, under the guise of, in the guise of.
    * con la expectativa de que = in hopeful expectation that.
    * con la extensión de un libro = book-length.
    * con la falda típica escocesa = kilted.
    * con la formación adecuada = adequately-trained.
    * con la frente en alto = stand + tall.
    * con lagañas en los ojos = bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * con la imaginación = in imagination.
    * con la intención de = designing, with an eye toward(s), intending to, aimed at, purposefully, intended to, in the drive to, in a drive to.
    * con la intención de comunicar hechos = fact-communicating.
    * con la llegada de = with the advent of, with the arrival of.
    * con la mejor voluntad del mundo = in good faith.
    * con la mente despejada = clear-headed.
    * con la mirada en = with an eye toward(s).
    * con la mirada en blanco = blankly.
    * con la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.
    * con la mirada puesta en = with an eye on, in + Posesivo + sights.
    * con la misma altura que = the full height of.
    * con la portada hacia fuera = face-out.
    * con la punta de los pies mirando hacia dentro = pigeon-toed.
    * con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.
    * con las características similares a las de texto = text-like.
    * con lascivia = lustily.
    * con las dimensiones de una pared = wall-sized.
    * con las dos manos = two handed [two-handed].
    * con las espalda contra la pared = with + Posesivo + back against the wall.
    * con las esquinas dobladas = dog-eared.
    * con las garras fuera = knives-out.
    * con las manos muy largas = light-fingered.
    * con las manos vacías = empty-handed.
    * con las mejores intenciones = best-intentioned.
    * con la soga al cuello = in dire straits.
    * con las orejas gachas = with a flea in + Posesivo + ear, depressed.
    * con las rodillas mirando hacia dentro y los talones hacia fuera = knock-kneed.
    * con (la) suficiente antelación = in good time, early enough, well in advance.
    * con las uñas fuera = knives-out.
    * con lazos muy estrechos = close-knit.
    * con legañas en los ojos = bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * con licencia para vender bebidas alcohólicas = licensed, licensed.
    * con limitación temporal = time-oriented.
    * con límites impuestos por uno mismo = self-limiting.
    * con llave = locked, locking.
    * con lo cual = whereupon.
    * con lo pies sobre la tierra = down-to-earth.
    * con los nervios a flor de piel = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge, highly-strung.
    * con los nervios de punta = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge.
    * con los ojos empañados = misty-eyed.
    * con los ojos hinchados = bleary-eyed.
    * con los ojos llorosos = misty-eyed, bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * con los ojos nublados = misty-eyed.
    * con los ojos vendados = blindfold, blindfolded.
    * con los últimos avances = state-of-the-art, leading edge.
    * con lujuria = lustily.
    * con machetes = machete-wielding.
    * con madurez = maturely.
    * con magnanimidad = magnanimously.
    * con mala fama = disreputable.
    * con mala reputación = disreputable.
    * con maldad = ill-naturedly.
    * con malhumor = moodily.
    * con maña = skilfully [skillfully, -USA], skilful [skillful, -USA].
    * con marca = branded.
    * con más antigüedad = longest-serving.
    * con más detalle = in most detail, in more detail.
    * con más frecuencia = most frequently.
    * con más intensidad aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más razón aún = a fortiori.
    * con más vigor aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más virulencia aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más vitalidad = revitalised [revitalized, -USA].
    * con mayor detalle = in greater detail.
    * con mayor profundidad = in most detail, in more detail.
    * con meandros = meandering.
    * con mechones = streaky [streaker -comp., streakiest -sup.].
    * con medios insuficientes = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con medios muy escasos = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con medios muy exiguos = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con mejoras = stepped-up.
    * con melancolía = wistfully.
    * con miedo = fearfully, afraid, frightened.
    * con millones de ventas = megaselling.
    * con miras a (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).
    * con miras al futuro = forward-looking.
    * con moderación = sparingly, in moderation.
    * con motivo de = on the occasion of.
    * con mucha ceremonia = ceremoniously.
    * con mucha cohesión = tightly knit, closely knit, tight-knit.
    * con mucha diferencia = by far.
    * con mucha energía = high energy.
    * con mucha frecuencia = very often.
    * con mucha información = populated.
    * con mucha labia = glibly, smooth-tongued, smooth-talking.
    * con mucha palabrería = glibly.
    * con mucha población = heavily populated.
    * con mucha pompa = ceremoniously.
    * con mucha prisa = without a minute to spare.
    * con muchas actividades = event-filled.
    * con muchas deudas = heavily indebted.
    * con muchas ilustraciones = copiously illustrated.
    * con muchas imágenes = image intensive.
    * con muchas prestaciones = feature-filled, multifacility.
    * con mucha vitalidad = lively [livelier -comp., liveliest -sup.].
    * con mucho = very much, far + Verbo, grossly, overwhelmingly, by far, by a long shot, by a long way, hands down.
    * con mucho ánimo = spiritedly.
    * con mucho bombo = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho contenido = information packed [information-packed].
    * con mucho esfuerzo = painfully.
    * con mucho éxito = with a wide appeal.
    * con mucho protocolo = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho público = well attended [well-attended].
    * con muchos acontecimientos = event-filled.
    * con muchos detalles = elaborately.
    * con muchos eventos = event-filled.
    * con muchos huesos y poca carne = bony [bonier -comp., boniest -sup.].
    * con muchos lectores = with a wide appeal.
    * con muchos miramientos = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho trabajo = painfully.
    * con muy poca antelación = at (a) very short notice.
    * con muy poca anticipación = at (a) very short notice.
    * con muy poca frecuencia = all too seldom, all too seldom.
    * con muy pocas excepciones = with few exceptions, with a few exceptions.
    * con muy pocos medios = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con naturalidad = unselfconsciously.
    * con nervios = rib.
    * con niebla = foggy [foggier -comp., foggiest -sup.].
    * con nosotros = with us.
    * con nostalgia = wistfully.
    * con notas a pie de página = footnoted.
    * con + Número + año(s) de antelación = Número + year(s) ahead.
    * con objetivos específicos = goal-oriented.
    * con objeto de = in order to, in an attempt to, in an effort to, aimed at, with the purpose of, in a bid to, with the aim of.
    * con objeto de hacer = toward(s).
    * con objeto de (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).
    * con objeto de + Verbo = for the purpose of + Nombre.
    * con ocasión de = on the occasion of.
    * con ojos azules = blue-eyed.
    * con ojos brillantes = bright-eyed.
    * con ojos de lince = eagle-eyed, sharp-eyed.
    * con ojos vivarachos = bright-eyed.
    * con olor a ajo = garlicky.
    * con olor a cerrado = musty [mustier -comp., mustiest -sup.], mousy [mousier -comp., mousiest -sup.].
    * con olor a fruta = fruity [fruitier -comp., fruitiest -sup.].
    * con olor a humedad = musty [mustier -comp., mustiest -sup.], mousy [mousier -comp., mousiest -sup.].
    * con olor a orina = urinous.
    * con olor a polvo = dust smelling.
    * con orgullo = proudly.
    * con otra copa de lo mismo se te cura la resaca = a hair of the dog that bit you.
    * con paciencia = patiently.
    * con pagos pendientes = be in arrears.
    * con papel de calco intercalado = carbon interleaved paper.
    * con participación del público mediante llamada telefónica = phone-in.
    * con pasión = with passion, passionately.
    * con patas = legged.
    * con peligro de muerte = life threatening.
    * con pelo cano = gray-haired, grey-haired.
    * con pelos y señales = blow-by-blow.
    * con pequeños matices = nuanced.
    * con pereza = lazily.
    * con perplejidad = quizzically, perplexedly.
    * con perspicacia = perceptively.
    * con pesar = with regret.
    * con pesimismo = pessimistically, gloomily.
    * con picardía = slyly, wickedly.
    * con pie firme = sure-footed.
    * con piernas = legged.
    * con pinzas = with a grain of salt, clamp-on.
    * con planes ocultos = agenda-laden.
    * con pleno derecho = with full rights.
    * con pliegues = pleated.
    * con poca claridad = indistinctly.
    * con poca exactitud = loosely.
    * con poca experiencia = inexperienced.
    * con poca iluminación = dimly illuminated.
    * con poca imaginación = unimaginatively.
    * con poca luz = badly-lit.
    * con poca naturalidad = stiltedly.
    * con poca población = thinly populated.
    * con pocas habilidades = poor-ability.
    * con poca visión de futuro = short-sighted [shortsighted].
    * con poco conocimiento de las nuevas tecnologías = technologically challenged.
    * con poco dinero = on the cheap.
    * con poco entusiasmo = half-heartedly.
    * con pocos recursos = under-resourced.
    * con pocos recursos económicos = low-budget.
    * con poder = powerful.
    * con + Posesivo + ayuda = under + Posesivo + guidance.
    * con posibilidades comerciales = commercially viable.
    * con posterioridad a = subsequent to.
    * con posterioridad a la contratación = post-employment [postemployment].
    * con precipitación = rashly.
    * con precisión = precisely.
    * con preferencia = preferably.
    * con preferencia sobre = in preference to.
    * con prejuicios = prejudicial.
    * con prepotencia = superciliously, haughtily.
    * con pretensiones de superioridad moral = self-righteous.
    * con principios = principled.
    * con prisa = in a rush, in a hurry.
    * con problemas = in hot water.
    * con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled.
    * con problemas de lectura = print disabled.
    * con problemas de vista = vision impaired.
    * con problemas visuales = vision impaired.
    * con profusión = in profusion.
    * con prontitud = expeditiously, promptly.
    * con provecho = with profit.
    * con púas = spiny [spinier -comp., spiniest -sup.].
    * con rabo = caudate.
    * con ráfagas de viento = blustery.
    * con rapacidad = rapaciously.
    * con rapidez = promptly.
    * con razón = rightly, quite rightly, understandably, rightfully.
    * con rebeldía = defiantly.
    * con referencia = re.
    * con referencia a = in relation to, in connection with, regarding.
    * con referencias espaciales = spatially referenced.
    * con regocijo = gleefully.
    * con regularidad = regularly.
    * con relación a = as regards, re, in relation to, in connection with, regarding, concerning.
    * con rencor = spitefully.
    * con reproche = reprovingly, reproachfully.
    * con repugnancia = disgustedly.
    * con resentimiento = resentfully, spitefully.
    * con reserva = doubtfully.
    * con reservas = qualified, with reservations.
    * con resignación = resignedly, uncomplainingly.
    * con resolución = resolutely.
    * con respecto a = concerning, in regard to, regarding, regarding, vis à vis, with regard(s) to, with respect to, within, as to, in extent of, in terms of, in the way of, as for, as regards, in relation to, in comparison with, in comparison to, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to.
    * con respecto a si... o... = as to whether... or....
    * con respeto = respectfully.
    * con responsabilidad = responsibly.
    * con retraso mental = mentally retarded.
    * con rigor = rigourously [rigorously, -USA], harshly.
    * con ruedas = wheeled.
    * con rumbo a = bound for.
    * con sabiduría = sagely.
    * con sabor = flavoured [flavored, -USA].
    * con sabor a ajo = garlicky.
    * con sabor a fruta = fruity [fruitier -comp., fruitiest -sup.].
    * con sabor artificial = artificially flavoured.
    * con sagacidad = shrewdly.
    * con saldo = prepaid [pre-paid].
    * con salida al mercado = due out.
    * con sarcasmo = sardonically, pungently.
    * con satisfacción = contentedly.
    * con sed = thirsty [thirstier -comp., thirstiest -sup.].
    * con sed de poder = power-hungry.
    * con sede en = headquartered (at/in), based in.
    [b]* con sede en Amér
    * * *
    1)
    a) (expresando relaciones de compañía, comunicación, reciprocidad) with
    b) (indicando el objeto de comportamiento, actitud)
    2)

    ¿cómo vamos a ir con esta lluvia? — how can we go in this rain?

    ella se lo ofreció, con lo que or con lo cual me puso a mí en un aprieto — she offered it to him, which put me in an awkward position

    ¿no lo vas a llevar, con lo que le gusta el circo? — aren't you going to take him? you know how much he likes the circus

    con lo tarde que es, ya se debe haber ido — it's really late, he should have gone by now

    con todo lo que tengo que hacer! — on top of everything else I have to do!; todo III 2)

    3)
    a) (indicando instrumento, medio, material) with

    córtalo con la tijera — cut it with the scissors, use the scissors to cut it

    caray con la niña (or el vecino, etc)! — well would you believe it!

    con + inf: con llorar no se arregla nada crying won't solve anything; con llamarlo por teléfono ya cumples if o as long as you call him, that should do; con decirte que... I mean, to give you an example...; me contento con que apruebes — as long as you pass I'll be happy; tal III 2)

    b) ( indicando modo) with
    c) (al describir características, un estado)

    ¿vas a ir con ese vestido? — are you going in that dress?

    4) (AmL) (indicando el agente, destinatario)
    * * *
    = by use of, with, WITH, possessed of, what with, not without, featuring.

    Ex: By use of the code 'p' on the saved document summary screen you can request than one of the saved document lists be printed.

    Ex: Photographs are normally kept in drawers of standard filing cabinets, with folders or pockets, or both.
    Ex: WITH retrieves records in which two (or more) terms appear in the same field.
    Ex: Possessed of a phenomenal memory and a perpetual smile, this paragon always is ready to meet the public without losing balance or a sense of humor.
    Ex: What with Consuelo Feng in tears and Bernice Washington very pale, and startled, all was incomprehensible.
    Ex: It has shown that the technology can work, but not without problems.
    Ex: The exhibition also contains a group of ink drawings featuring self-portraits and portraits inspired by classical sculpture.
    * acoger con entusiasmo = greet + warmly.
    * andar con cuidado = tread + lightly.
    * asintiendo con entusiasmo = in eager assent.
    * con abundantes dorados = heavily gilt.
    * con afabilidad = good-naturedly.
    * con afán = earnestly.
    * con afecto = fondly, affectionately.
    * con agallas = spunky.
    * con agilidad = nimbly.
    * con agradecimiento = gratefully.
    * con agudeza = perceptively, subtly.
    * con ahínco = diligently, industriously.
    * con aire acondicionado = air conditioned.
    * con alas = winged.
    * con alborozo = mirthfully.
    * con alegría = joyously, gleefully.
    * con algoritmos = algorithmically.
    * con alimentación manual = hand-fed.
    * con altanería = superciliously, haughtily.
    * con altibajos = chequered [checkered, -USA].
    * con amabilidad = graciously.
    * con amargura = bitterly.
    * con amor no correspondido = lovelorn.
    * con anotaciones = scripted.
    * con ansias de conquistar el mundo = world-conquering.
    * con ansias de leer = reading-desirous.
    * con ansias de poder = power-hungry.
    * con ansiedad = eagerly, with bated breath.
    * con antelación = beforehand, ahead of time.
    * con antelación a = in anticipation of, in advance (of), prior to.
    * con anterioridad a = pre, prior to, before the days of.
    * con anterioridad a la contratación = pre-employment [preemployment].
    * con añoranza = longingly, wistfully.
    * con apatía = listlessly.
    * con aplicación = industriously, studiously.
    * con aprensión = apprehensively.
    * con aprobación = approvingly.
    * con ardor = ardently.
    * con armonía = harmoniously.
    * con arrogancia = superciliously, haughtily.
    * con asco = disgustedly.
    * con asiduidad = assiduously.
    * con aspecto de adulto = adult-looking.
    * con astucia = by cunning, astutely, slyly, shrewdly, cannily.
    * con atención = attentively.
    * con audacia = boldly.
    * con autoridad = authoritative, authoritatively.
    * con avances = stepped-up.
    * con avaricia = rapaciously.
    * con baño = en suite, en-suite bathroom, en-suite bath, en-suite facilities.
    * con barba = bearded.
    * con base de arena = sand-based.
    * con base empírica = empirically-based.
    * con base en = based in.
    * con bastante antelación = well in advance, far in advance.
    * con bastante frecuencia = quite frequently, fairly often.
    * con basura por el suelo = littered.
    * con bisagras = hinged.
    * con botones = buttoned, buttoned-up.
    * con botones por detrás = back-buttoning.
    * con brotes = budded.
    * con buena fama = respected.
    * con buena reputación = respected, reputable.
    * con buenas conexiones = well-connected.
    * con buenas intenciones = well meant, in good faith, well-intentioned, well-intended, well-meaning.
    * con buen gusto = tastefully.
    * con buen humor = good-humouredly.
    * con buenos contactos = well-connected.
    * con buenos modales = politely.
    * con bultos = lumpiness.
    * con burbujas = carbonated.
    * con cable = corded.
    * con cafeina = caffeinated.
    * con cajero = cashiered.
    * con calefacción = heated.
    * con calefacción central = centrally heated.
    * con calma = calmly, leisurely, tranquilly.
    * con capucha = hooded.
    * con cara de cansado = bleary-eyed.
    * con cara de sueño = bleary-eyed.
    * con cargo a = to be debited to, to be charged to.
    * con cargo de conciencia = remorseful.
    * con cariño = fondly, affectionately.
    * con carne = meaty [meatier -comp., meatiest -sup.].
    * con cautela = cautiously, warily, with a grain of salt.
    * con certeza = for sure, with assurance, for certain.
    * con chasis fabricado por separado del bastidor = coachbuilt [coach-built].
    * con cierta comodidad = with some ease.
    * con cierta facilidad = with some ease.
    * con cierta formación = educated.
    * con cierta frecuencia = not uncommonly.
    * con cierto detalle = at some length.
    * con cierto gasto = at some expense.
    * con cinismo = cynically.
    * con cintura de avispa = wasp-waisted.
    * con claustros = cloistered.
    * con clavos = hobnailed.
    * con cobro = fee-based.
    * con codicia = rapaciously.
    * con cola = caudate.
    * con cola espesa = bushy-tailed.
    * con cola tupida = bushy-tailed.
    * con cólicos = colicky newborn.
    * con columnas corintias = Corinthian-columned.
    * con comodidad = with ease, easily.
    * con comprensión = sympathetically.
    * con compromisos = strings attached.
    * con condiciones especiales = strings attached.
    * con confianza = confidently, with confidence, trustingly, trustfully.
    * con confianza en uno mismo = self-confident.
    * con conocimiento = authoritatively.
    * con conocimiento básico en el manejo de la información = information literate [information-literate].
    * con conocimiento básico en el uso de la biblioteca = library literate [library-literate].
    * con conocimiento de = appreciative of, conversant with.
    * con conocimiento de causa = knowingly.
    * con conocimiento de informática = computer literate [computer-literate].
    * con conocimiento en el uso de Internet = Internet-savvy.
    * con conocimientos en = versed in.
    * con conocimientos sobre el correo electrónico = e-mail literate.
    * con consecuencias fatales = fatally.
    * con consentimiento = willing.
    * con contenido enriquecido = content-enriched.
    * con control atmosférico = atmospherically-controlled.
    * con copyright = copyright-protected.
    * con corazón de piedra = stony-hearted.
    * con corrientes de aire = draughty [drafty, -USA].
    * con cortesía = courteously.
    * con costras = caked.
    * con creces = amply, far + Verbo.
    * con créditos = credit-carrying.
    * con criterio = discerning.
    * con cualidades humanas = anthropomorphic.
    * con cuanta creatividad = how creatively.
    * con cuernos = horned.
    * con cuidado = gently, carefully.
    * con cúpula = domed.
    * con datos no pertinentes = dirty [dirtier -comp., dirtiest -sup.].
    * con decisión = decisively.
    * con dedos pegajosos = sticky-fingered.
    * con deferencia = dutifully.
    * con deleite = with gusto.
    * con delicadeza = delicately, gently.
    * con demasiada facilidad = all too easily.
    * con demasiada frecuencia = all too often, all too frequently, too often.
    * con demasiadas expectativas = over expectant.
    * con demasiados miramientos = mealy-mouthed.
    * con demasiado trabajo = overworked.
    * con demasidad facilidad = all too easy.
    * con derecho a voto = eligible to vote.
    * con derecho de autor = copyright-protected.
    * con derechos de autor = copyrightable, royalty-paid.
    * con desaliento = despondently, dispiritedly, hopelessly.
    * con desánimo = dejectedly, despondently.
    * con desaprobación = disapproving, disapprovingly.
    * con descaro = impudently.
    * con desconfianza = suspiciously.
    * con descuento = at a discount, discounted, cut-price, cut-rate.
    * con desenfado = lightheartedly.
    * con desesperación = dispiritedly, hopelessly.
    * con desfachatez = impudently.
    * con desgana = listlessly, reluctantly, unwillingly.
    * con destino a = to.
    * con destreza = nimbly, adeptly, with ease.
    * con detalle = at a detailed level, in detail.
    * con determinación = with purpose, single-mindedly, purposefully, steadfastly.
    * con dientes de conejo = bucktoothed.
    * con dientes de sierra = serrated.
    * con dientes salidos = bucktoothed.
    * con diferencia = by far.
    * con diferentes variaciones = in variation.
    * con dificultad = laboriously, with difficulty.
    * con dificultades = in difficulties.
    * con diligencia = sedulously, industriously, studiously.
    * con dinamismo = proactively [pro-actively], vivaciously.
    * con diplomacia = diplomatically.
    * con discapacidades físicas = physically challenged.
    * con disimulo = on the quiet, on the sly.
    * con doble acristalamiento = double-glazed.
    * con doble titulación = dually qualified.
    * con dos caras = double-faced.
    * con dos facetas = double-faced.
    * con dudas = uncertainly.
    * con dudosa reputación = disreputable.
    * con dureza = harshly.
    * con efecto desde + Fecha = with effect from + Fecha.
    * con eficacia = ably.
    * con eficiencia = ably.
    * con efusión = effusively.
    * con ejemplos = by example(s).
    * con él = therewith.
    * con el agua al cuello = in hot water.
    * con el agua hasta el cuello = in deep water.
    * con el alma en vilo = on tenterhooks.
    * con el ánimo de = in the spirit of.
    * con el ceño fruncido = with a frown.
    * con el conocimiento de que = on the understanding that.
    * con el corazón destrozado = broken-hearted.
    * con el corazón en la boca = on tenterhooks.
    * con el corazón en un puño = on tenterhooks.
    * con el corazón partido = broken-hearted.
    * con el corazón roto = broken-hearted.
    * con el correr del tiempo = over the years, in the process of time, with the passage of time.
    * con el culo al aire = out in the cold.
    * con el debido respeto = with due respect.
    * con el decursar del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time.
    * con elegancia = elegantly, gracefully.
    * con el emblema = under the banner.
    * con el fin de = in order to.
    * con ello = in doing so, in the process, thereto.
    * con ellos = with them.
    * con el más sumo cuidado = with utmost care.
    * con el mayor cuidado = with utmost care.
    * con el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.
    * con el mismo = therewith.
    * con el mismo + Nombre + como el que... = as + Adverbio + as....
    * con el mismo planteamiento que = on the same lines as.
    * con el nacimiento de = at the dawn of.
    * con el nombre y dirección del remitente = self-addressed.
    * con el número = numbered.
    * con el objetivo de = with the purpose of, with a brief to, with the aim of, with a focus on.
    * con el objeto de = in the attempt to, in the drive to, in a drive to.
    * con el paso de = with the passing of.
    * con el paso de los años = with the passing of (the) years.
    * con el paso del tiempo = over the years, over time, with the passage of time, in due course, over a period of time, in the course of time, over the course of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time went by.
    * con el pie deformado = clubfooted.
    * con el pretexto de = under the guise of, under the flag of, in the guise of.
    * con el primer intento = at the first shot.
    * con el propósito de = with the purpose of, with the aim of, in the drive to, in a drive to.
    * con el propósito de superarse uno mismo = self-improvement-oriented.
    * con el rabo entre las piernas = with a flea in + Posesivo + ear.
    * con el sudor de + Posesivo + frente = by the sweat of + Posesivo + brow.
    * con el suelo de tierra = dirt-floored.
    * con el tiempo = in time, over the years, with time, with the passage of time, eventually, in due course, over a period of time, in due time, over time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time goes by, as time went by, by and by.
    * con el título = entitled.
    * con el transcurrir del tiempo = with the passage of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by).
    * con el transcurso de = with the passing of.
    * con el transcurso de los años = over the years, with the passing of (the) years.
    * con el transcurso de los siglos = over the course of the centuries.
    * con el transcurso del tiempo = over time, with time, with age, in the course of time, over the course of time, as time passes (by), as time went by.
    * con el uso = in use, with use.
    * con encimera de mármol = marble-top.
    * con energía = powerfully.
    * con enfado = angrily.
    * con enfermedades mentales = mentally challenged.
    * con entusiasmo = eagerly, enthusiastically, rhapsodically, wholeheartedly [whole-heartedly].
    * con entusiasmo en los ojos = bright-eyed.
    * con errores = flawed.
    * con errores gramaticales = grammatically challenged, grammatically incorrect.
    * con escamas = flaky.
    * con ese fin = to that end.
    * con esmero = sedulously, studiously.
    * con eso = thereto, by this.
    * con esperanza = in hopeful expectation.
    * con espíritu deportivo = sportingly.
    * con este fin = to this end, to that effect.
    * con estilo = stylish.
    * con esto = by so doing, in so doing, in this, herewith, by doing so, by this, in doing so.
    * con estructura de acero = steel-framed.
    * con estructura de madera = timber-framed.
    * con estudios = schooled, educated.
    * con exactitud = precisely.
    * con excepción de = with the exception of, except for.
    * con éxito = successful, successfully, winningly.
    * con expectación = expectantly.
    * con experiencia = experienced.
    * con experiencia ampliamente demostrada = proven.
    * con experiencia profesional = professionally-qualified.
    * con exuberancia = lushly.
    * con facilidad = without difficulty, fluently, with ease, easily.
    * con fascinación = rhapsodically.
    * con fecha = dated, dated.
    * con fecha + Fecha = dated + Fecha.
    * con ferocidad = ferociously.
    * con figuras en movimiento = animated.
    * con filtros = filtered.
    * con financiación independiente = self-funded.
    * con financiación propia = self-funded.
    * con fines + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * con fines lucrativos = profit-making, profit-orientated, profit-oriented, profit-generating.
    * con firma = signed.
    * con firmeza = assertively, resolutely, firmly, unshakably, staunchly.
    * con flexibilidad = flexibly.
    * con fluidez = fluent, fluently.
    * con forma de castillo = castellated.
    * con forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].
    * con forma de pelo = hair-like.
    * con forma de pera = pear-shaped.
    * con forma de pirámide = trihedral, pyramidal-shaped.
    * con forma de tetraedro = trihedral.
    * con forma de U = U-shaped.
    * con forma piramidal = pyramidal-shaped.
    * con franqueza = frankly.
    * con frecuencia = frequently, often [oftener -comp., oftenest -sup.], oftentimes [often times], ofttimes [oft-times].
    * con frondosidad = lushly.
    * con fuertes aspiraciones profesionales = upward-mobile.
    * con fuerza = forcefully, vigourously [vigorously, -USA], powerfully.
    * con funda = jacketed.
    * con fundamentos = informed.
    * con fundamentos sólidos = well-considered.
    * con furia = with a vengeance, furiously.
    * con futuro = up-and-coming.
    * con gafas = bespectacled.
    * con ganas = with gusto.
    * con ganas de pelear = on the warpath.
    * con garantías de calidad = quality assured.
    * con gas = carbonated.
    * con generosidad = generously, unstintingly.
    * con goteras = leaking, leaky [leakier -comp., leakiest -sup].
    * con gracia = wittily, funnily.
    * con gran capacidad = capacious.
    * con gran colorido = brightly coloured.
    * con gran densidad de población = densely populated.
    * con gran dificultad = with great difficulty.
    * con grandilocuencia = grandly.
    * con gran esplendor = grandly.
    * con gran iluminación = brightly illuminated.
    * con gran motivación = highly-motivated.
    * con gran sentimiento = earnestly.
    * con gratitud = gratefully.
    * con gravedad = grimly.
    * con guión = hyphenated.
    * con gusto = happily, satisfyingly, stylish, willingly.
    * con habilidad = adeptly.
    * con hambre de poder = power-hungry.
    * con hastial = gabled.
    * con heridas superficiales = superficially wounded.
    * con honestidad = honestly.
    * con humildad = humbly.
    * con humor = humorously.
    * con ilusión = eagerly.
    * con imágenes en movimiento = animated.
    * con imaginación = imaginatively.
    * con impaciencia = with bated breath.
    * con impasibilidad = impassively.
    * con impunidad = with impunity.
    * con incredulidad = incredulously.
    * con independencia de = in spite of, despite, although, despite the fact that, in spite of the fact that.
    * con indiferencia = indifferently, casually.
    * con indignación = disgustedly, indignantly.
    * con indulgencia = leniently.
    * con información = information-bearing.
    * con iniciativa = proactively [pro-actively], proactive [pro-active], enterprising.
    * con inocencia = innocently.
    * con insistencia = insistently.
    * con insolencia = impudently.
    * con intencionalidad = calculated.
    * con intenciones ocultas = agenda-laden.
    * con intereses ocultos = agenda-laden.
    * con intereses propios = self-interested.
    * con interrupciones = discontinuous, episodic.
    * con intervención directa = obtrusive.
    * con ira = angrily.
    * con júbilo = joyously, gleefully.
    * con juicio de valor = value-loaded.
    * con la anchura de los hombros = shoulder-width.
    * con la ayuda de = under the guidance of.
    * con la cabeza en las nubes = ditzy [ditzier -comp., ditziest -sup.], ditsy [ditsier -comp., ditsiest -sup.].
    * con la conciencia limpia = with a clear conscience.
    * con la conciencia tranquila = with a clear conscience.
    * con la condición de que = on the understanding that, with the condition that, on the condition that.
    * con la convicción de que = in the belief that/of, on the assumption that.
    * con la debida consideración = with due consideration.
    * con la debida cualificación = properly qualified.
    * con la edad = with age.
    * con la espalda contra la pared = up against the wall.
    * con la esperanza de = in hope(s) of, with the hope(s) of.
    * con la esperanza de que = in the hope(s) that, in hope(s) that.
    * con la excusa de = in the name of, under the mantle of, under the flag of, under the guise of, in the guise of.
    * con la expectativa de que = in hopeful expectation that.
    * con la extensión de un libro = book-length.
    * con la falda típica escocesa = kilted.
    * con la formación adecuada = adequately-trained.
    * con la frente en alto = stand + tall.
    * con lagañas en los ojos = bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * con la imaginación = in imagination.
    * con la intención de = designing, with an eye toward(s), intending to, aimed at, purposefully, intended to, in the drive to, in a drive to.
    * con la intención de comunicar hechos = fact-communicating.
    * con la llegada de = with the advent of, with the arrival of.
    * con la mejor voluntad del mundo = in good faith.
    * con la mente despejada = clear-headed.
    * con la mirada en = with an eye toward(s).
    * con la mirada en blanco = blankly.
    * con la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.
    * con la mirada puesta en = with an eye on, in + Posesivo + sights.
    * con la misma altura que = the full height of.
    * con la portada hacia fuera = face-out.
    * con la punta de los pies mirando hacia dentro = pigeon-toed.
    * con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.
    * con las características similares a las de texto = text-like.
    * con lascivia = lustily.
    * con las dimensiones de una pared = wall-sized.
    * con las dos manos = two handed [two-handed].
    * con las espalda contra la pared = with + Posesivo + back against the wall.
    * con las esquinas dobladas = dog-eared.
    * con las garras fuera = knives-out.
    * con las manos muy largas = light-fingered.
    * con las manos vacías = empty-handed.
    * con las mejores intenciones = best-intentioned.
    * con la soga al cuello = in dire straits.
    * con las orejas gachas = with a flea in + Posesivo + ear, depressed.
    * con las rodillas mirando hacia dentro y los talones hacia fuera = knock-kneed.
    * con (la) suficiente antelación = in good time, early enough, well in advance.
    * con las uñas fuera = knives-out.
    * con lazos muy estrechos = close-knit.
    * con legañas en los ojos = bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * con licencia para vender bebidas alcohólicas = licensed, licensed.
    * con limitación temporal = time-oriented.
    * con límites impuestos por uno mismo = self-limiting.
    * con llave = locked, locking.
    * con lo cual = whereupon.
    * con lo pies sobre la tierra = down-to-earth.
    * con los nervios a flor de piel = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge, highly-strung.
    * con los nervios de punta = edgy [edgier -comp., edgiest -sup.], nervy [nervier -comp., nerviest -sup.], on edge.
    * con los ojos empañados = misty-eyed.
    * con los ojos hinchados = bleary-eyed.
    * con los ojos llorosos = misty-eyed, bleary [blearier -comp., bleariest -sup.].
    * con los ojos nublados = misty-eyed.
    * con los ojos vendados = blindfold, blindfolded.
    * con los últimos avances = state-of-the-art, leading edge.
    * con lujuria = lustily.
    * con machetes = machete-wielding.
    * con madurez = maturely.
    * con magnanimidad = magnanimously.
    * con mala fama = disreputable.
    * con mala reputación = disreputable.
    * con maldad = ill-naturedly.
    * con malhumor = moodily.
    * con maña = skilfully [skillfully, -USA], skilful [skillful, -USA].
    * con marca = branded.
    * con más antigüedad = longest-serving.
    * con más detalle = in most detail, in more detail.
    * con más frecuencia = most frequently.
    * con más intensidad aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más razón aún = a fortiori.
    * con más vigor aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más virulencia aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más vitalidad = revitalised [revitalized, -USA].
    * con mayor detalle = in greater detail.
    * con mayor profundidad = in most detail, in more detail.
    * con meandros = meandering.
    * con mechones = streaky [streaker -comp., streakiest -sup.].
    * con medios insuficientes = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con medios muy escasos = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con medios muy exiguos = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con mejoras = stepped-up.
    * con melancolía = wistfully.
    * con miedo = fearfully, afraid, frightened.
    * con millones de ventas = megaselling.
    * con miras a (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).
    * con miras al futuro = forward-looking.
    * con moderación = sparingly, in moderation.
    * con motivo de = on the occasion of.
    * con mucha ceremonia = ceremoniously.
    * con mucha cohesión = tightly knit, closely knit, tight-knit.
    * con mucha diferencia = by far.
    * con mucha energía = high energy.
    * con mucha frecuencia = very often.
    * con mucha información = populated.
    * con mucha labia = glibly, smooth-tongued, smooth-talking.
    * con mucha palabrería = glibly.
    * con mucha población = heavily populated.
    * con mucha pompa = ceremoniously.
    * con mucha prisa = without a minute to spare.
    * con muchas actividades = event-filled.
    * con muchas deudas = heavily indebted.
    * con muchas ilustraciones = copiously illustrated.
    * con muchas imágenes = image intensive.
    * con muchas prestaciones = feature-filled, multifacility.
    * con mucha vitalidad = lively [livelier -comp., liveliest -sup.].
    * con mucho = very much, far + Verbo, grossly, overwhelmingly, by far, by a long shot, by a long way, hands down.
    * con mucho ánimo = spiritedly.
    * con mucho bombo = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho contenido = information packed [information-packed].
    * con mucho esfuerzo = painfully.
    * con mucho éxito = with a wide appeal.
    * con mucho protocolo = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho público = well attended [well-attended].
    * con muchos acontecimientos = event-filled.
    * con muchos detalles = elaborately.
    * con muchos eventos = event-filled.
    * con muchos huesos y poca carne = bony [bonier -comp., boniest -sup.].
    * con muchos lectores = with a wide appeal.
    * con muchos miramientos = ceremoniously.
    * con mucho trabajo = painfully.
    * con muy poca antelación = at (a) very short notice.
    * con muy poca anticipación = at (a) very short notice.
    * con muy poca frecuencia = all too seldom, all too seldom.
    * con muy pocas excepciones = with few exceptions, with a few exceptions.
    * con muy pocos medios = on a shoestring (budget).
    * con naturalidad = unselfconsciously.
    * con nervios = rib.
    * con niebla = foggy [foggier -comp., foggiest -sup.].
    * con nosotros = with us.
    * con nostalgia = wistfully.
    * con notas a pie de página = footnoted.
    * con + Número + año(s) de antelación = Número + year(s) ahead.
    * con objetivos específicos = goal-oriented.
    * con objeto de = in order to, in an attempt to, in an effort to, aimed at, with the purpose of, in a bid to, with the aim of.
    * con objeto de hacer = toward(s).
    * con objeto de (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).
    * con objeto de + Verbo = for the purpose of + Nombre.
    * con ocasión de = on the occasion of.
    * con ojos azules = blue-eyed.
    * con ojos brillantes = bright-eyed.
    * con ojos de lince = eagle-eyed, sharp-eyed.
    * con ojos vivarachos = bright-eyed.
    * con olor a ajo = garlicky.
    * con olor a cerrado = musty [mustier -comp., mustiest -sup.], mousy [mousier -comp., mousiest -sup.].
    * con olor a fruta = fruity [fruitier -comp., fruitiest -sup.].
    * con olor a humedad = musty [mustier -comp., mustiest -sup.], mousy [mousier -comp., mousiest -sup.].
    * con olor a orina = urinous.
    * con olor a polvo = dust smelling.
    * con orgullo = proudly.
    * con otra copa de lo mismo se te cura la resaca = a hair of the dog that bit you.
    * con paciencia = patiently.
    * con pagos pendientes = be in arrears.
    * con papel de calco intercalado = carbon interleaved paper.
    * con participación del público mediante llamada telefónica = phone-in.
    * con pasión = with passion, passionately.
    * con patas = legged.
    * con peligro de muerte = life threatening.
    * con pelo cano = gray-haired, grey-haired.
    * con pelos y señales = blow-by-blow.
    * con pequeños matices = nuanced.
    * con pereza = lazily.
    * con perplejidad = quizzically, perplexedly.
    * con perspicacia = perceptively.
    * con pesar = with regret.
    * con pesimismo = pessimistically, gloomily.
    * con picardía = slyly, wickedly.
    * con pie firme = sure-footed.
    * con piernas = legged.
    * con pinzas = with a grain of salt, clamp-on.
    * con planes ocultos = agenda-laden.
    * con pleno derecho = with full rights.
    * con pliegues = pleated.
    * con poca claridad = indistinctly.
    * con poca exactitud = loosely.
    * con poca experiencia = inexperienced.
    * con poca iluminación = dimly illuminated.
    * con poca imaginación = unimaginatively.
    * con poca luz = badly-lit.
    * con poca naturalidad = stiltedly.
    * con poca población = thinly populated.
    * con pocas habilidades = poor-ability.
    * con poca visión de futuro = short-sighted [shortsighted].
    * con poco conocimiento de las nuevas tecnologías = technologically challenged.
    * con poco dinero = on the cheap.
    * con poco entusiasmo = half-heartedly.
    * con pocos recursos = under-resourced.
    * con pocos recursos económicos = low-budget.
    * con poder = powerful.
    * con + Posesivo + ayuda = under + Posesivo + guidance.
    * con posibilidades comerciales = commercially viable.
    * con posterioridad a = subsequent to.
    * con posterioridad a la contratación = post-employment [postemployment].
    * con precipitación = rashly.
    * con precisión = precisely.
    * con preferencia = preferably.
    * con preferencia sobre = in preference to.
    * con prejuicios = prejudicial.
    * con prepotencia = superciliously, haughtily.
    * con pretensiones de superioridad moral = self-righteous.
    * con principios = principled.
    * con prisa = in a rush, in a hurry.
    * con problemas = in hot water.
    * con problemas de aprendizaje = learning disabled.
    * con problemas de lectura = print disabled.
    * con problemas de vista = vision impaired.
    * con problemas visuales = vision impaired.
    * con profusión = in profusion.
    * con prontitud = expeditiously, promptly.
    * con provecho = with profit.
    * con púas = spiny [spinier -comp., spiniest -sup.].
    * con rabo = caudate.
    * con ráfagas de viento = blustery.
    * con rapacidad = rapaciously.
    * con rapidez = promptly.
    * con razón = rightly, quite rightly, understandably, rightfully.
    * con rebeldía = defiantly.
    * con referencia = re.
    * con referencia a = in relation to, in connection with, regarding.
    * con referencias espaciales = spatially referenced.
    * con regocijo = gleefully.
    * con regularidad = regularly.
    * con relación a = as regards, re, in relation to, in connection with, regarding, concerning.
    * con rencor = spitefully.
    * con reproche = reprovingly, reproachfully.
    * con repugnancia = disgustedly.
    * con resentimiento = resentfully, spitefully.
    * con reserva = doubtfully.
    * con reservas = qualified, with reservations.
    * con resignación = resignedly, uncomplainingly.
    * con resolución = resolutely.
    * con respecto a = concerning, in regard to, regarding, regarding, vis à vis, with regard(s) to, with respect to, within, as to, in extent of, in terms of, in the way of, as for, as regards, in relation to, in comparison with, in comparison to, as to the matter of, in reference to, now as to.
    * con respecto a si... o... = as to whether... or....
    * con respeto = respectfully.
    * con responsabilidad = responsibly.
    * con retraso mental = mentally retarded.
    * con rigor = rigourously [rigorously, -USA], harshly.
    * con ruedas = wheeled.
    * con rumbo a = bound for.
    * con sabiduría = sagely.
    * con sabor = flavoured [flavored, -USA].
    * con sabor a ajo = garlicky.
    * con sabor a fruta = fruity [fruitier -comp., fruitiest -sup.].
    * con sabor artificial = artificially flavoured.
    * con sagacidad = shrewdly.
    * con saldo = prepaid [pre-paid].
    * con salida al mercado = due out.
    * con sarcasmo = sardonically, pungently.
    * con satisfacción = contentedly.
    * con sed = thirsty [thirstier -comp., thirstiest -sup.].
    * con sed de poder = power-hungry.
    * con sede en = headquartered (at/in), based in.
    * con sede en Amér

    * * *
    A
    1 (expresando relaciones de compañía, comunicación, reciprocidad) with
    vive con el or su novio she lives with her boyfriend
    ¿quieres que hable con él? do you want me to talk to him?
    está casada con un primo mío she's married to a cousin of mine
    2
    (indicando el objeto de un comportamiento, una actitud): te portaste muy mal con ellos you behaved very badly toward(s) them
    he tenido mucha paciencia contigo I have been very patient with you
    3 ( fam)
    (yo y): eso es lo que estábamos diciendo con Lucía that's what Lucía and I were saying
    se sirve con arroz serve with rice
    para mí con leche y sin azúcar, por favor milk and no sugar for me, please
    pan con mantequilla bread and butter
    5 ( Mat):
    2,5 read as: dos con cinco 2.5 (léase: two point five)
    B
    1
    (indicando una relación de simultaneidad): una cápsula con cada comida one capsule with each meal
    se levanta con el alba he gets up at the crack of dawn
    2
    (indicando una relación de causa): ¿cómo vamos a ir con esta lluvia? how can we go in this rain o while it's raining like this?
    me desperté con el ruido the noise woke me
    con todo lo que pasó me olvidé de llamarte what with everything that happened I forgot to ring you
    ella se lo ofreció, con lo que or con lo cual me puso a mí en un aprieto she offered to do it for me, which put me in an awkward position
    3
    (a pesar de): ¿no lo vas a llevar, con lo que le gusta el circo? aren't you going to take him? you know how much he likes the circus
    ¿cómo te olvidaste? ¡con las veces que te lo dije! how could you forget? the (number of) times I told you!
    con ser tan tarde or lo tarde que es, no estoy cansada it's very late and yet I'm not at all tired, I'm not at all tired, even though it's so late
    con todo (y con eso) me parece que es bueno even so o in spite of all that o all the same o nonetheless I think he's good
    C (indicando el instrumento, medio, material) with
    córtalo con la tijera cut it with the scissors, use the scissors to cut it
    agárralo con las dos manos hold it with both hands
    lo estás malcriando con tanto mimo you're spoiling him with all this pampering o by pampering him so much
    con estos retazos se puede hacer una colcha you can make a quilt out of these bits of material
    ¡caray con la niña! y parecía tan modosita well fancy that! o well would you believe it! and she seemed so demure
    con + INF:
    con llorar no se arregla nada crying won't solve anything
    no hay necesidad de escribir, con llamarlo ya cumples there's no need to write; as long as o if you call him, that should do
    ¡con decirte que un café cuesta el triple que aquí! I mean, to give you an example, a cup of coffee costs three times what it costs here
    con que + SUBJ:
    me contento con que apruebes as long as you pass I'll be happy
    con tal de/con tal (de) que provided (that), as long as, so long as ( colloq)
    no importa cómo lo hagas con tal (de) que lo hagas it doesn't matter how you do it, just as long as you do it
    con tal (de) que me lo devuelvas antes de marzo as long as o provided I get it back by March
    es capaz de cualquier cosa con tal de llamar la atención he'll do anything to attract attention
    D
    andaba con dificultad/cuidado she was walking with difficulty/with care o carefully
    ¡con mucho gusto! with pleasure!
    2
    (al describir características, un estado): amaneció con fiebre he had a temperature when he woke up, he woke up with a temperature
    ya estaba con dolores de parto she was already having labor pains
    andaba con ganas de bronca he was looking o spoiling for a fight
    con las manos en los bolsillos with his hands in his pockets
    ¿vas a ir con ese vestido? are you going in that dress?
    me gusta más con el pelo suelto I like her better with her hair down
    una niña con ojos azules a girl with blue eyes, a blue-eyed girl
    una mujer con aspecto de extranjera a foreign-looking woman
    un monstruo con un solo ojo a one-eyed monster
    una casa con piscina a house with a swimming pool
    E
    ( AmL) (indicando el agente, destinatario): me peino con Gerardo Gerardo does my hair
    me lo mandé hacer con un sastre I had it made by a tailor
    se estuvo quejando conmigo she was complaining to me
    * * *

     

    con preposición


    ¡con mucho gusto! with pleasure!;
    córtalo con la tijera cut it with the scissor;
    amaneció con fiebre he woke up with a temperature;
    hablar con algn to talk to sb;
    está casada con mi primo she's married to my cousin;
    portarse mal con algn to behave badly toward(s) sb;
    tener paciencia con algn to be patient with sb;
    pan con mantequilla bread and butter;
    ¿vas a ir con ese vestido? are you going in that dress?

    ¿cómo vamos a ir con esta lluvia? how can we go in this rain?;

    ella se lo ofreció, con lo que or lo cual me puso a mí en un aprieto she offered it to him, which put me in an awkward position;
    con lo tarde que es, ya se debe haber ido it's really late, he should have gone by now
    c) con + inf:


    con llamarlo por teléfono ya cumples as long as you call him, that should do;
    me contento con que apruebes as long as you pass I'll be happy;
    See Also→ tal adverbio 2
    d) (AmL) (indicando el agente, destinatario):


    se estuvo quejando conmigo she was complaining to me
    con preposición
    1 (instrumento) with
    córtalo con un cuchillo, cut it with a knife
    1 (modo) with: hazlo con cuidado, do it carefully
    me trató con frialdad, he treated me with coldness
    2 (compañía) with: está paseando con mi madre, she is taking a walk with my mother
    3 (causa) con este frío no apetece salir, I don't feel like going out in this cold
    4 (estado) está con una depresión de caballo, he's deeply depressed
    iba con los labios pintados, she has put some lipstick on
    5 (contenido) with
    una caja con fotografías, a box (full) of photos
    6 (relación) to: está casada con un inglés, she is married to an Englishman
    habló con Alberto, he spoke to Alberto
    se disculpó con ella, he apologized to her
    7 (con infinitivo) con avisar les evitas el disgusto, just by phoning you'll save them any worry
    (+ que + subjuntivo) basta con que lo digas, it will be enough if you just say it
    ♦ Locuciones: con tal (de) que..., provided that...
    con todo (y con eso), even so
    ' con' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abarcar
    - abastecimiento
    - abatirse
    - ablandar
    - abochornar
    - abordar
    - abrazar
    - abrefácil
    - abrumar
    - acabar
    - acanallar
    - acaso
    - acero
    - acertar
    - achicharrarse
    - acierto
    - aclararse
    - acoger
    - acosar
    - acostarse
    - acreditada
    - acreditado
    - acuerdo
    - acusarse
    - adelante
    - adueñarse
    - afortunada
    - afortunado
    - afrontar
    - agarrar
    - agenciarse
    - agraciada
    - agraciado
    - agreste
    - agua
    - ahínco
    - ahumar
    - ahumada
    - ahumado
    - airosa
    - airoso
    - alhaja
    - alinearse
    - alma
    - almohada
    - alternar
    - alzarse
    - amanecer
    - amiguete
    - amilanarse
    English:
    abide
    - above
    - abruptly
    - abstract
    - accordance
    - accurately
    - accustom
    - aching
    - act
    - admit
    - advance
    - advice
    - advise
    - afraid
    - Afro
    - ageing
    - aggregate
    - aggressively
    - ago
    - agree
    - agreement
    - ahead
    - aim
    - ale
    - alive
    - all
    - allow for
    - allowance
    - ally
    - alone
    - along
    - aloud
    - amenable
    - amenities
    - Americana
    - amusement
    - and
    - angel food cake
    - angling
    - angrily
    - angry
    - annoy
    - antics
    - apologize
    - appointment
    - approach
    - approachable
    - arbitration
    - archery
    - argument
    * * *
    con prep
    1. [indica modo, manera o instrumento] with;
    se cortó con un cuchillo she cut herself with a knife;
    chocó con una farola he bumped into a lamppost;
    vino con un taxi she came by taxi;
    voy cómodo con estas botas/este jersey I'm comfortable in these boots/this sweater;
    iré a la boda con un traje negro I'm going to the wedding in a black suit;
    un joven con muy buenos modales a very polite young man;
    andar con la cabeza alta to walk with one's head held high;
    ir con prisa to be in a hurry;
    actuar con timidez to behave timidly;
    llover con fuerza to rain hard;
    lo ha conseguido con su esfuerzo he has achieved it through his own efforts;
    se lo puedes decir con toda confianza you needn't worry about telling her;
    trátalo con mucho cariño treat him with a lot of affection o very affectionately;
    lo haré con mucho gusto it will be a pleasure for me to do it, I'll be delighted to do it;
    con arreglo a la ley in accordance with the law
    2. [indica compañía, relación o colaboración] with;
    vive con sus padres she lives with her parents;
    se escribe con gente de varios países he corresponds with people from a number of different countries;
    ¿con quién vas? who are you going with?;
    está muy enfadado con su madre he's very angry with his mother;
    está casada con mi hermano she's married to my brother;
    estoy de acuerdo con ellos I agree with them;
    habló con todos he spoke to everybody;
    un acuerdo de colaboración con el Caribe a cooperation agreement with the Caribbean
    3. [indica contenido o cualidad]
    una persona con carácter a person of character;
    un hombre con bigote a man with a moustache;
    una bolsa con patatas a bag of potatoes;
    una cartera con varios documentos a briefcase containing several documents
    4. [indica unión o adición]
    un helado con nueces an ice cream with nuts;
    un pastel con nata a cream cake;
    el mío con leche, por favor I'd like milk in mine, please, I'd like mine white, please;
    el total con el IVA alcanza un millón the total is a million including Br VAT o US (sales) tax;
    tiene cuarenta con dos décimas de fiebre her temperature is 40.2 degrees
    5. [indica estado o situación]
    con buena salud in good health;
    está en cama con gripe she's in bed with flu;
    está con un enfado tremendo he's really angry;
    el niño está con ganas de ir al baño the child wants to go to the Br toilet o US bathroom;
    corría con ellos pisándome los talones I ran with them hot o hard on my heels
    6. [indica causa]
    el hielo se derrite con el calor ice melts when heated;
    me desperté con la música del vecino I was woken up by our neighbour playing music;
    con este tiempo no se puede ir de excursión we can't go out on a trip in this weather;
    con el tiempo lo olvidé in time I forgot it;
    con todo el trabajo que hemos tenido hoy, se me ha olvidado llamarle with all the work we've had today, I've forgotten to call her;
    se entristeció con las noticias she was sad when she heard the news;
    cómprales el libro, ¡con lo que les gusta leer! buy them the book, they like reading so much they'll be delighted!
    7. [hacia]
    para con towards;
    es amable para con todos she is friendly towards o with everyone
    8. (+ infinitivo) [para introducir una condición] by;
    con hacerlo así by doing it this way;
    con llamar ya quedarás bien you'll make a good impression just by phoning;
    con llorar no consigues nada it's no good crying, crying won't get you anywhere;
    con no decírselo a nadie, el secreto está garantizado if we don't tell anyone, secrecy will be guaranteed;
    con salir a las diez es suficiente if we leave at ten, we'll have plenty of time
    9. [a condición de que]
    con que, con tal de que as long as;
    con que llegue a tiempo me conformo I don't mind as long as he arrives on time;
    te dejo el gato con tal de que le des de comer I'll let you look after the cat as long as you feed it
    10. [a pesar de] in spite of;
    con todo despite everything;
    con todo lo raro que es, me encantan sus películas he may be weird, but I love his films, for all his weirdness, I love his films;
    con lo que hemos caminado hoy, y no estoy cansado despite the fact that we've walked so far today, I'm still not tired
    11. [para expresar queja o decepción]
    mira que perder, ¡con lo bien que jugaste! you were unlucky to lose, you played really well!;
    con lo agradable que es, y casi no tiene amigos considering how nice he is, he has surprisingly few friends
    12. Am [donde]
    fue a quejarse con su madre he complained to his mother;
    se hace los zapatos con Ardaches she has her shoes made at Ardaches;
    los domingos comen con su padre on Sundays they eat at her father's
    13. Méx [tras] after;
    ha trabajado día con día she's worked day after day o day in day out
    * * *
    prp
    1 with;
    voy con ellos I’m going with them;
    pan con mantequilla bread and butter;
    2
    :
    con todo eso in spite of all that;
    con tal de que provided that, as long as;
    con hacer eso by doing that;
    para con alguien to s.o., toward s.o.;
    con este calor in this heat;
    ¡con lo que he hecho por él! after all I’ve done for him!
    3
    :
    ser amable con alguien be kind to s.o.
    * * *
    con prep
    1) : with
    vengo con mi padre: I'm going with my father
    ¡con quién hablas?: who are you speaking to?
    2) : in spite of
    con todo: in spite of it all
    3) : to, towards
    ella es amable con los niños: she is kind to the children
    4) : by
    con llegar temprano: by arriving early
    5)
    con (tal) que : as long as, so long as
    * * *
    con prep
    1. (instrumento, compañía) with
    una bolsa con dinero a bag of money / a bag containing money
    con decir que no te interesa, será suficiente all you need to do is say you're not interested
    con lo + adjetivo but / yet
    con lo caro que ha costado y no funciona bien it was very expensive, but it doesn't work

    Spanish-English dictionary > con

  • 11 λόγος

    λόγος, ου, ὁ (verbal noun of λέγω in the sense ‘pick’; Hom.+).
    a communication whereby the mind finds expression, word
    of utterance, chiefly oral.
    α. as expression, word (oratorical ability plus exceptional performance were distinguishing marks in Hellenic society, hence the frequent association of λ. and ἔργον ‘deed’; a sim. formulation as early as Il. 9, 443 μύθων τε ῥητῆρʼ ἔμεναι πρηκτῆρά τε ἔργων; Polystrat. p. 33 μὴ λόγῳ μόνον ἀλλʼ ἔργω; Just., A II, 4, 2 ἢ λόγῳ ἢ ἔργῳ and D. 35, 7 λόγον ἢ πρᾶξιν) δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ κ. λόγῳ, i.e. an exceptional personage Lk 24:19; pl. of Moses Ac 7:22 (the contrast expressed w. a verb Choix 20, 6–8 ποιεῖ ἀγαθὸν ὄτι δύναται καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ of Apollordorus, a benefactor in Cyzicus, a flourishing city in Phrygia; sim. New Docs 7, 233, no. 10, 8f πολιτευόμενος … λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ; cp. IKourion 32, 8; without contrast Diod S 13, 101, 3 ἄνδρας λόγῳ δυνατούς; for sim. constructions using λέγω and πράσσω s. Danker, Benefactor 339–43). Cp. Ro 15:18; 2 Cor 10:11; Col 3:17; 2 Th 2:17; Hb 13:21 v.l.; 1J 3:18 (cp. Theognis 1, 87f Diehl3 μή μʼ ἔπεσιν μὲν στέργε κτλ.—For the contrast λόγῳ … ἀληθείᾳ cp. Diod S 13, 4, 1). In contrast to a sinful deed we also have the λόγος ἁμαρτίας sinful word Judaicon 172, 9. W. γνῶσις: ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ κ. πάσῃ γνώσει 1 Cor 1:5. ἰδιώτης τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλʼ οὐ τῇ γνώσει 2 Cor 11:6. (Opp. δύναμις ‘revelation of power’) 1 Cor 4:19, 20. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον οὐκ ἐγενήθη ἐν λόγῳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει 1 Th 1:5 (cp. Ar. 13, 7 of mythical accounts οὐδέν εἰσιν εἰ μὴ μόνον λόγοι ‘they’re nothing but words’). W. ἐπιστολή: 2 Th 2:2, 15. W. ἀναστροφή: 1 Ti 4:12; 1 Pt 3:1b. Opp. ‘be silent’: IRo 2:1.—μόνον εἰπὲ λόγῳ just say the word Mt 8:8; cp. Lk 7:7 (Ath. 17, 1 ὡς λόγῳ εἰπεῖν; 29, 2; Phalaris, Ep. 121, 1 λόγῳ λέγειν; cp. schol. on Pla. 341a ἐν λόγῳ μόνον εἰπεῖν). οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον no one was able to answer him a (single) word Mt 22:46; cp. 15:23 (cp. TestAbr A 16 p. 98, 11 [Stone p. 44] οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ λόγον).— The (mighty) word (of one who performs miracles) ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Mt 8:16 (a rare use of λ. as ‘single utterance’, s. L-S-J-M s.v. VII).—διὰ λόγου by word of mouth (opp. ‘by letter’) Ac 15:27.—In the textually uncertain pass. Ac 20:24 the text as it stands in N., οὐδενὸς λόγου (v.l. λόγον) ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν, may well mean: I do not consider my life worth a single word (cp. λόγου ἄξιον [ἄξιος 1a] and our ‘worth mention’; s. Conzelmann ad loc.).
    β. The expression may take on a variety of formulations or topical nuances: what you say Mt 5:37; statement (PGM 4, 334) Lk 20:20; question (Sext. Emp., Math. 8, 295; 9, 133; Diog. L. 2, 116) ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς λόγον I will ask you a question (cp. TestJob 36:5; GrBar 5:1; ApcSed 13:6; Jos., Ant. 12, 99) Mt 21:24; cp. Mk 11:29; Lk 20:3; prayer (PGM 1, 25; 4, 90; 179; 230 al.; 5, 180; 196 al.) Mt 26:44; Mk 14:39. ἡγούμενος τοῦ λ. principal speaker Ac 14:12. W. epexeget. gen. λ. παρακλήσεως 13:15. W. κήρυγμα our manner of presentation and our proclamation 1 Cor 2:4a (but s. comm.). (W. διδασκαλία) preaching 1 Ti 5:17; prophecy (Biogr. p. 364 [Pythia]) J 2:22; 18:32. Command (Aeschyl., Pers. 363) Lk 4:36; 2 Pt 3:5, 7; via a letter 2 Th 3:14. Report, story (X., An. 1, 4, 7; Diod S 3, 40, 9; 19, 110, 1 λ. διαδιδόναι=spread a report; Appian, Iber. 80 §346, Maced. 4 §1 [both=rumor]; Diod S 32, 15, 3 ἦλθεν ὁ λ. ἐπί τινα=the report came to someone; Arrian, Anab. 7, 22, 1 λόγος λέγεται τοιόσδε=a story is told like this, Ind. 9, 2; Diod S 3, 18, 3 λ.=story, account; Jos., Ant. 19, 132; Tat. 27, 2 τοῦ καθʼ Ἡρακλέα λόγου) Mt 28:15; Mk 1:45; Lk 5:15 (λ. περί τινος as X., An. 6, 6, 13; Jos., Ant. 19, 127) 7:17; J 21:23. ἠκούσθη ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τ. ἐκκλησίας the report came to the ears of the assembly in Jerusalem Ac 11:22. λόγον ἔχειν σοφίας have the appearance of wisdom, pass for wisdom Col 2:23 (cp. Pla., Epinomis 987b ἔχει λόγον; Demosth., C. Lept. 462 [20, 18] λόγον τινʼ ἔχον; but mng. 2f is possible). Proverb (Pla., Phdr. 17, 240c, Symp. 18, 195b, Gorg. 54, 499c, Leg. 6, 5, 757a; Socrat., Ep. 22, 1) J 4:37 (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 13, 7 ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ὁ λ. foll. by a proverb). Proclamation, instruction, teaching, message Lk 4:32; 10:39; J 4:41; 17:20; Ac 2:41; 4:4; 10:44; 20:7; 1 Cor 1:17; 2:1. In Ac18:15 ζητήματα περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου the sense appears to be someth. like this: controversial issues involving disputes about words and your way of life with λ. prob. referring to the presentation of controversial subjects, which in turn arouses heated ζητήματα debates. λόγος σοφίας proclamation of wisdom, speaking wisely 1 Cor 12:8a (Ps.-Phoc. 129 τῆς θεοπνεύστου σοφίης λ.); corresp. λ. γνώσεως vs. 8b. Cp. 14:9; 15:2; 2 Cor 1:18; 6:7; 10:10. λ. μαρτυρίας word of witness Rv 12:11. ὁ κατὰ τ. διδαχὴν πιστὸς λ. the message of faith, corresponding to the teaching Tit 1:9; the opp. 2 Ti 2:17. A speech (Aristot. p. 14b, 2; Diod S 40, 5a) διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ in a long speech Ac 15:32; cp. 20:2. λ. κολακείας flattering speech 1 Th 2:5. Speaking gener. 2 Cor 8:7; Eph 6:19; Col 4:6; D 2:5. ἐν λόγῳ πταίειν make a mistake in what one says Js 3:2.—Of God’s word, command, commission (LXX; ParJer 5:19 κατηχῆσαι αὐτοὺς τὸν λόγον; SyrBar 13:2; ApcSed 14:10; Just., D. 84, 2; Ael. Aristid. hears a ἱερὸς λ. at night fr. a god: 28, 116 K.=49, p. 529 D.; Sextus 24) ἠκυρώσατε τ. λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ Mt 15:6 (v.l. νόμον, ἐντολήν); cp. Mk 7:13.—J 5:38; 8:55; 10:35; Ro 3:4 (Ps 50:6). Of God’s promise Ro 9:6, 9 (but these two vss., and Gal 5:14 below, prob. fit better under 2a), 28 (Is 10:22f). Cp. Hb 2:2; 4:2 (s. ἀκοή 4b); 7:28; 12:19. For B 15:1 see 1aδ. The whole law (as the expr. εἴ τι ἑτέρα ἐντολή indicates not limited to a narrow list of commandments), acc. to Ro 13:9. In what is prob. a play on words (s. 2a and b), Gal 5:14 (s. 2a below) is summed up in the λόγος as expressed in Lev 19:18.—That which God has created ἁγιάζεται διὰ λόγου θεοῦ 1 Ti 4:5; in line w. the context, this hardly refers to God’s creative word (so SibOr 3, 20; PtK 2; πάντα γὰρ λόγῳ ποιήσας ὁ θεός Theoph. Ant. 2, 18 [144, 8]), but to table prayers which use biblical expressions. The divine word as judge of thoughts Hb 4:12. τελεσθήσονται οἱ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Ac 17:17; cp. 19:9.—Of the divine revelation through Christ and his messengers (Just., A I, 61, 9 λόγον … παρὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐμάθομεν τοῦτον) θεὸς ἐφανέρωσεν τὸν λ. αὐτοῦ ἐν κηρύγματι Tit 1:3. δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λ. σου J 17:14; cp. vss. 6, 17; 1J 1:10; 2:14. ἵνα μὴ ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημῆται Tit 2:5. The apostles and other preachers, w. ref. to the λόγος of God, are said to: λαλεῖν Ac 4:29, 31; 13:46; Phil 1:14; Hb 13:7; καταγγέλλειν Ac 13:5; 17:13; διδάσκειν 18:11; μαρτυρεῖν Rv 1:2. Of their hearers it is said: τὸν λ. τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούειν Ac 13:7; δέχεσθαι 8:14; 11:1. Of the λ. τοῦ θεοῦ itself we read: ηὔξανεν Ac 6:7; 12:24; 19:20; οὐ δέδεται 2 Ti 2:9. In these places and many others ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ is simply the Christian message, the gospel: Lk 5:1; 8:11, 21; 11:28 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 1, 20 μὴ μόνον ἀκουόντων ἀλλὰ πασχόντων καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν λόγων=let the message have its effect on oneself); Ac 6:2 (s. καταλείπω 7c; for prob. commercial metaph. s. 2a below); 13:44 v.l. (for κυρίου); 16:32 v.l.; 1 Cor 14:36; 2 Cor 2:17; 4:2; Col 1:25; 1 Pt 1:23; Rv 1:9; 6:9; 20:4; IPhld 11:1. Cp. 1 Th 2:13ab; 1J 2:5.—Since this ‘divine word’ is brought to humanity through Christ, his word can be used in the same sense: ὁ λόγος μου J 5:24; cp. 8:31, 37, 43, 51f; 12:48; 14:23f; 15:3, 20b; Rv 3:8. ὁ λόγος τοῦ Χριστοῦ Col 3:16; cp. Hb 6:1. ὁ λ. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 8:25; 12:24 v.l.; 13:44, 48f; 14:25 v.l.; 15:35, 36; 16:32 (cp. λ. θεοῦ); 19:10; 1 Th 1:8; 2 Th 3:1. Pl. Mk 8:38 (Lk 9:26); 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Lk 24:44; s. also 1aδ.—Or it is called simply ὁ λόγος=the ‘Word’, for no misunderstanding would be possible among Christians: Mt 13:20–23; Mk 2:2; 4:14–20, 33; 8:32 (s. 1aε below); 16:20; Lk 1:2; 8:12f, 15; Ac 6:4; 8:4; 10:36 (on the syntax s. FNeirynck, ETL 60, ’84, 118–23); 11:19; 14:25 (cp. λ. κυρίου above); 16:6; 17:11; 18:5; Gal 6:6; Phil 1:14; Col 4:3; 1 Th 1:6; 2 Ti 4:2; Js 1:21ff; 1 Pt 2:8; 3:1; 1J 2:7; AcPl Ha 7, 6 (so also Mel., HE 4, 26, 13; Ath. 2, 3).—Somet. the ‘Word’ is more closely defined by a gen.: ὁ λ. τῆς βασιλείας the word of the reign/rule (of God) Mt 13:19. τῆς σωτηρίας Ac 13:26. τῆς καταλλαγῆς 2 Cor 5:19. τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. δικαιοσύνης (q.v. 3a) Hb 5:13. ζωῆς Phil 2:16. (τῆς) ἀληθείας (Theoph. Ant. 3, 4 [p. 212, 2]; cp. περὶ ἀληθείας Hippol., Ref. 10, 6, 1) Eph 1:13; Col 1:5; 2 Ti 2:15; Js 1:18; AcPl Ha 8, 8 (Just., D. 121, 2). τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ (=τοῦ κυρίου) Ac 14:3; 20:32. (Differently the pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. χάριτος gracious words Lk 4:22; cp. Marcellinus, Vi. Thu. 57 Hude λόγοι εἰρωνείας.) ὁ λ. τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ac 15:7; ὁ τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ λ. MPol 10:1. In Rv 3:10 the gospel is described by the ‘One who has the key of David’ as ὁ λ. τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου my word of endurance (W-S. §30, 12c). λ. τῶν ὑ[πο]μονῶν AcPl Ha 6, 11. παρελάβετε τὸν λ. ὅτι AcPl Ha 8, 25.—The pastoral letters favor the expr. πιστὸς ὁ λόγος (sc. ἐστίν, and s. πιστός 1b) 1 Ti 1:15; 3:1; 4:9; 2 Ti 2:11; Tit 3:8; cp. Rv 21:5; 22:6. λ. ὑγιής sound preaching Tit 2:8; cp. the pl. ὑγιαίνοντες λόγοι 2 Ti 1:13 (on medicinal use of words for the mind or soul s. VLeinieks, The City of Dionysos ’96, 115–22, on Eur.).—The pl. is also used gener. of Christian teachings, the words of the gospel Lk 1:4 (s. κατηχέω 2a); 1 Th 4:18. οἱ λ. τῆς πίστεως 1 Ti 4:6. On λόγοι κυριακοί for λόγια κυριακά in the title of the Papias document s. ἐξήγησις 2.—JSchniewind, Die Begriffe Wort und Evangelium bei Pls, diss. Bonn 1910; RAsting (εὐαγγέλιον, end).
    γ. of an individual declaration or remark: assertion, declaration, speech ἀκούσαντες τὸν λ. when they heard the statement Mt 15:12; cp. 19:11, 22; 22:15; Mk 5:36. διὰ τοῦτον τὸν λ. because of this statement of yours 7:29 (TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 29 [Stone p. 38] τὸν λ. τοῦτον; ApcMos 25 εἰς τὸν λόγον σου κρινῶ σε). Cp. 10:22; 12:13; Lk 1:29; 22:61 v.l. (for ῥήματος); J 4:39, 50; 6:60; 7:36, 40 v.l.; 15:20a; 18:9; 19:8; Ac 6:5; 7:29; 20:38; 22:22; 1 Th 4:15. ὸ̔ς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου whoever utters a (defamatory) word against the Son of Humanity Mt 12:32 (λ. εἰπεῖν κατά τινος as Jos., Ant. 15, 81); cp. Lk 12:10. λόγος σαπρός unwholesome talk Eph 4:29. λόγον ποιεῖσθαι make a speech Ac 11:2 D (cp. Hyperid. 3, 20; Jos., Ant. 11, 86).
    δ. the pl. (οἱ) λόγοι is used, on the one hand, of words uttered on various occasions, of speeches or instruction given here and there by humans or transcendent beings (TestAbr A 14 p. 94, 19 [Stone p. 36]; Jos., Ant. 4, 264; Just., D. 100, 3) ἐκ τῶν λόγων σου δικαιωθήσῃ (καταδικασθήσῃ) Mt 12:37ab; 24:35; Mk 13:31; Lk 21:33; Ac 2:40; 7:22 (ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις αὐτοῦ. On the word-deed pair cp. Dio Chrys. 4, 6 the λόγοι and ἔργα of Diogenes; s. α above). οἱ δέκα λόγοι the ten commandments (Ex 34:28; Dt 10:4; Philo, Rer. Div. Her. 168, Decal. 32; Jos., Ant. 3, 138; cp. 91f; Did., Gen. 36, 10) B 15:1. Ac 15:24; 20:35; 1 Cor 2:4b, 13; 14:19ab; κενοὶ λ. Eph 5:6; AcPl Ox 6, 13 (cp. Aa 1, 241, 14); Dg 8:2; πλαστοὶ λ. 2 Pt 2:3. λ. πονηροί 3J 10.—Also of words and exprs. that form a unity, whether it be connected discourse (Jos., Ant. 15, 126; Just., A II, 12, 6, D. 11, 5; 81, 3 al.), a conversation, or parts of one and the same teaching, or expositions on the same subject (Diod S 16, 2, 3 μετέσχε τῶν Πυθαγορίων λόγων; Dio Chrys. 37 [54], 1; Ael. Aristid. 50, 55 K.=26 p. 519 D.: οἱ Πλάτωνος λόγοι; PsSol 17:43 [words of the Messiah]; AscIs 3:12 οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Βελχειρά) πᾶς ὅστις ἀκούει μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους Mt 7:24; cp. vss. 26, 28; 10:14; 19:1; 26:1; Mk 10:24; Lk 1:20; 6:47; 9:28, 44. ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς he questioned him at some length 23:9. τίνες οἱ λ. οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε; what is this conversation that you are holding? 24:17; J 7:40 (s. γ); 10:19; J 14:24a; 19:13; Ac 2:22; 5:5, 24; 16:36; 2 Ti 4:15; 1 Cl 13:1; 46:7. λόγοις φθοριμαίοις AcPlCor 1:2.
    ε. the subject under discussion, matter, thing gener. (Theognis 1055 Diehl; Hdt. 8, 65 μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λόγον τοῦτον εἴπῃς. Cp. Hebr. דָּבָר) τὸν λ. ἐκράτησαν they took up the subject Mk 9:10; cp. Mt. 21:24 (s. 1aβ beg.). οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ you have no share in this matter Ac 8:21. ἰδεῖν περὶ τ. λόγου τούτου look into this matter 15:6. ἔχειν πρός τινα λόγον have a complaint against someone (cp. Demosth. 35, 55 ἐμοὶ πρὸς τούτους ὁ λόγος; PIand 16, 3 δίκαιον λόγον ἔχει πρὸς σέ) 19:38. παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (2d is also prob.).—Perh. also Mk 8:32 he discussed the subject quite freely (but s. 1aβ above).
    of literary or oratorical productions: of the separate books of a work (Hdt. 5, 36 ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τ. λόγων; Pla., Parmen. 2, 127d ὁ πρῶτος λόγος; Philo, Omn. Prob. Lib. 1 ὁ μὲν πρότερος λόγος ἦν ἡμῖν, ὦ Θεόδοτε, περὶ τοῦ …) treatise Ac 1:1 (s. on the prologue to Ac: AHilgenfeld, ZWT 41, 1898, 619ff; AGercke, Her 29, 1894, 373ff; RLaqueur, Her 46, 1911, 161ff; Norden, Agn. Th. 311ff; JCreed, JTS 35, ’34, 176–82; Goodsp., Probs. 119–21). Παπίας … πέντε λόγους κυριακῶν λογίων ἔγραψεν Papias (11:1; cp. 3:1 e; 11:2; 12:2).—περὶ οὗ πολὺς ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος about this we have much to say Hb 5:11. Hb is described as ὁ λ. τῆς παρακλήσεως a word of exhortation (in literary form) 13:22. Of writings that are part of Holy Scripture ὁ λ. Ἠσαί̈ου J 12:38. ὁ λ. ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ γεγραμμένος 15:25; ὁ προφητικὸς λ. 2 Pt 1:19; 2 Cl 11:2 (quot. of unknown orig.); AcPl Ha 8, 27/BMM recto 35 (Just., D. 77, 2 al.). ὁ ἅγιος λ. the holy word 1 Cl 56:3. ὁ λ. ὁ γεγραμμένος 1 Cor 15:54 (Is 25:8 and Hos 13:14 follow). Pl. οἱ λόγοι τ. προφητῶν Ac 15:15. ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἠσαί̈ου Lk 3:4 (Pla., 7th Epistle 335a πείθεσθαι ἀεὶ χρὴ τοῖς παλαιοῖς καὶ ἱεροῖς λόγοις; TestJob 1:1 βίβλος λόγων Ἰώβ; ParJer 9:32 v.l. τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν λόγων Ἱερεμίου; ApcEsdr 1:1 καὶ ἀποκάλυψις τοῦ … Ἐσδράμ; ApcSed prol.; Just., D. 72, 3f).—Of the content of Rv: ὁ ἀναγινώσκων τ. λόγους τῆς προφητείας 1:3. οἱ λόγοι (τ. προφητείας) τ. βιβλίου τούτου 22:7, 9f, 18f.
    computation, reckoning
    a formal accounting, esp. of one’s actions, and freq. with fig. extension of commercial terminology account, accounts, reckoning λόγον δοῦναι (Hdt. 8, 100; X., Cyr. 1, 4, 3; Diod S 3, 46, 4; SIG 1099, 16; BGU 164, 21; Jos., Ant. 16, 120; Just., D. 115, 6) give account, make an accounting ἕκαστος περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λόγον δώσει τ. θεῷ Ro 14:12. Also λ. ἀποδοῦναι abs. (Just., D. 116, 1 al.; Diod S 16, 56, 4; 19, 9, 4) Hb 13:17. τινί to someone (Diod S 16, 27, 4; Plut., Alcib. 7, 3; Chariton 7, 6, 2; SIG 631, 13 τᾷ πόλει; 2 Ch 34:28; Da 6:3 Theod.; Jos., Bell. 1, 209) τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 Pt 4:5. τινὸς of someth. (SIG 1044, 46; 1105, 10 τοῦ ἀναλώματος; Jos., Ant. 19, 307) Lk 16:2 (here λ. w. the art.; on the subject of undergoing an audit cp. Aeschin. 3, 22). Likew. περί τινος (Diod S 18, 60, 2 δοὺς αὑτῷ περὶ τούτων λόγον=taking account [considering] with himself; BGU 98, 25 περὶ τούτου) Mt 12:36; Ac 19:40. ὑπέρ τινος concerning someone Hv 3, 9, 10.—αἰτεῖν τινα λόγον περί τινος call someone to account for someth. 1 Pt 3:15 (cp. Pla., Pol. 285e; Dio Chrys. 20 [37], 30; Apc4Esdr Fgm. b ἕκαστος ὑπὸ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔργου τὸν λόγον ἀπαιτηθήσεται; Just., A I, 17, 4. For another perspective s. d below.).—Of banking responsibility ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ (PStras 72, 10 [III A.D.] ὁ τῶν θεῶν λ.; PHerm 108 [III A.D.] λ. τοῦ Σαραπείου) in wordplay Ac 6:2 (w. τράπεζα q.v. 1c); s. also 1aβ.—Of a ledger heading (POxy 1333 [II/III A.D.] δὸς αὐτῳ λόγῳ θεωρικῶν=credit him under ‘festivals’; for others s. Preisig., Wörterbuch s.v. λ. 14; s. also Fachwörter 119) Ro 9:6 (the point is that God’s ‘list’ of Israelites is accurate; on ἐκπίπτω in the sense ‘is not deficient’ s. s.v. 4); vs. 9 (the ‘count’ is subsumed by metonymy in divine promise); Gal 5:14 (all moral obligations come under one ‘entry’: ‘you shall love your neighbor as yourself’; for commercial association of ἀναλίσκω vs. 15, which rounds out the wordplay, s. s.v.). The contexts of these three passages suggest strong probability for commercial associations; for another view s. 1aβ.
    settlement (of an account) (εἰς λόγον commercial t.t. ‘in settlement of an account’ POxy 275, 19; 21) εἰς λόγον δόσεως κ. λήμψεως in settlement of a mutual account (lit., ‘of giving and receiving’, ‘of debit and credit’) Phil 4:15 (cp. Plut., Mor. 11b λόγον δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν; a parallel formulation POxy 1134,10 [421 A.D.] λ. λήμματος καὶ ἐξοδιασμοῦ=ledger of income and expenditures); for the linked accounting terms δόσις and λήμψις s. PCairMasp 151, 208 [VI A.D.]. The same ideas are in the background of εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν credited to your account vs 17.—συναίρειν λόγον settle accounts (BGU 775, 18f. The mid. in the same mng. PFay109, 6 [I A.D.]; POxy 113, 27f.—Dssm., LO 94 [LAE 118f]) μετά τινος Mt 18:23; 25:19.
    reflection, respect, regard εἰς λόγον τινός with regard to, for the sake of (Thu. 3, 46, 4; Demosth. 19, 142 εἰς ἀρετῆς λόγον; Polyb. 11, 28, 8; Ath. 31, 1; Ael. Aristid. 39 p. 743 D.: εἰς δεινότητος λ.) εἰς λ. τιμῆς IPhld 11:2. εἰς λ. θεοῦ ISm 10:1.
    reason for or cause of someth., reason, ground, motive (Just., D. 94, 3 δότε μοι λόγον, ὅτου χάριν … ; Ath. 30, 3 τὶς γὰρ … λόγος; Dio Chrys. 64 [14], 18 ἐκ τούτου τ. λόγου; Appian, Hann. 29 §126 τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 28, 155) τίνι λόγω; for what reason? Ac 10:29 (cp. Pla., Gorg. 512c τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; Appian, Mithrid. 57 §232 τίνι λόγῳ;). λόγον περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος 1 Pt 3:15 (but s. a above); κατὰ λόγον Ac 18:14 (s. κατά B 5bβ). παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας Mt 5:32; 19:9 v.l. (though 1aε is also poss.).
    πρὸς ὸ̔ν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος (ἐστίν) with whom we have to do (i.e. to reckon) (Dio Chrys. 31, 123; other exx. in FBleek, Hb II/1, 1836, 590ff), in his capacity as judge (Libanius, Legat. Ulixis [=Declamatio IV] 2 F. τοῖς δὲ ἀδίκως ἀποκτενοῦσι καὶ πρὸς θεοὺς καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους ὁ λόγος γίγνεται) Hb 4:13. οὐ πρὸς σάρκα ὁ λόγος, ἀλλὰ πρὸς θεόν he has to do not with flesh, but with God IMg 3:2.
    In Col 2:23 (s. 1aβ) λόγον μὲν ἔχοντα σοφίας may= make a case for wisdom (cp. λόγος ἡμῖν οὐδείς Plut., Mor. 870b).
    the independent personified expression of God, the Logos. Our lit. shows traces of a way of thinking that was widespread in contemporary syncretism, as well as in Jewish wisdom lit. and Philo, the most prominent feature of which is the concept of the Logos, the independent, personified ‘Word’ (of God): GJs 11:2 (word of the angel to Mary) συνλήμψῃ ἐκ Λόγου αὐτοῦ (sc. τοῦ πάντων Δεσπότου). J 1:1abc, 14 (cp. Just., A I, 23, 2; Mel., P. 9, 61 and oft. by all apolog., exc.. Ar.). It is the distinctive teaching of the Fourth Gospel that this divine ‘Word’ took on human form in a historical person, that is, in Jesus (s. RSeeberg, Festgabe für AvHarnack ’21, 263–81.—Λόγος w. ζωή in gnostic speculation: Iren.1, 1, 1 [Harv. 1, 10, 4]; Aelian, VH 4, 20 ἐκάλουν τὸν Πρωταγόραν Λόγον. Similarly Favorinus [II A.D.]: Vorsokr. 80 A 1 ln. 22 [in Diog. L. 9, 50] of Democritus: ἐκαλεῖτο Σοφία. Equating a divinity with an abstraction that she personifies: Artem. 5, 18 φρόνησις εἶναι νομίζεται ἡ θεός [Athena]). Cp. 1J 1:1; Rv 19:13. εἷς θεός ἐστιν, ὁ φανερώσας ἑαυτὸν διὰ Ἰ. Χριστοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὅς ἐστιν αὐτοῦ λόγος, ἀπὸ σιγῆς προελθών there is one God, who has revealed himself through Jesus Christ his Son, who is his ‘Word’ proceeding from silence (i.e., without an oral pronouncement: in a transcendent manner) IMg 8:2 (s. σιγή). The Lord as νόμος κ. λόγος PtK 1. Cp. Dg 11:2, 3, 7, 8; 12:9.—HClavier, TManson memorial vol., ’59, 81–93: the Alexandrian eternal λόγος is also implied in Hb 4:12; 13:7.—S. also the ‘Comma Johanneum’ (to the bibliography in RGG3 I, ’54 [HGreeven] add AJülicher, GGA 1905, 930–35; AvHarnack, SBBerlAk 1915, 572f [=Studien I ’31, 151f]; MMeinertz, Einl. in d. NT4 ’33, 309–11; AGreiff, TQ 114, ’33, 465–80; CDodd, The Joh. Epistles ’46; WThiele, ZNW 50, ’59, 61–73) ὁ πατήρ, ὁ λόγος καὶ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 1J 5:7 v.l. (s. N. app.; Borger, TRu 52, ’87, 57f). (Such interpolations were not unheard of. According to Diog. L. 1, 48 some people maintain that Solon inserted the verse mentioning the Athenians after Il. 2, 557.—τῆς τριάδος, τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ λόγου αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς σοφίας αὐτοῦ Theoph. Ant. 2, 15 [p. 138, 19].)—On the Logos: EZeller, D. Philosophie der Griechen III 24 1903, 417–34; MHeinze, D. Lehre v. Logos in d. griech. Philosophie 1872; PWendland, Philo u. d. kynisch-stoische Diatribe (Beiträge z. Gesch. der griech. Philosophie u. Religion by Wendl. and OKern 1895, 1–75); AAall, Gesch. d. Logosidee 1896, 1899; MPohlenz, D. Stoa ’48f, I 482; 490 (index); LDürr, D. Wertung des göttl. Wortes im AT u. im ant. Orient ’38 (§9 of the Joh. Logos); EBréhier, Les idées philosophiques et religieuses de Philon d’Alexandrie 1907, 83–111; (2 ’25); JLebreton, Les théories du Logos au début de l’ère chrétienne 1907; ESchwartz, NGG 1908, 537–56; GVos, The Range of the Logos-Title in the Prologue of the Fourth Gospel: PTR 11, 1913, 365–419; 557–602; RHarris, The Origin of the Prologue to St. John’s Gospel 1917, Athena, Sophia and the Logos: BJRL 7, 1, 1922 p. 56–72; M-JLagrange, Vers le Logos de S. Jean: RB 32, 1923, 161–84, Le Logos de Philon: ibid. 321–71; HLeisegang, Logos: Pauly-W. XIII 1926, 1035–81; TGlasson, Heraclitus’ Alleged Logos Doctr., JTS 3, ’52, 231–38.—NWeinstein, Z. Genesis d. Agada 1901, 29–90; Billerb. II 302–33.—Rtzst., Zwei religionsgeschichtl. Fragen 1901, 47–132, Mysterienrel.3 1927, 428 index; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 304ff; 316f; JKroll, D. Lehren d. Hermes Trismegistos1914, 418 index.—RBultmann, D. religionsgesch. Hintergrund des Prol. z. Joh.: HGunkel Festschr., 1923, II 1–26, Comm. ’41, 5ff; AAlexander, The Johannine Doctrine of the Logos: ET 36, 1925, 394–99; 467–72; (Rtzst. and) HSchaeder, Studien z. antiken Synkretismus 1926, 306–37; 350; GAvdBerghvanEysinga, In den beginne was de Logos: NThT 23, ’34, 105–23; JDillersberger, Das Wort von Logos ’35; RBury, The 4th Gosp. and the Logos-Doctrine ’40; EMay, CBQ 8, ’46, 438–47; GKnight, From Moses to Paul ’49, 120–29. TW IV 76–89; 126–40 (on this s. SLyonnet, Biblica 26, ’45, 126–31); CStange, ZST 21, ’50, 120–41; MBoismard, Le Prologue de St. Jean ’53; HLangkammer, BZ 9, ’65, 91–94; HRinggren, Word and Wisdom [hypostatization in Near East] ’47; WEltester, Haenchen Festschr., ’64, 109–34; HWeiss, Untersuchungen zur Kosmologie etc., TU 97, ’66, 216–82; MRissi, Die Logoslieder im Prolog des vierten Evangeliums, TZ 31, ’75, 321–36; HLausberg, NAWG, Ph. ’87, 1 pp. 1–7.—B. 1262. DELG s.v. λέγω B 1. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > λόγος

  • 12 αὐτός

    αὐτός, ή, ὁ (Hom.+; W-S. §22; B-D-F index) reflexive pron. ‘self’
    intensive marker, setting an item off fr. everything else through emphasis and contrast, self, used in all pers., genders, and numbers.
    used w. a subject (noun or pron.)
    α. specif. named (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 6; Plut., Caes. 710 [7, 9] αὐ. Κικέρων; 2 Macc 11:12) αὐ. Δαυίδ David himself Mk 12:36f; Lk 20:42; αὐ. Ἰησοῦς Lk 24:15; J 2:24; 4:44; αὐ. ὁ Ἰησοῦς short ending of Mk.
    β. or otherw. exactly designated αὐ. ὁ θεός (Jos., Bell. 7, 346) Rv 21:3; αὐ. τ. ἐπουράνια Hb 9:23 (cp. 4 Macc 17:17; Sir 46:3b; GrBar); αὐ. ἐγώ I myself Ro 15:14 (cp. 3 Macc 3:13; POxy 294, 13f [22 A.D.]); αὐ. ἐγὼ Παῦλος 2 Cor 10:1; αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς J 3:28 (cp. 4 Macc 6:19; En 103:7); αὐτοὶ οὗτοι (Thu. 6, 33, 6) Ac 24:15; ἐν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς among yourselves 1 Cor 11:13.
    to emphasize a subject already known: of Jesus Mt 8:24; Mk 8:29; Lk 5:16f; 9:51; 10:38; 24:36 (cp. the Pythagorean αὐτὸς ἔφα Schwyzer II 211). Of God Hb 13:5 (cp. Wsd 6:7; 7:17; Sir 15:12; 1 Macc 3:22 and oft. LXX).
    differentiating fr. other subjects or pointing out a contrast w. them αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 2:25; J 2:12; 4:53; 18:1; Lk 24:15; 1 Cor 3:15. αὐ. οὐκ εἰσήλθατε καὶ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἐκωλύσατε you yourselves did not come in etc. Lk 11:52; cp. vs. 46.—J 7:9; 9:21; Mt 23:4; Lk 6:11; Ac 18:15; 1 Th 1:9; 1 Cor 2:15. αὐτὸς ἐγώ I alone 2 Cor 12:13. Ro 7:25 s. e below.—εἰ μὴ αὐ. except himself Rv 19:12. αὐ. ὄγδοός ἐστιν he is the eighth 17:11; s. also 2a. In anticipation of an incorrect inference Ἰησοῦς αὐ. οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν Jesus did not personally baptize J 4:2 opp. ‘his disciples.’ Of bodily presence, αὐ. παραγενοῦ come in person (as opp. to letter-writing) AcPlCor 1:7; with component of surprise that the subject specified is actually present in person (Philo, De Jos. 238: Jos. to his brothers αὐ. εἰμι ἐγώ) Lk 24:36, 39.
    of one whose action is independent or significant without ref. to someth. else (Hyperid. 1, 19, 11; 3, 2) without help J 2:25; 4:42; 6:6; Ac 20:34; αὐ. ᾠκοδόμησεν he built at his own expense Lk 7:5; αὐ. ὁ πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς the Father personally loves you J 16:27 (i.e. they require no intermediary).
    of one viewed as a solitary figure ‘(be) by oneself, alone’ w. μόνος (cp. μόνος 1aβ) Mk 6:47; J 6:15. W. κατʼ ἰδιαν Mk 6:31.thrown on one’s own resources αὐ. ἐγὼ τῷ νοὶ̈ δουλεύω νόμῳ θεοῦ thrown on my own resources I am enslaved in mind to God’s interests but in my flesh to the interests of sin Ro 7:25 (JWeiss, Beitr. zur Paulin. Rhetorik, in BWeiss Festschr., 1897, 233f; JKürzinger, BZ 7, ’63, 270–74).
    with climactic force in connection with one or more lexical units καὶ αὐτός even (Sir prol. line 24 καὶ αὐ. ὁ νόμος even the law; 4 Macc 17:1; GrBar 4:13; 9:4 al.) καὶ αὐ. ἡ κτίσις even the created world Ro 8:21. καὶ αὐ. Σάρρα even Sara Hb 11:11 (on the rdg. here s. Windisch ad loc. and B-D-F §194, 1; Rob. 686; Mlt-Turner 220; cp. Ps.-Callisth. 1, 10, 3 καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν Φίλιππον=and even Philip; but the text of the Hb passage is prob. corrupt; s. καταβολή). οὐδὲ ἡ φύσις αὐ. διδάσκει; does not even nature teach? 1 Cor 11:14.—Without ascensive particle, Ro 9:3 Paul expresses extraordinary devotion to his people (imagine!) I myself.
    w. attention directed to a certain pers. or thing to the exclusion of other lexical units, so that αὐ. can almost take on demonstrative sense (s. 2a, also Aeschyl., 7 against Thebes 528; Hes., Works 350): αὐ. τὰ ἔργα the very deeds J 5:36; αὐ. ὁ Ἰωάννης (POxy 745, 3 [I A.D.] αὐ. τὸν Ἀντᾶν) this very (or same) John Mt 3:4 (s. Mlt. 91); αὐτῆς τῆς Ἡρωδίαδος Mk 6:22 v.l. (s. 2bα for the rdg. αὐτοῦ W-H., N. and s. on this RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 25f); ἐν αὐ. τ. καιρῷ (cp. Tob 3:17 BA; 2:9; SIG 1173, 1 αὐταῖς τ. ἡμέραις) just at that time Lk 13:1.—23:12; 24:13.—2:38; 10:21; 12:12.—10:7. αὐτὸ τοῦτο just this, the very same thing (Oenomaus in Eus., PE 5, 22, 3; PRyl 77, 39; POxy 1119, 11; cp. Phoenix Coloph. 6, 8 Coll. Alex. p. 235) 2 Cor 7:11; Gal 2:10; Phil 1:6; εἰς αὐ. τοῦτο Ro 9:17; 13:6; 2 Cor 5:5; Eph 6:22; Col 4:8. The phrases τοῦτο αὐ. 2 Cor 2:3 and αὐ. τοῦτο 2 Pt 1:5 are adverbial accusatives for this very reason (Pla., Prot. 310e [pl.]; X., An. 1, 9, 21; PGrenf I, 1, 14).
    a ref. to a definite person or thing, he, him, she, her, it, they, them
    αὐτός refers w. more or less emphasis, esp. in the nom., to a subject, oft. resuming one already mentioned: αὐ. παρακληθήσονται they (not others) shall be comforted Mt 5:4; cp. vs. 5ff. οὐκ αὐ. βλασφημοῦσιν; Js 2:7. αὐ. σώσει Mt 1:21 (cp. Ps 129:8). αὐ. ἀποδώσει 6:4 v.l.—Mk 1:8; 14:15 al. Freq. the emphasis is scarcely felt: Mt 14:2; Lk 4:15; 22:23; J 6:24; Ac 22:19 (cp. Gen 12:12; Tob 6:11 BA; Sir 49:7; Vett. Val. 113, 16.—JWackernagel, Syntax II2 1928, 86).—Perh. the development of αὐ. in the direction of οὗτος (which it practically replaces in Mod. Gk.) is beginning to have some influence in the NT (Pla., Phdr. 229e αὐτά=this; X., An. 4, 7, 7 αὐτό; Dio Chrys. 3, 37; 15 [32], 10 αὐτοί; Aelian, NA 6, 10; Mél. de la fac. orient … Beyrouth 1, 1906, 149 no. 18 εἰς αὐτὸ ἐγεννήθης=for this [purpose] you were born; Schmid IV 69; 616 αὐτός = οὗτος; Synes., Ep. 3, 159a; 4, 165a; Agathias [VI A.D.], Hist. 1, 3 p. 144, 17 D.) καὶ αὐ. ἦν Σαμαρίτης Lk 17:16 (cp. 3:23; 19:2 and 1g above; on 5:1 s. Mussies 169). Yet here αὐ. could mean alone (examples of this from Hom. on in many writers in WSchulze, Quaestiones epicae 1892, p. 250, 3) he alone was a Samaritan; but Luke’s thematic interest in unexpected candidates for the Kingdom (cp. 5:30–32; 15:2; 19:2 [καὶ αὐτός]; 23:43) militates against the view.
    The oblique cases of αὐ. very oft. (in a fashion customary since Hom.) take the place of the 3rd pers. personal pron.; in partic. the gen. case replaces the missing possessive pron.
    α. w. ref. to a preceding noun διαφέρετε αὐτῶν Mt 6:26; καταβάντος αὐτοῦ 8:1; ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτά 11:25.—26:43f; Mk 1:10; 4:33ff; 12:19; Lk 1:22; 4:41. The gen. is sometimes put first for no special reason (Esth 1:1e) αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα J 2:23, cp. 3:19, 21, 33; 4:47; 12:40. αὐτῶν τὴν συνείδησιν 1 Cor 8:12. Sim. Lk 1:36 αὐτῇ τῇ καλουμένῃ στείρᾳ w. her who was called barren. Forms of αὐ. are sometimes used without qualifiers in a series, referring to difft. pers.: φέρουσιν αὐτῷ (Jesus) τυφλόν, καὶ παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν (Jesus) ἵνα αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ τυφλοῦ) ἅψηται Mk 8:22. On problems related to the rdg. τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρωδιάδος εἰσελθούσης when his (Herod’s) daughter Herodias came in (?) Mk 6:22, s. Borger in 1g, and entry Ἡρῳδίας.
    β. w. ref. to a noun to be supplied fr. the context, and without suggestion of contrast or disparagement: ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν (i.e. τ. Γαλιλαίων) Mt 4:23. ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν 11:1. ἐκήρυσσεν αὐτοῖς (i.e. the inhabitants) Ac 8:5. παρακαλέσας αὐτούς 20:2. ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς 2 Cor 2:13. τὰ γινόμενα ὑπʼ αὐτῶν Eph 5:12. ἐδημηγόρει πρὸς αὐτούς Ac 12:21. τὸν φόβον αὐτῶν 1 Pt 3:14 (cp. 13 and s. Is 8:12). Mt 12:9 (cp. vs. 2); Lk 2:22; 18:15; 19:9; 23:51; J 8:44; 20:15; Ac 4:5; Ro 2:26; Hb 8:9.
    γ. freq. used w. a verb, even though a noun in the case belonging to the verb has already preceded it (cp. Dio Chrys. 6, 23; 78 [29], 20; Epict. 3, 1, 22; POxy 299 [I A.D.] Λάμπωνι ἔδωκα αὐτῷ δραχμὰς η´; FKälker, Quaest. de Eloc. Polyb. 1880, 274) τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν σκιᾷ θανάτου φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς Mt 4:16.—5:40; 9:28; 26:71; J 15:2; 18:11; Js 4:17; Rv 2:7, 17; 6:4 al.
    δ. used pleonastically after a relative, as somet. in older Gk., e.g. Soph., X., Hyperid. (B-D-F §297; Rob. 683), freq. in the LXX fr. Gen 1:11 (οὗ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ; GrBar 2:11 ὸ̔ν οὐδεὶς δύναται πειρᾶσαι αὐτόν al.) on (Helbing, Grammatik p. iv; Thackeray 46), and quotable elsewh. in the Koine (Callim., Epigr. 43 [42], 3 ὧν … αὐτῶν; Peripl. Eryth. c. 35; POxy 117, 15f ἐξ ὧν δώσεις τοῖς παιδίοις σου ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν): οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ Mt 3:12; Lk 3:17. οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς … τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ Mk 1:7; Lk 3:16. ἧς εἶχεν τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς Mk 7:25. πᾶν ὸ̔ δέδωκεν … ἀναστήσω αὐτό J 6:39; Ac 15:17. ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν Rv 3:8. οἷς ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς 7:2, cp. 13:12. οὗ ἡ πνοὴ αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 21:9.—Cp. in ref. to an anticipatory noun τὰ Ἐλισαίου ὀστᾶ … νεκροῦ βληθέντος … ἐπʼ αὐτά when a corpse was cast on the bones of Elisha AcPlCor 2:32.
    ε. continuing a relative clause (an older Gk. constr.; B-D-F §297; Rob. 724): ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς αὐτόν 1 Cor 8:6; οἷς τὸ κρίμα … καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν (for καὶ ὧν ἡ ἀπώλεια) 2 Pt 2:3.
    ζ. w. a change of pers. Lk 1:45; Rv 18:24.
    η. w. a change of number and gender ἔθνη … αὐτούς Mt 28:19. τοῦ παιδίου … αὐτῇ Mk 5:41. φῶς … αὐτόν J 1:10. λαόν … αὐτῶν Mt 1:21.—14:14; Mk 6:45f; 2 Cor 5:19.
    pert. to someth. that is identical with, or closely related to, someth., w. art. ὁ αὐτός, ἡ αὐτή, τὸ αὐτό the same (Hom. et al.; Ps 101:28, s. Mussies 171).
    w. a noun τὸν αὐ. λόγον Mt 26:44; Mk 14:39; τὸ αὐ. φύραμα Ro 9:21; cp. Lk 23:40; 1 Cor 1:10; 10:3f; 12:4ff; 15:39; Phil 1:30.
    without a noun τὸ (τὰ) αὐ. ποιεῖν (Jos., Ant. 5, 129; 9, 271) Mt 5:46; Lk 6:33; Eph 6:9. τὰ αὐτὰ πράσσειν Ro 2:1. τὸ αὐ. λέγειν agree (not only in words; s. on λέγω 1aα) 1 Cor 1:10. ἀπαγγέλλειν τὰ αὐτά Ac 15:27. τὸ αὐ. as adv. in the same way (X., Mem. 3, 8, 5) Mt 27:44; 18:9 D.—ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. (Hesychius: ὁμοῦ, ἐπὶ τὸν αὐ. τόπον; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 30, 167; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]; BGU 762, 9 [II A.D.] ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. καμήλων ε´ of the five camels taken together; PTebt 14, 20; 319, 9 al.; 2 Km 2:13; Ps 2:2 al.; 3 Macc 3:1; Sus 14 Theod.) of place at the same place, together (En 100:2; Jos., Bell. 2, 346; s. συνέρχομαι 1a) Mt 22:34; 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; B 4:10; IEph 5:3; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. (TestNapht 6:6) Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1. προστιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐ. add to the total Ac 2:47 (see M-M.). κατὰ τὸ αυ. of pers. being together as a body in each other’s company, together (PEleph 1, 5 εἶναι δὲ ἡμᾶς κατὰ ταὐτό) and also with ref. to simultaneous presence at the same time (Aelian, VH 14, 8 δύο εἰκόνας εἰργάσατο Πολύκλειτος κατὰ τ. αὐ.; 3 Km 3:18) Ac 14:1; the mng. in the same way may also apply (ENestle, Acts 14:1: ET 24, 1913, 187f) as in Hs 8, 7, 1 (cod. A; s. καθά; but s. Bonner 105, n. 17, who restores κατʼ αὐ[τοὺς αἱ ῥάβ]δοι; so also Joly).—In combinations ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐ. (also Pla., Leg. 721c; Aristot., Metaph. 1039a, 28; other exx. in GKypke, Observ. II 1755, 220; Diod S 3, 63, 2 εἷς καὶ ὁ αὐτός) one and the same thing 1 Cor 11:5; cp. 12:11 (Diod S 22, 6, 3 μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀπόκρισιν; Epict. 1, 19, 15 μία καὶ ἡ αὐ. ἀρχή). W. gen. foll. τὰ αὐ. τῶν παθημάτων the same sufferings as 1 Pt 5:9. Without comparison: ὁ αὐ. (Thu. 2, 61, 2; Plut., Caesar 729 [45, 7], Brutus 989 [13, 1]) εἶ thou art the same Hb 1:12 (Ps 101:28); cp. 13:8. On the variation betw. αὐτοῦ and αὑτοῦ, αὐτῶν and αὑτῶν in the mss., s. ἑαυτοῦ, beg.—WMichaelis, D. unbetonte καὶ αὐτός bei Lukas: StTh 4, ’51, 86–93; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 96–100; MWilcox, The Semitisms of Ac, ’65, 93–100 (Qumran).—Mussies 168–73. DELG. M-M. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > αὐτός

  • 13 φοβέω

    φοβέω (φέβομαι ‘flee in terror’; Hom. et al.; Wsd 17:9; Jos., Ant. 14, 456), in our lit. only pass. φοβέομαι (Hom.+; OGI 669, 59; SIG 1268 II, 17; pap, LXX, pseudepigr., Philo, Joseph., Just.; Mel., P. 98, 746 al.; Ath. 20, 2; R. 21 p. 75, 1) impf. ἐφοβούμην; 1 fut. φοβηθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἐφοβήθην (Plut., Brut. 1002 [40, 9]; M. Ant. 9, 1, 7; Jer 40:9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 277; s. B-D-F §79).
    to be in an apprehensive state, be afraid, the aor. oft. in the sense become frightened
    intr., abs. (Iren. 1, 4, 2 [Harv. I 36, 4]) ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα they were terribly frightened (Ex 14:10; 1 Macc 12:52) Mt 17:6; 27:54. ἐπεστράφην φοβηθείς I turned around in terror Hv 4, 3, 7.—Mt 9:8; 14:30; 25:25; Mk 5:33; Ac 16:38. ἐφοβοῦντο γάρ for they were afraid Mk 16:8 (Mk 16:9–20 is now rarely considered a part of the original gospel of Mk, though many scholars doubt that the gosp. really ended w. the words ἐφ. γάρ. The original ending may have been lost; among the possible reasons given are the accidental loss of the last page of Mark’s own first copy [the same defect, at a very early stage, in the case of the 18th book of the Κεστοί of Jul. Africanus: WBauer, Orthodoxy etc. (Engl. tr. of 2d German ed. ’64) ’71, 159ff. S. also FKenyon, Papyrus Rolls and the Ending of St. Mk: JTS 40, ’39, 56f; CRoberts, The Ancient Book and the Ending of St. Mk: ibid. 253–57] or by purposeful suppression, perh. because it may have deviated fr. the other accounts of the resurrection [for the purposeful omission of the end of a document cp. Athen. 4, 61, 166d on the 10th book of Theopompus’ Philippica, ἀφʼ ἧς τινες τὸ τελευταῖον μέρος χωρίσαντες, ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν τὰ περὶ τῶν δημαγωγῶν. S. also Diog. L. 7, 34: a report of Isidorus of Pergamum on the systematic mutilation of books in the library there by Athenodorus the Stoic].—Those who conclude that nothing ever came after ἐφ. γάρ must either assume that the evangelist was prevented fr. finishing his work [Zahn et al.], or indeed intended to close the book w. these words [s. γάρ 1a]. For a short sentence, composed of a verb + γάρ s. also Epict. 3, 9, 19; 4, 8, 4; Artem. 4, 64; 1, 33 p. 35, 6; Plotinus, Ennead 5, 5, a treatise ending in γάρ [PvanderHorst, JTS 23, ’72, 121–24]; Musonius Rufus, Tr. XII; Oenomaus in Eus., PE 6, 7, 8; Libanius, Or. 53 p. 65, 20 F.; PMich 149 VI, 37 [II A.D.]. Among those favoring an ending w. γάρ: Wlh., Loisy, Lohmeyer ad loc.; ABauer, WienerStud 34, 1912, 306ff; LBrun, D. Auferst. Christi 1925, 10ff; OLinton, ThBl 8, 1929, 229–34; JCreed, JTS 31, 1930, 175–80; MGoguel, La foi à la résurr. de Jésus ’33, 176ff; HMosbech, Mkevangeliets Slutning: SEÅ 5, ’40, 56–73; WAllen, JTS 47, ’46, 46–49 [‘feel reverential awe’]; ibid. 48, ’47, 201–3. S. also EGoodspeed, Exp. 8th ser., 18, 1919, 155–60; reconstruction of the ‘lost’ ending, in Engl., by Goodsp. in his Introd. to the NT ’37, 156; HProbyn, Exp. 9th ser., 4, 1925, 120–25; RKevin, JBL 45, 1926, 81–103; MEnslin, ibid. 46, 1927, 62–68; HCadbury, ibid. 344f; MRist, ATR 14, ’32, 143–51; WKnox, HTR 35, ’42, 13ff; EHelzle, Der Schluss des Mk, ’59, diss. Tübingen; FDanker, CTM 38, ’67, 26f; JLuzarraga, Biblica 50, ’69, 497–510; KAland, MBlack Festschr., ’69, 157–80, NTEntwürfe, ’79, 246–83). φοβοῦμαι μᾶλλον I am all the more fearful IPhld 5:1. μὴ φοβηθῆτε do not be afraid Mt 10:31 v.l. (μή 1cεא). μὴ φοβοῦ, μὴ φοβεῖσθε you must no longer be afraid, stop being afraid (μή 1cγא) Mt 10:31; 14:27; 17:7; Mk 5:36; Lk 1:13, 30; 2:10; 5:10; 8:50; 12:7 al. LKöhler, D. Offenbarungsformel ‘Fürchte dich nicht!’: SchTZ 36, 1919, 33ff.—W. acc. of inner obj. (B-D-F §153; Rob. 468; Pla., Prot. 360b; Ael. Aristid. 30 p. 586 D.: φοβοῦμαι φόβον; Did., Gen. 230, 1; on LXX usage s. Johannessohn, Kasus 73) ὁ φόβος ὸ̔ν δεῖ σε φοβηθῆναι the fear which you must have Hm 7:1c. ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον μέγαν (Jon 1:10; 1 Macc 10:8; TestAbr. B 13 p. 117, 17f [Stone p. 82]; JosAs 6:1) they were very much afraid Mk 4:41; Lk 2:9. If the nouns are to be taken in the pass. sense, this is also the place for τὸν φόβον αὐτῶν (objective gen.) μὴ φοβηθῆτε 1 Pt 3:14 (cp. Is 8:12) and μὴ φοβούμεναι μηδεμίαν πτόησιν vs. 6 (πτόησις 2); s. 1bγ below.—A recognizable Hellenic expr. (cp. ὁ ἀπὸ τῶν πολεμίων φόβος=fear in the face of the enemy), though encouraged by OT usage (Lev 26:2; Dt 1:29; Jer 1:8, 17; Jdth 5:23; 1 Macc 2:62; 8:12; En 106:4; Helbing 29; B-D-F §149; Rob. 577) φοβ. ἀπό τινος be afraid of someone Mt 10:28a; Lk 12:4; 1 Cl 56:11 (Job 5:22).—Foll. by gen. absol. 56:10. Foll. by μή and the aor. subj. to denote that which one fears (Thu. 1, 36, 1; Aesop, Fab. 317 H.=356a P.; Alex. Aphr. 31, II/2 p. 203, 20 τὸν Ἀπόλλω φοβεῖσθαι μή τι παρελθῇ τούτων ἄπρακτον=Apollo is concerned [almost as much as ‘sees to it’] that nothing of this remains undone; Jos., Ant. 10, 8, Vi. 252) Ac 23:10; 27:17; ITr 5:1; Hs 9, 20, 2. Foll. by μήποτε (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 4 Jac. p. 1172, 30 φοβοῦμαι περὶ ὑμῶν, μήποτε; JosAs 7:3; ApcMos 16 al.): Hm 12, 5, 3. φοβηθῶμεν μήποτε δοκῇ τις Hb 4:1; μήπου (v.l. μήπως; ParJer 5:5) Ac 27:29; 2 Cor 11:3; 12:20. A notable feature is the prolepsis of the obj. (cp. Soph., Oed. R. 767; Thu. 4, 8, 7) φοβοῦμαι ὑμᾶς μήπως εἰκῇ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς I am afraid my work with you may be wasted Gal 4:11 (B-D-F §476, 3; Rob. 423).—W. inf. foll. be afraid to do or shrink from doing someth. (B-D-F §392, 1b.—X., An. 1, 3, 17 al.; Gen 19:30; 26:7; ApcMos 10:18) Mt 1:20; 2:22; Mk 9:32; Lk 9:45; 2 Cl 5:1.—φοβεῖσθαι abs. in the sense take care (Just., D. 78, 4) πλέον φοβεῖσθαι be more careful than usually ITr 4:1.
    trans. fear someone or someth.
    α. pers. τινά someone (X., An. 3, 2, 19 al.; PGM 4, 2171; Num 21:34; Dt 3:2; Jos., Ant. 13, 26; Just., D. 83, 1) μὴ φοβηθῆτε αὐτούς Mt 10:26. Ἡρῴδης ἐφοβεῖτο τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 6:20. τοὺς Ἰουδαίους J 9:22.—Gal 2:12; 2:5b (saying of Jesus). God (Did., Gen. 64, 15; Theoph. Ant. 1, 14 [p. 92, 11]) Mt 10:28b; Lk 12:5abc; 23:40; 2:5c (saying of Jesus). The crowd Mt 14:5; 21:26, 46; Mk 11:32; 12:12; Lk 20:19; 22:2; Ac 5:26 (foll. by μή). τὴν ἐξουσίαν (ἐξουσία 5a) Ro 13:3. The angel of repentance Hm 12, 4, 1; Hs 6, 2, 5. The Christian is to have no fear of the devil Hm 7:2a; 12, 4, 6f; 12, 5, 2.
    β. animals (in imagery) μὴ φοβείσθωσαν τὰ ἀρνία τοὺς λύκους 2:5a (saying of Jesus, fr. an unknown source).
    γ. things τὶ someth. (X., Hell. 4, 4, 8 al.; En 103:4; ApcEsdr 7:2 τὸν θάνατον; Just., D. 1, 5 κόλασιν; Ath., R. 21 p. 75, 1 οὐδέν; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 90; 2, 232) τὸ διάταγμα τοῦ βασιλέως Hb 11:23. τὸν θυμὸν τοῦ βασιλέως vs. 27. τὴν κρίσιν 2 Cl 18:2. τὸν ὄντως θάνατον Dg 10:7. φοβοῦμαι τὴν ὑμῶν ἀγάπην, μὴ … IRo 1:2. τὰ ὅπλα (in imagery) Hm 12, 2, 4.—1 Pt 3:14 and 6 belong here if the nouns in them are to be taken in an act. sense; s. 1a above.—Fear, avoid, shun τὶ someth. (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 41, 9 Δαρεῖος τὸ ἅρμα φοβηθείς) τὴν πλάνην τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν B 12:10. τὰ ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου Hm 7:3ac.—AVStröm, Der Hirt des Hermas, Allegorie oder Wirklichkeit? Ntl. Sem. Uppsala 3, ’36.
    to have a profound measure of respect for, (have) reverence, respect, w. special ref. to fear of offending
    God: fear (differently 1bα) in the sense reverence (Aeschyl., Suppl. 893 δαίμονας; Isocr. 1, 16 τοὺς μὲν θεοὺς φοβοῦ, τοὺς δὲ γονεῖς τίμα; Pla., Leg. 11, 927a; Lysias 9, 17; 32, 17; Plut., De Superstit. 2, 165b; LXX; PsSol 4:21; TestJob 43:9 [τὸν κύριον]; JosAs 2:5 [deities]; Philo, Migr. Abr. 21 [after Gen 42:18]. Cp. PTebt 59, 10 [II B.C.] φοβεῖσθαι καὶ σέβεσθαι τὸ ἱερόν) Lk 1:50 (anticipates the οἱ φοβούμενοι in Ac: H-JKlauck, NTS 43, ’97, 134–39); 18:2, 4 (was Ex 23:1–3 his motto: even God could not bribe him?); Ac 10:35; 1 Pt 2:17; Rv 14:7; 19:5; 1 Cl 21:7; 23:1; 28:1; 45:6; B 10:10f (τὸν κύριον); 19:2, 7; Hm 1:2; 7:1, 4f; Hs 5, 1, 5; 8, 11, 2; D 4:10. Also τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ (2 Esdr 11) Rv 11:18.—φοβούμενοι τὸν θεόν as a t.t.=σεβόμενοι τὸν θεόν (σέβω 1b; t.t. disputed by MWilcox, JSNT 13, ’81, 102–22; cp. TFinn, CBQ 47, ’85, 75–84; ILevinskaya, The Book of Acts in Its Diaspora Setting [BAFCS V] ’96, 51–126; BWander, Gottesfürchtige und Sympathisanten [WUNT 104] ’98, esp. 80–86; 180–203) Ac 13:16, 26 (Just., D. 10, 4 al.; sing. 10:2, 22).—τὸν κύριον (PsSol 2:33; 3:12 al.; JosAs 8:9) Christ: Col 3:22.—WAllen (s. 1a above) interprets Mk 16:8 to mean reverence for the divine.
    pers. who command respect (Plut., Galba 1054 [3, 4]; Herodian 3, 13, 2; Lev 19:3 φοβ. πατέρα καὶ μητέρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 345): of a wife ἵνα φοβῆται τὸν ἄνδρα Eph 5:33. τὸν ἐπίσκοπον IEph 6:1.—RAC VIII 661–99; TRE XI 756–59; Schmidt, Syn. III 507–36. DELG s.v. φέβομαι II. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > φοβέω

  • 14 escaparse

    1 (huir) to escape, run away, get away
    2 (librarse) to escape, avoid
    3 (gas etc) to leak
    4 (autobús etc) to miss
    * * *
    VPR
    1) (=huir) [preso] to escape; [niño, adolescente] to run away

    ven aquí, no te me escapes — come here, don't run away

    escaparse de[+ cárcel, peligro] to escape from; [+ jaula] to get out of; [+ situación opresiva] to escape from, get away from

    pelo 7)
    2) (=filtrarse) [gas, líquido] to leak, leak out ( por from)
    3) (=dejar pasar)

    me voy, que se me escapa el tren — I'm going, or I'll miss my train

    se me había escapado ese detalle — that detail had escaped my notice, I had overlooked o missed that detail

    no se me escapa que... — I am aware that..., I realize that...

    escaparse de las manos —

    la realidad se me escapa de las manos — I'm losing touch with reality, I'm losing my grip on reality

    4) (=dejar salir)
    a) [grito, eructo]

    se le escapó un suspiro de alivioshe breathed o let out a sigh of relief

    b) [dato, noticia]
    5) (=soltarse)
    a) [globo, cometa] to fly away
    b) [punto de sutura] to come undone
    c) (Cos)
    6) (=hacerse público) [información] to leak, leak out
    7) (=olvidarse) to slip one's mind
    * * *
    (v.) = slip away, duck away, run away, fall through + the net, break out, slip out, make off, do + a bunk, flee away, flee, weasel (on/out of), duck out
    Ex. He gradually let his original aims slip away until he was attempting the impossible -- a universal bibliography -- albeit highly selectively.
    Ex. The difficulty for teachers is that they cannot just duck away when children, individually or corporately, are set against what is being asked of them.
    Ex. Street boys like Slake, a dodger used to running away, do not, even when they are myopic and dreamers, allow themselves to bump into lampposts.
    Ex. For several years the library has had a successful arrangement with a local bookstore to supply it with unusual and important local material that would otherwise fall through the net of its collection development effort = Desde hace varios años, la biblioteca mantiene un acuerdo satisfactorio con una librería local para que le suministre fondo local importante y poco común que, de otro modo, se le escaparía en el desarrollo de la colección.
    Ex. The article ' Breaking out with books' describes a pilot project involving the offering of library courses to inmate library assistants and prison librarians.
    Ex. The two deflated employees exchanged looks and slipped quietly out of the room.
    Ex. To pull off the heist, the thief stole a swipe card for the complex before using the wheelchair to make off.
    Ex. As soon as the advance was paid however the manager did a bunk with the money, around £100000, and was never seen nor heard of again.
    Ex. For this is the way with these common people; they will work up an enthusiasm one minute, and an hour later it will have fled away and left them cold and empty.
    Ex. The Ndzevane Refugee Settlement in south eastern Swaziland provides a home to Swazis displaced from South Africa and those fleeing the RENAMO terrorists in Mozambique.
    Ex. Christians have of course been weaseling on this issue since Jesus himself evasively weaseled on it.
    Ex. Everyone and their mother (literally) will be ducking out from work early today to be with their nearest and dearest for the long weekend.
    * * *
    (v.) = slip away, duck away, run away, fall through + the net, break out, slip out, make off, do + a bunk, flee away, flee, weasel (on/out of), duck out

    Ex: He gradually let his original aims slip away until he was attempting the impossible -- a universal bibliography -- albeit highly selectively.

    Ex: The difficulty for teachers is that they cannot just duck away when children, individually or corporately, are set against what is being asked of them.
    Ex: Street boys like Slake, a dodger used to running away, do not, even when they are myopic and dreamers, allow themselves to bump into lampposts.
    Ex: For several years the library has had a successful arrangement with a local bookstore to supply it with unusual and important local material that would otherwise fall through the net of its collection development effort = Desde hace varios años, la biblioteca mantiene un acuerdo satisfactorio con una librería local para que le suministre fondo local importante y poco común que, de otro modo, se le escaparía en el desarrollo de la colección.
    Ex: The article ' Breaking out with books' describes a pilot project involving the offering of library courses to inmate library assistants and prison librarians.
    Ex: The two deflated employees exchanged looks and slipped quietly out of the room.
    Ex: To pull off the heist, the thief stole a swipe card for the complex before using the wheelchair to make off.
    Ex: As soon as the advance was paid however the manager did a bunk with the money, around £100000, and was never seen nor heard of again.
    Ex: For this is the way with these common people; they will work up an enthusiasm one minute, and an hour later it will have fled away and left them cold and empty.
    Ex: The Ndzevane Refugee Settlement in south eastern Swaziland provides a home to Swazis displaced from South Africa and those fleeing the RENAMO terrorists in Mozambique.
    Ex: Christians have of course been weaseling on this issue since Jesus himself evasively weaseled on it.
    Ex: Everyone and their mother (literally) will be ducking out from work early today to be with their nearest and dearest for the long weekend.

    * * *

    ■escaparse verbo reflexivo
    1 to escape, run away, get away: le llamaré antes de que se me escape, I'll phone him before he gets away
    2 (una oportunidad, transporte) se me escapó el autobús, I missed the bus
    3 (gas, líquido) to leak, escape
    4 (salvarse) me escapé de una buena bronca, I escaped a good telling-off
    ' escaparse' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    irse
    - salirse
    - deslizar
    - escabullirse
    - escapar
    - escurrir
    - ir
    English:
    break away
    - escape
    - get away
    - leak
    - run off
    - shave
    - slip
    - squeak
    - break
    - elude
    - get
    - run
    - skive off
    - turn
    * * *
    vpr
    1. [huir] to get away, to escape (de from);
    se escaparon de la cárcel they escaped from prison;
    escaparse de casa to run away from home;
    se me escaparon las cabras the goats got away from me;
    no te escapes, que quiero hablar contigo don't run off, I want to talk to you
    2. [librarse]
    me escapé de milagro [de accidente] I escaped by a miracle;
    siempre se escapa de hacer las camas he always gets out of making the beds;
    Fam
    ¡de esta no te escaparás! you're not going to get out of this one!
    3. [en carrera] to break away;
    Herrera se escapó en solitario Herrera broke away on his own
    4. [sujeto: gas, agua] to leak;
    el aire se escapa por un agujero the air is leaking out through a hole
    5. [sin querer]
    se me escapó la risa/una palabrota I let out a laugh/an expletive;
    Fam
    se me ha escapado un pedo I've just farted;
    ¡era un secreto! – lo siento, se me escapó it was a secret! - I'm sorry, it just slipped out
    6. [irse]
    se me escapó el tren I missed the train;
    se me escapó la ocasión the opportunity slipped by
    7. [quedar fuera del alcance] to escape, to elude;
    los motivos de su comportamiento se me escapan the reasons for her behaviour are beyond me
    8. [pasar inadvertido]
    a tu madre no se le escapa nada your mother doesn't miss a thing;
    se me escapó lo que dijo I missed what he said
    9. [sujeto: punto de tejido] to drop;
    se te han escapado unos puntos you've dropped a couple of stitches
    * * *
    v/r
    1 ( huir) escape (de from); de casa run away (de from);
    :
    se me ha escapado el tren I missed the train
    3
    :
    no se te escapa nada nothing gets past you o escapes you
    * * *
    vr
    : to escape notice, to leak out
    * * *
    1. (lograr salir, huir) to escape
    2. (líquido, gas, aire) to leak
    3. (transporte) to miss
    4. (secreto) to slip out [pt. & pp. slipped]
    no quería decírselo, pero se me escapó I didn't mean to tell him, but it slipped out
    escaparse de las manos to slip out of your hands [pt. & pp. slipped]
    escapársele la risa to burst out laughing [pt. & pp. burst]

    Spanish-English dictionary > escaparse

  • 15 πίστις

    πίστις, εως, ἡ (Hes., Hdt.+; ranging in meaning from subjective confidence to objective basis for confidence).
    the state of being someone in whom confidence can be placed, faithfulness, reliability, fidelity, commitment (X., An. 1, 6, 3; 3, 3, 4; Aristot., Eth. Eud, 7, 2, 1237b, 12; Polyb. 7, 12, 9; 38, 1, 8 al.; Herodian 2, 14, 4 al.; SIG 675, 22; OGI 557, 16; PTebt 27, 6; 51 [II B.C.]; POxy 494, 9; 705, 32; other pap M-M. s.v.; Ps 32:4; Pr 12:22; Jos., Ant. 2, 61; TestAsh 7:7) w. κρίσις and ἔλεος Mt 23:23. (Opp. ἀπιστία as Hes., Op. 370) τὴν πίστιν τοῦ θεοῦ καταργεῖν nullify the faithfulness/commitment of God (cp. Ps 32:4; Hos 2:22) Ro 3:3. πᾶσαν π. ἐνδείκνυσθαι ἀγαθήν show all good faith(fulness) Tit 2:10 (cp. BGU 314, 19 μετὰ πίστεως ἀγαθῆς). W. other virtues Gal 5:22 (on πίστις, πραΰτης cp. Sir 45:4; 1:27). W. ὑπομονή 2 Th 1:4. τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα I have remained faithful or loyal (πίστιν τηρεῖν as Polyb. 6, 56, 13; 10, 37, 5; Jos., Bell. 2, 121; 6, 345; OGI 339, 46f; IBM III, 587b, 5f [Dssm., LO 262=LAE 309, esp. note 3]) 2 Ti 4:7, though this would be classified by some under 3 below. S. also 1c below.
    a solemn promise to be faithful and loyal, assurance, oath, troth (X., Cyr. 7, 1, 44; 8, 8, 3, Hell. 1, 3, 12; Diod S 14, 9, 7; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 86 §362 μεγάλας πίστεις ἔδωκεν=solemn assurances; 3 Macc 3:10; Jos., Ant. 12, 382) τὴν πρώτην πίστιν ἠθέτησαν 1 Ti 5:12 (s. also ἀθετέω 1 and cp. CIA app. [Wünsch, Praef. p. xv] of a woman who πρώτη ἠθέτησεν τὴν πίστιν to her husband). Cp. Rv 2:3.
    a token offered as a guarantee of someth. promised, proof, pledge (Pla., Phd. 70b; Isocr. 3, 8; Aristot., Rhet. 1, 1; 3, 13; Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 63; 85: πίστις βεβαία=dependable proof; Polyb. 3, 100, 3; Περὶ ὕψους 39, 3=p. 74, 20 V.; Epict. 1, 28, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 119 §500; Jos., Ant. 15, 69) πίστιν παρασχὼν πᾶσιν ἀναστήσας αὐτόν (God has appointed a man [Jesus] to be judge of the world, and) he has furnished proof (of his fitness for this office) to all people by raising him (on πίστιν παρέχειν cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 218 πίστιν παρεῖχε; 15, 260; Polyb. 2, 52, 4 πίστιν παρέσχετο=gave a pledge, security; Vett. Val. 277, 29f) Ac 17:31. JBarton, Biblica 40, ’59, 878–84: π. in 2 Ti 4:7= bond deposited by an athlete. But see 3 below.—WSchmitz, ῾Η Πίστις in den Papyri, diss. Cologne, ’64.
    state of believing on the basis of the reliability of the one trusted, trust, confidence, faith in the active sense=‘believing’, in ref. to deity (Soph. Oed. R. 1445 νῦν γʼ ἂν τῷ θεῷ πίστιν φέροις; Pla., Leg. 12, 966de; Plut. Mor. 402e; 756b; Dio Chrys. 3, 51 παρὰ θεῶν τιμὴ κ. πίστις; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 226 D.: πίστιν ἐν τ. θεοῖς ἔχειν; Appian, Liby. 57 §248 ἐς θεοὺς πίστις; Ep. 33 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 352, 14]; Herm. Wr. 9, 10 ἐπίστευσε καὶ ἐν τῇ καλῇ πίστει ἐπανεπαύσατο; Porphyr., Ad Marcellam 21 τῆς βεβαίας πίστεως, τὸ μεμαθηκέναι, ὅτι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ προνοεῖται πάντα. The divinity Πίστις in Plut., Num. 70 [16, 1] and in magic [exx. in Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 234f, among them Aberciusins. 12; PGM 4, 1014 ἀλήθεια καὶ πίστις; 12, 228]; Wsd 3:14; 4 Macc 15:24; 16:22; 17:2; Philo, Abr. 270; 271; 273, Mut. Nom. 182, Migr. Abr. 43f, Conf. Lingu. 31, Poster. Cai. 13 [on faith in Philo s. the lit. given under πιστεύω 2aα]; Jos, C. Ap. 2, 163; 169; Just., A I, 52, 1 πίστιν ἔχειν; 53, 11 πειθὼ καὶ πίστιν … ἐμφορῆσαι), in our lit. directed toward God and Christ, their revelations, teachings, promises, their power and readiness to aid.
    God: πίστις θεοῦ (cp. Jos., Ant. 17, 179.—Cp. π. καὶ φόβος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ Theoph. Ant. 1, 7 [p. 72, 26]) faith, trust, confidence in God Mk 11:22; cp. Ac 19:20 D; 1 Cl 3:4; 27:3. π. θείου πνεύμαπος faith in the divine spirit Hm 11:9. ἡ π. τοῦ κυρίου Hs 6, 3, 6. π. (καὶ ἐλπὶς) εἰς θεόν 1 Pt 1:21. π. ἐπὶ θεόν Hb 6:1. ἡ πίστις ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8 (on the constr. w. πρὸς τ. θ. cp. Philo, Abr. 268; 271; 273; Just., D. 121, 2 διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον π.).—πίστις can also be characterized as faith in God by the context, without the addition of specific words; so in connection w. OT personalities: Abraham Ro 4:5, 9, 11–13, 16, 19f (s. also 2dα below); 1 Cl 10:7; 31:2; of Rahab 12:1, 8; of Esther 55:6 (ἡ τελεία κατὰ πίστιν). The OT heroes of faith Hb 11:4–33, 39 (w. this catalogue of heroes cp. Il. 4, 457–538; 2 Km 23:8–39; 1 Ch 11:10–12:18; CGordon, Homer, and the Bible: HUCA 26, ’55, 83).—But in Hb it is also true that God is specifically the object of the Christian’s faith, and Christ 12:2 is ὁ τῆς πίστεως ἀρχηγὸς καὶ τελειώτης. Cp. 10:38; 11:3; 13:7. (On faith in Hb s. Schlatter, Der Glaube im NT4 1927, 520ff; BHeigl, Verfasser u. Adresse des Hb 1905, 109–18; GHoennicke, Die sittl. Anschauungen des Hb: ZWT 45, 1902, 26ff; Windisch, Hdb. exc. on Hb 11; Riggenbach and Michel on Hb 11; Strathmann on 10:38. S. ὑπόστασις end.)—ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν Mt 17:20. Opp. doubt 21:21. αἰτεῖν ἐν πίστει μηδὲν διακρινόμενος Js 1:6. ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως 5:15 (εὐχή 1). ἡ πίστις τῆς ἐνεργείας τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν faith in the working of God, who raised him from the dead Col 2:12.
    Christ
    α. of belief and trust in the Lord’s help in physical and spiritual distress; oft. in the synopt. gospels: Mt 8:10; 9:2, 22, 29 (κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν); 15:28; Mk 2:5; 4:40; 5:34; 10:52; Lk 5:20; 7:9, 50; 8:25, 48; 17:19; 18:42.—Cp. ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι (the lame man) had faith that he would be cured Ac 14:9.
    β. of faith in Christ, designated by the addition of certain words. By the obj. gen. (s. Just., D. 52, 4 διὰ τῆς πίστεως τῆς τοῦ χριστοῦ) πίστις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ faith in Jesus Christ (and sim. exprs. On interp. as obj. gen. s. AHultgren, NovT 22, ’80, 248–63 [lit.]; response SWilliams, CBQ 49, ’87, 431–47.) Ro 3:22, 26; Gal 2:16ab, 20; 3:22; Eph 3:12; Phil 3:9a; Js 2:1; Rv 14:12; cp. 2:13 (ἡ πίστις μου=faith in me, the Human One [Son of Man]); IMg 1:1. (The πίστις Χριστοῦ in Paul is taken as a subj. gen. by JHaussleiter, Der Glaube Jesu Christi 1891, Was versteht Paulus unter christlichem Glauben?: Greifswalder Studien für HCremer 1895, 161–82 and GKittel, StKr 79, 1906, 419ff. See also Schläger, ZNW 7, 1906, 356–58; BLongenecker, NTS 39, ’93, 478–80 [lit. since ’81]; DCampbell, JBL 113, ’94, 265–85; response BDodd, 114, ’95, 470–73.—ADeissmann, Paulus2 1925, 125f [Paul, tr. WWilson, 1926, 162ff], speaks of the mystical gen., ‘faith in Christ’. Likew. HWeber, Die Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff, esp. 231, 3; WWeber, Christusmystik 1924, 82. S. also LAlbrecht, Der Glaube Jesu Christi 1921; OSchmitz, Die Christusgemeinschaft des Pls im Lichte seines Genetivgebr. 1924, 91–134; OHoltzmann, D. Glaube an Jes.: Stromata 1930, 11–25; GTaylor, JBL 85, ’66, 58–76: the passages in Gal=Christ’s reliability as a trustee. Cp. GHoward, HTR 60, ’67, 459–65; MHooker, NTS 35, ’89, 321–42.)—By prepositional phrases: πίστις εἰς Χριστόν (and sim. exprs.) faith in Christ Ac 20:21; 24:24; 26:18; Col 2:5 (Just., D. 40, 1).—Also πίστις ἐν Χριστῷ (and sim.) Gal 3:26; Eph 1:15; Col 1:4; 1 Ti 3:13; 2 Ti 3:15; 1 Cl 22:1. In ἱλαστήριον διὰ πίστεως ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι Ro 3:25, ἐν κτλ. prob. goes not w. πίστις, but w. ἱλαστήριον (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.; W-S. §20, 5d).—πίστις, ἣν ἔχεις πρὸς τ. κύριον Ἰησοῦν Phlm 5.—πίστις διὰ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χριστοῦ Ac 20:21 D; sim. ἡ πίστις ἡ διʼ αὐτοῦ 3:16b (cp. 1 Pt 1:21).—Jesus Christ is called ἡ τελεία πίστις ISm 10:2.
    πίστις can also be characterized by an objective gen. of the thing: ἡ πίστις τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ faith in his (Jesus’) name Ac 3:16a. ἡ πίστις τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Phil 1:27. εὐαγγελίων πίστις Dg 11:6. πίστις ἀληθείας 2 Th 2:13.
    πίστις is found mostly without an obj., faith, firm commitment
    α. as true piety, genuine devotion (Sextus 7a and 7; ParJer 6:7), which for our lit. means being a Christian (τὸ ἀληθινὸν πάσχα … πίστει νονούμενον Hippol., Ref. 8, 18, 1; Did., Gen. 54, 11) Lk 18:8 (s. Jülicher, Gleichn. 288); 22:32; Ac 6:5=vs. 8 v.l.; cp. 11:24.—6:7; 13:8; 14:22; 15:9; 16:5; Ro 1:5, 8, 12, 17ab (ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν does not mean a gradation [as, in a way, Appian, Mithrid. 40 §154: Sulla came upon ἕτερον ὅμοιον ἐξ ἑτέρου=one wall, i.e. fortification, after another similar one] or a transition from one kind to another [Himerius, Or.=Ecl. 10, 6 ἐκ ᾠδῆς εἰς ᾠδὴν ἄλλην μετέβαλον=they changed from one kind of song to another], but merely expresses in a rhetorical way that πίστις is the beginning and the end; s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc., and a grave-ins [ANock, Sallust. p. xxxiii, 94] ἐκ γῆς εἰς γῆν ὁ βίος οὗτοσ=‘dust is the beginning and the end of human life’.—AFridrichsen, ConNeot 12, ’48, 54); 17c (here and in Gal 3:11 the LXX of Hab 2:4 [DCampbell, JBL 116, ’97, 713–19] is not followed literally, since it has ἐκ πίστεώς μου=‘as a result of my faithfulness’; even in Hb 10:38, where μου does occur, it goes w. δίκαιος, not w. πίστεως); Ro 3:27f (Luther’s addition of the word ‘alone’ in vs. 28 is hard to contest linguistically. Cp., e.g., Diog. L. 9, 6: Heraclitus wrote his work in very obscure language ὅπως οἱ δυνάμενοι προσίοιεν αὐτῷ=in order that only the capable might approach it. S. also Fitzmyer, ABComm. 360–64), 30f; 4:5–20 (s. also 2a above); 5:1f; 9:30, 32; 10:6, 17; 11:20 (opp. ἀπιστία); 12:3, 6 (s. ἀναλογία; for a difft. view 3 below); 14:1, 22 (s. ἐνώπιον 2b; others would place in 2dε), 23ab (but s. ε below); 16:26; 1 Cor 2:5; 15:14, 17; 16:13; 2 Cor 1:24ab; 4:13; 10:15; 13:5; Gal 3:7–26; 5:5, 6 (s. ἐνεργέω 1b); 6:10 (οἱ οἰκεῖοι τῆς πίστεως, s. οἰκεῖος b); Eph 2:8; 3:17; 4:5, 13; 6:16; Phil 1:25 (χαρὰ τῆς πίστεως); 2:17; 3:9b; Col 1:23; 2:7; 1 Th 3:2, 5, 7, 10; 2 Th 1:3, 11; 3:2; 1 Ti 1:2, 4, 5 (π. ἀνυπόκριτος), 19ab; 4:1; 5:8; 6:10, 12, 21 (but s. 3 below); 2 Ti 1:5 (ἀνυπόκριτος π.); 2:18; 3:8; Tit 1:1, 4, 13; 3:15; Phlm 6 (s. κοινωνία 4); Hb 6:12; 10:22, 39 (opp. ὑποστολή); Js 1:3; 2:5; 1 Pt 1:5, 7, 9; 5:9; 2 Pt 1:1; 1J 5:4; 1 Cl 1:2 (ἡ πανάρετος κ. βεβαία π.); ISm 1:1 (ἀκίνητος π.); Hm 5, 2, 1; 12, 5, 4 (both πλήρης ἐν τῇ πίστει full of faith); 5, 2, 3 (π. ὁλόκληρος); 9:6 (ὁλοτελὴς ἐν τ. π.), 7 (opp. διψυχία), 12 (π. ἡ ἔχουσα δύναμιν); 12, 6, 1; Hs 9, 19, 2 (ἀπὸ τῆς π. κενοί); 9, 26, 8 (κολοβοὶ ἀπὸ τῆς π. αὐτῶν).—τὸ ῥῆμα τ. πίστεως Ro 10:8. οἱ λόγοι τῆς π. 1 Ti 4:6. τὸ μυστήριον τῆς π. 3:9. ὁ θεὸς ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως God has opened the door of faith to the Gentiles, i.e. opened the way for them to participate in a new relationship w. God Ac 14:27 (s. also θύρα 1bγ). ἀκοὴ πίστεως Gal 3:2, 5 (s. ἀκοή 2 and 4b). (τὸ) ἔργον (τῆς) π. 1 Th 1:3; 2 Th 1:11 (s. ἔργον 1b). οἱ ἐκ πίστεως the people of faith (s. ἐκ 3b) Gal 3:7, 9. πῶς οὐν [πίστιν εὑρ]ίσκομεν; Ox 1081, 25f (but here [ταῦτα γιγν]ώ̣σκομεν is the preferable restoration w. Till after the Coptic SJCh 90, 2); 32. Of gnostics τοῦ ὄφεως πίστιν ἔχουσιν AcPlCor 2:20.—If the principal component of Christianity is faith, then π. can be understood as the Gospel in terms of the commitment it evokes (cp. SIG 932, 7 [II/I B.C.]) νῦν εὐαγγελίζεται τὴν πίστιν ἥν ποτε ἐπόρθει Gal 1:23 (s. 3 below). Perh. also Ro 1:5.
    β. Hb 11:1 defines πίστις as ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις, πραγμάτων ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων. There is here no qu. about the mng. of π. as confidence or assurance (s. 2a above), but on its relation to ὑπόστασις as its predication s. under that word.—(Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 6, 18 interprets πιστεύειν in someth. as incapability to see someth. that is apparent only to God.) Paul contrasts walking διὰ εἴδους (εἶδος 3) as the lower degree, with διὰ πίστεως περιπατεῖν 2 Cor 5:7 (s. KDeissner, Pls. u. die Mystik seiner Zeit2 1921, 101ff). On the other hand πίστις is on a higher level than merely listening to Christian preaching Hb 4:2.
    γ. πίστις abs., as a Christian virtue, is often coupled w. others of the same kind, esp. oft. w. ἀγάπη: 1 Th 3:6; 5:8; 1 Ti 1:14; 2 Ti 1:13; Phlm 5; B 11:8; IEph 1:1; 9:1; 14:1; 20:1; IMg 1:2; 13:1; IRo ins; ISm ins; 6:1; 13:2; AcPl Ha 8, 35. W. ἀγάπη and other abstracts 2 Cor 8:7; Gal 5:22; Eph 6:23; 1 Ti 2:15; 4:12; 6:11: 2 Ti 2:22; 3:10; Tit 2:2; Rv 2:19; IPhld 11:2; Pol 4:2; Hm 8:9; cp. v 3, 8, 2–5. The triad πίστις, ἐλπίς, ἀγάπη 1 Cor 13:13; cp. also Col 1:4f; 1 Th 1:3; 5:8; B 1:4 (on this triad see s.v. ἀγάπη 1aα). W. ἐλπίς only (cp. 1 Pt 1:21) 1 Cl 58:2. The ζωῆς ἐλπίς is called ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος πίστεως ἡμῶν B 1:6.—W. ἀλήθεια (TestLevi 8:2) 1 Ti 2:7 (cp. the combination POxy 70, 4f [III A.D.]); 1 Cl 60:4. W. δικαιοσύνη Pol 9:2. W. ὑπομονή Rv 13:10; w. ὑπομ. and other abstracts 2 Pt 1:5f; Pol 13:2 (cp. also the following passages already referred to in this section: 1 Ti 6:11; 2 Ti 3:10; Tit 2:2 and Js 1:3 [α above]). W. γνῶσις (Just., D. 69, 1) et al. 2 Pt 1:5f [s. above]; D 10:2. ἵνα μετὰ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν τελείαν ἔχητε τὴν γνῶσιν B 1:5. W. φόβος and ἐγκράτεια Hm 6, 1, 1.—(Distinguished from θεία σοφία: Orig., C. Cels. 6, 13, 23.)
    δ. faith as fidelity to Christian teaching. This point of view calls for ἔργα as well as the kind of πίστις that represents only one side of true piety: Js 2:14ab, 17, 18abc, 20, 22ab, 24, 26 (ἔργον 1a); Hv 3, 6, 5; Hs 8, 9, 1ab.
    ε. Ro 14:22 and 23 π. as freedom or strength in faith, conviction (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.; but s. α above).
    ζ. In addition to the πίστις that every Christian possesses (s. 2dα above) Paul speaks of a special gift of faith that belongs to a select few 1 Cor 12:9. Here he understands π. as an unquestioning belief in God’s power to aid people with miracles, the faith that ‘moves mountains’ 13:2 (cp. Mt 17:20.—21:21; s. 2a above). This special kind of faith may be what the disciples had in mind when they asked πρόσθες ἡμῖν πίστιν Lk 17:5; cp. vs. 6. τῇ πίστει φερόμενος ὁ Παυλος AcPl Ha 5, 1.
    that which is believed, body of faith/belief/teaching (Diod S 1, 23, 8 ἰσχυρὰν πίστιν καὶ ἀμετάθετον=an article of faith that was firm and unshakable [concerning Orpheus and Dionysus]; Mel., HE 4, 26, 13; Ath. 8, 1; Iren., 1, 10, 2 [Harv. I, 92, 1]; Orig., C. Cels., 1, 42, 26; Did., Gen. 156, 23). So clearly Jd 3 (τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς ἁγίοις πίστει), 20 (τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει.—ἅγιος 1aα). πίστις θεοῦ=that which, acc. to God’s will, is to be believed IEph 16:2.—This objectivizing of the term πίστις is found as early as Paul: Ro 1:5; Gal 1:23 (s. 2dα end) and perh. Gal 3:23–25 (s. Ltzm., Hdb. ad loc.). ASeeberg, D. Katechismus der Urchristenheit 1903, 110f, understands 1 Ti 1:19; 4:1, 6; 6:10, cp. 21; 2 Ti 2:18 in this manner. Ro 12:6 (but s. ἀναλογία) and 2 Ti 4:7 are also interpreted in this way by many.—EBurton, ICC Gal 1921, 475–86; ASchlatter, D. Glaube im NT4 1927; APott, Das Hoffen im NT in seiner Beziehung zum Glauben1915; ANairne, The Faith of the NT 1920; RGyllenberg, Pistis 1922; WKümmel, D. Glaube im NT: ThBl 16, ’38, 209–21; Dodd 65–68; TTorrance, ET 68, ’57, 111–14; CMoule, ibid. 157.—Synoptics: TShearer, ET 69, ’57, 3–6.—Esp. for Paul: BBartmann, Pls, die Grundzüge seiner Lehre u. die moderne Religionsgeschichte 1914; WMorgan, The Religion and Theology of Paul 1917; WHatch, The Pauline Idea of Faith in Its Relation to Jewish and Hellenistic Religion 1917; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. after Ro 4:25; FKnoke, Der christl. Glaube nach Pls 1922; ERohde, Gottesglaube u. Kyriosglaube bei Pls: ZNW 22, 1923, 43–57; EWissmann, Das Verh. v. πίστις und Christusfrömmigkeit bei Pls 1926; MDibelius, Glaube u. Mystik b. Pls: Neue Jahrb. f. Wissensch. u. Jugendbildg. 7, ’31, 683–99; WMundle, D. Glaubensbegriff des Pls ’32 (p. xi–xvi extensive bibliog.); RGyllenberg, Glaube b. Pls: ZWT 13, ’37, 612–30; MHansen, Om Trosbegrebet hos Pls ’37; LMarshall, Challenge of NT Ethics, ’47, 270–77; 298–300; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 310–26 (Engl. tr. KGrobel I ’51, 314–30; for the Johannines II, 70–92, ’55); MMassinger, BiblSacra 107, ’50, 181–94 et al. S. also δικαιοσύνη 3a.—For the Fourth Gosp.: JBuswell, The Ethics of ‘Believe’ in the Fourth Gospel: BiblSacra 80, 1923, 28–37; JHuby, De la connaissance de foi chez S. Jean: RSR 21, ’31, 385–421; RSchnackenburg, D. Glaube im 4. Ev., diss. Breslau ’37; WHatch, The Idea of Faith in Christ. Lit. fr. the Death of St. Paul to the Close of the Second Century 1926.—EGraesser, D. Glaube im Hebräerbrief, ’65.—ABaumeister, D. Ethik des Pastor Hermae, 1912, 61–140.—ESeidl, π. in d. griech. Lit. (to Peripatetics), diss. Innsbruck, ’53; HLjungman, Pistis, ’64; DLührmann, Pistis im Judent., ZNW 64, ’73, 19–38. On faith in late Judaism s. Bousset, Rel.3 534a (index); also DHay, JBL 108, ’89, 4611–76; DLindsay, Josephus and Faith ’93. On the Hellenistic concept πίστις Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 234–36.—DELG s.v. πείθομαι. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πίστις

  • 16 ἐν

    ἐν prep. w. dat. (Hom.+). For lit. s. ἀνά and εἰς, beg. For special NT uses s. AOepke, TW II 534–39. The uses of this prep. are so many and various, and oft. so easily confused, that a strictly systematic treatment is impossible. It must suffice to list the main categories, which will help establish the usage in individual cases. The earliest auditors/readers, not being inconvenienced by grammatical and lexical debates, would readily absorb the context and experience little difficulty.
    marker of a position defined as being in a location, in, among (the basic idea, Rob. 586f)
    of the space or place within which someth. is found, in: ἐν τῇ πόλει Lk 7:37. ἐν Βηθλέεμ Mt 2:1. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 3:1 (Just., D. 19, 5, cp. A I, 12, 6 ἐν ἐρημίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 5:42. ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Ti 3:15 and very oft. ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house Lk 2:49 and perh. Mt 20:15 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302, C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός; PTebt 12, 3; POxy 523, 3; Tob 6:11 S; Goodsp., Probs. 81–83). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Mt 20:3. ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ in heaven (Arat., Phaen. 10; Diod S 4, 61, 6; Plut., Mor. 359d τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ λάμπειν ἄστρα; Tat. 12, 2 τὰ ἄστρα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3); Rv 12:1; IEph 19:2.—W. quotations and accounts of the subject matter of literary works: in (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226 ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐθυδήμῳ; Simplicius in Epict. p. 28, 37 ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι; Ammon. Hermiae in Aristot. De Interpret. c. 9 p. 136, 20 Busse ἐν Τιμαίῳ παρειλήφαμεν=we have received as a tradition; 2 Macc 2:4; 1 Esdr 1:40; 5:48; Sir 50:27; Just., A I, 60, 1 ἐν τῷ παρὰ Πλάτωνι Τιμαίῳ) ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Lk 24:44; J 1:45. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις Ac 13:40. ἐν Ἠλίᾳ in the story of Elijah Ro 11:2 (Just., D. 120, 3 ἐν τῷ Ἰούδα). ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ 9:25 (Just., D. 44, 2 ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ). ἐν Δαυίδ in the Psalter ( by David is also prob.: s. 6) Hb 4:7. ἐν ἑτέρῳ προφήτῃ in another prophet B 6:14. Of inner life φανεροῦσθαι ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσι be made known to (your) consciences 2 Cor 5:11. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mt 5:28; 13:19; 2 Cor 11:12 et al.
    on ἐν τῷ ὄρει (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Diod S 14, 16, 2 λόφος ἐν ᾧ=a hill on which; Jos., Ant. 12, 259; Just., D. 67, 9 ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ) J 4:20f; Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ in the market Mt 20:3. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mt 5:25. ἐν πλαξίν on tablets 2 Cor 3:3. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν on the street corners Mt 6:5.
    within the range of, at, near (Soph., Fgm. 37 [34 N.2] ἐν παντὶ λίθῳ=near every stone; Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 19 ἐν Τύρῳ=near Tyre; Polyaenus 8, 24, 7 ἐν τῇ νησῖδι=near the island; Diog. L. 1, 34; 85; 97 τὰ ἐν ποσίν=what is before one’s feet; Jos., Vi. 227 ἐν Χαβωλώ) ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακείῳ (q.v.) J 8:20. ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τινος sit at someone’s right hand (cp. 1 Esdr 4:29) Eph 1:20; Hb 1:3; 8:1.
    among, in (Hom.+; PTebt 58, 41 [111 B.C.]; Sir 16:6; 31:9; 1 Macc 4:58; 5:2; TestAbr B 9 p. 13, 27 [Stone p. 74]; Just., A I, 5, 4 ἐν βαρβάροις) ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ in the generation now living Mk 8:38. ἐν τῷ γένει μου among my people Gal 1:14 (Just., D. 51, 1 al. ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν). ἐν ἡμῖν Hb 13:26. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ in the crowd Mk 5:30 (cp. Sir 7:7). ἐν ἀλλήλοις mutually (Thu. 1, 24, 4; Just., D. 101, 3) Ro 1:12; 15:5. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν (=among the commanding officers: Diod S 18, 61, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 21 §84) Ἰούδα Mt 2:6 et al. ἐν ἀνθρώποις among people (as Himerius, Or. 48 [14], 11; Just., A I, 23, 3, D. 64, 7) Lk 2:14; cp. Ac 4:12.
    before, in the presence of, etc. (cp. Od. 2, 194; Eur., Andr. 359; Pla., Leg. 9, 879b; Demosth. 24, 207; Polyb. 5, 39, 6; Epict. 3, 22, 8; Appian, Maced. 18 §2 ἐν τοῖς φίλοις=in the presence of his friends; Sir 19:8; Jdth 6:2; PPetr. II, 4 [6], 16 [255/254 B.C.] δινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν ὄχλῳ ἀτιμάζεσθαι=before a crowd) σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις in the presence of mature (i.e. spiritually sophisticated) adults 1 Cor 2:6 (cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 131, 20 λέγειν τὰ θεωρήματα ἐν ἰδιώταις). ἐν τ. ὠσὶν ὑμῶν in your hearing Lk 4:21 (cp. Judg 17:2; 4 Km 23:2; Bar 1:3f), where the words can go linguistically just as well w. πεπλήρωται as w. ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη (this passage of scripture read in your hearing). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τινος in someone’s eyes, i.e. judgment (Wsd 3:2; Sir 8:16; Jdth 3:4; 12:14; 1 Macc 1:12) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:23). ἔν τινι in the same mng. as early as Trag. (Soph., Oed. C. 1213 ἐν ἐμοί=in my judgment, Ant. 925 ἐν θεοῖς καλά; also Pla., Prot. 337b; 343c) ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cor 14:11; possibly J 3:21 (s. 4c below) and Jd 1 belong here.—In the ‘forensic’ sense ἔν τινι can mean in someone’s court or forum (Soph., Ant. 459; Pla., Gorg. 464d, Leg. 11, 916b; Ael. Aristid. 38, 3 K.=7 p. 71 D.; 46 p. 283, 334 D.; Diod S 19, 51, 4; Ps.-Heraclit., Ep. 4, 6; but in several of these pass. the mng. does not go significantly beyond ‘in the presence of’ [s. above]) ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Cor 6:2 ( by you is also tenable; s. 6 below).
    esp. to describe certain processes, inward: ἐν ἑαυτῷ to himself, i.e. in silence, διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:8; Lk 12:17; διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17; εἰδέναι J 6:61; λέγειν Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 7:49; εἰπεῖν 7:39 al.; ἐμβριμᾶσθαι J 11:38.
    marker of a state or condition, in
    of being clothed and metaphors assoc. with such condition in, with (Hdt. 2, 159; X., Mem. 3, 11, 4; Diod S 1, 12, 9; Herodian 2, 13, 3; Jdth 10:3; 1 Macc 6:35; 2 Macc 3:33) ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς dressed in soft clothes Mt 11:8. περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις Rv 3:5; 4:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς walk about in long robes Mk 12:38 (Tat. 2, 1 ἐν πορφυρίδι περιπατῶν); cp. Ac 10:30; Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. ἐν λευκοῖς in white (Artem. 2, 3; 4, 2 ἐν λευκοῖς προϊέναι; Epict. 3, 22, 1) J 20:12; Hv 4, 2, 1. Prob. corresp. ἐν σαρκί clothed in flesh (cp. Diod S 1, 12, 9 deities appear ἐν ζῴων μορφαῖς) 1 Ti 3:16; 1J 4:2; 2J 7. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ in all his glory Mt 6:29 (cp. 1 Macc 10:86). ἐν τ. δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός clothed in his Father’s glory 16:27; cp. 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:31.
    of other states and conditions (so freq. w. γίνομαι, εἰμί; Attic wr.; PPetr II, 11 [1], 8 [III B.C.] γράφε, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ἐν οἷς εἶ; 39 [g], 16; UPZ 110, 176 [164 B.C.] et al.; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 2 πάλιν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γενέσθαι; 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι; Tat. 20, 1f οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄπειρος ὁ οὐρανός, … πεπερασμένος δὲ καὶ ἐν τέρματι; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 ἐν … λεηλασίᾳ ‘plundering’): ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις Lk 16:23. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1J 3:14. ἐν ζωῇ Ro 5:10. ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς Phlm 13 (Just., A II, 2, 11 ἐν δ. γενέσθαι). ἐν πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός Ro 8:3. ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 Th 2:2. ἐν φθορᾷ in a state of corruptibility 1 Cor 15:42. ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν 2 Cor 10:6 (cp. PEleph 10, 7 [223/222 B.C.] τ. λοιπῶν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ὄντων; PGen 76, 8; 3 Macc 5:8); ἐν ἐκστάσει in a state of trance Ac 11:5 (opp. Just., D, 115, 3 ἐν καταστάσει ὤν). Of qualities: ἐν πίστει κ. ἀγάπῃ κ. ἁγιασμῷ 1 Ti 2:15; ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ Tit 3:3; ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2; ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 Ti 2:2; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:26; ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7; ἐν δόξῃ Phil 4:19.
    marker of extension toward a goal that is understood to be within an area or condition, into: ἐν is somet. used w. verbs of motion where εἰς would normally be expected (Diod S 23, 8, 1 Ἄννων ἐπέρασε ἐν Σικελίᾳ; Hero I 142, 7; 182, 4; Paus. 7, 4, 3 διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ; Epict. 1, 11, 32; 2, 20, 33; Aelian, VH 4, 18; Vett. Val. 210, 26; 212, 6 al., s. index; Pel.-Leg. 1, 4; 5; 2, 1; PParis 10, 2 [145 B.C.] ἀνακεχώρηκεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ; POxy 294, 4; BGU 22, 13; Tob 5:5 BA; 1 Macc 10:43; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 23=Stone p. 60 [s. on the LXX Thackeray 25]; πέμψον αὐτοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ En 10:9; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 22 [Stone p. 14] δάκρυα … ἐν τῷ νιπτῆρι πίπτοντα): εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 9:46; Rv 11:11; ἀπάγειν GJs 6:1; ἀνάγειν 7:1; εἰσάγειν 10:1; καταβαίνειν J 5:3 (4) v.l.; ἀναβαίνειν GJs 22:13; ἀπέρχεσθαι (Diod S 23, 18, 5) Hs 1:6; ἥκειν GJs 5:1; ἀποστέλλειν 25:1. To be understood otherwise: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ the word went out = spread in all Judaea Lk 7:17; likew. 1 Th 1:8. The metaphorical expr. ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων turn the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Lk 1:17 is striking but consistent w. the basic sense of ἐν. S. also γίνομαι, δίδωμι, ἵστημι, καλέω, and τίθημι. ἐν μέσῳ among somet. answers to the question ‘whither’ (B-D-F §215, 3) Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 8:7.
    marker of close association within a limit, in
    fig., of pers., to indicate the state of being filled w. or gripped by someth.: in someone=in one’s innermost being ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα in him dwells all the fullness Col 2:9. ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα (prob. to be understood as local, not instrumental, since ἐν αὐ. would otherwise be identical w. διʼ αὐ. in the same vs.) everything was created in association with him 1:16 (cp. M. Ant. 4, 23 ἐν σοὶ πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; AFeuillet, NTS 12, ’65, 1–9). ἐν τῷ θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν your life is hid in God 3:3; cp. 2:3. Of sin in humans Ro 7:17f; cp. κατεργάζεσθαι vs. 8. Of Christ who, as a spiritual being, fills people so as to be in charge of their lives 8:10; 2 Cor 13:5, abides J 6:56, lives Gal 2:20, and takes form 4:19 in them. Of the divine word: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1J 1:10; μένειν ἔν τινι J 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. Of God’s spirit: οἰκεῖν (ἐνοικεῖν) ἔν τινι Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16; 2 Ti 1:14. Of spiritual gifts 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of miraculous powers ἐνεργεῖν ἔν τινι be at work in someone Mt 14:2; Mk 6:14; ποιεῖν ἔν τινι εὐάρεστον Hb 13:21. The same expr. of God or evil spirits, who somehow work in people: 1 Cor 12:6; Phil 2:13; Eph 2:2 al.
    of the whole, w. which the parts are closely joined: μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain in the vine J 15:4. ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι μέλη πολλὰ ἔχομεν in one body we have many members Ro 12:4. κρέμασθαι ἔν τινι depend on someth. Mt 22:40.
    esp. in Paul. or Joh. usage, to designate a close personal relation in which the referent of the ἐν-term is viewed as the controlling influence: under the control of, under the influence of, in close association with (cp. ἐν τῷ Δαυιδ εἰμί 2 Km 19:44): of Christ εἶναι, μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί (ἐν τῷ θεῷ) J 10:38; 14:10f (difft. CGordon, ‘In’ of Predication or Equivalence: JBL 100, ’81, 612f); and of Christians 1J 3:24; 4:13, 15f; be or abide in Christ J 14:20; 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί 1J 2:24. ἔργα ἐν θεῷ εἰργασμένα done in communion with God J 3:21 (but s. 1e above).—In Paul the relation of the individual to Christ is very oft. expressed by such phrases as ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν κυρίῳ etc., also vice versa (FNeugebauer, NTS 4, ’57/58, 124–38; AWedderburn, JSNT 25, ’85, 83–97) ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός Gal 2:20, but here in the sense of a above.—See, e.g., Dssm., D. ntl. Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’ 1892; EWeber, D. Formel ‘in Chr. Jesu’ u. d. paul. Christusmystik: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff; LBrun, Zur Formel ‘in Chr. Jesus’ im Phil: Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 19–37; MHansen, Omkring Paulus-Formeln ‘i Kristus’: TK 4/10, 1929, 135–59; HBöhlig, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 170–75; OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft d. Pls2 ’56; AWikenhauser, D. Christusmystik d. Pls2 ’56; KMittring, Heilswirklichkeit b. Pls; Beitrag z. Verständnis der unio cum Christo in d. Plsbriefen 1929; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik d. Ap. Pls 1930 (Eng. tr., WMontgomery, The Myst. of Paul the Ap., ’31); WSchmauch, In Christus ’35; BEaston, Pastoral Ep. ’47, 210f; FBüchsel, ‘In Chr.’ b. Pls: ZNW 42, ’49, 141–58. Also HKorn, D. Nachwirkungen d. Christusmystik d. Pls in den Apost. Vätern, diss. Berlin 1928; EAndrews, Interpretation 6, ’52, 162–77; H-LParisius, ZNW 49, ’58, 285–88 (10 ‘forensic’ passages); JAllan, NTS 5, ’58/59, 54–62 (Eph), ibid. 10, ’63, 115–21 (pastorals); FNeugebauer, In Christus, etc. ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body ( 1 Cor 15) ’62, 110–13.—Paul has the most varied expressions for this new life-principle: life in Christ Ro 6:11, 23; love in Christ 8:39; grace, which is given in Christ 1 Cor 1:4; freedom in Chr. Gal 2:4; blessing in Chr. 3:14; unity in Chr. vs. 28. στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ stand firm in the Lord Phil 4:1; εὑρεθῆναι ἐν Χ. be found in Christ 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χ. 1 Cor 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χ. Ro 8:1.—1 Pt 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χ., ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 15:18.—Rv 14:13; ζῳοποιεῖσθαι 1 Cor 15:22.—The formula is esp. common w. verbs that denote a conviction, hope, etc. πεποιθέναι Gal 5:10; Phil 1:14; 2 Th 3:4. παρρησίαν ἔχειν Phlm 8. πέπεισμαι Ro 14:14. ἐλπίζειν Phil 2:19. καύχησιν ἔχειν Ro 15:17; 1 Cor 15:31. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. λαλεῖν 2 Cor 2:17; 12:19. ἀλήθειαν λέγειν Ro 9:1. λέγειν καὶ μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. But also apart fr. such verbs, in numerous pass. it is used w. verbs and nouns of the most varied sort, often without special emphasis, to indicate the scope within which someth. takes place or has taken place, or to designate someth. as being in close assoc. w. Christ, and can be rendered, variously, in connection with, in intimate association with, keeping in mind ἁγιάζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:2, or ἅγιος ἐν Χ. Phil 1:1; ἀσπάζεσθαί τινα 1 Cor 16:19. δικαιοῦσθαι Gal 2:17. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12. παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 4:1. προσδέχεσθαί τινα Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. χαίρειν 3:1; 4:4, 10. γαμηθῆναι ἐν κυρίῳ marry in the Lord=marry a Christian 1 Cor 7:39. προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ your Christian leaders (in the church) 1 Th 5:12 (but s. προί̈στημι 1 and 2).—εὐάρεστος Col 3:20. νήπιος 1 Cor 3:1. φρόνιμος 4:10. παιδαγωγοί vs. 15. ὁδοί vs. 17. Hence used in periphrasis for ‘Christian’ οἱ ὄντες ἐν κυρίῳ Ro 16:11; ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χ. 2 Cor 12:2; αἱ ἐκκλησίαι αἱ ἐν Χ. Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; νεκροὶ ἐν Χ. 4:16; ἐκλεκτός Ro 16:13. δόκιμος vs. 10. δέσμιος Eph 4:1. πιστὸς διάκονος 6:21; ἐν Χ. γεννᾶν τινα become someone’s parent in the Christian life 1 Cor 4:15. τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ 9:1.—The use of ἐν πνεύματι as a formulaic expression is sim.: ἐν πν. εἶναι be under the impulsion of the spirit, i.e. the new self, as opposed to ἐν σαρκί under the domination of the old self Ro 8:9; cp. ἐν νόμῳ 2:12. λαλεῖν speak under divine inspiration 1 Cor 12:3. ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι I was in a state of inspiration Rv 1:10; 4:2; opp. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος came to himself Ac 12:11 (cp. X., An. 1, 5, 17 et al.).—The expr. ἐν πν. εἶναι is also used to express the idea that someone is under the special infl. of a good or even an undesirable spirit: Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; Lk 2:27; 1 Cor 12:3; Rv 17:3; 21:10. ἄνθρωπος ἐν πν. ἀκαθάρτῳ (ὤν) Mk 1:23 (s. GBjörck, ConNeot 7, ’42, 1–3).—ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖσθαι be in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19. οἱ ἐν νόμῳ those who are subject to the law Ro 3:19. ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀποθνῄσκειν die because of a connection w. Adam 1 Cor 15:22.—On the formula ἐν ὀνόματι (Χριστοῦ) s. ὄνομα 1, esp. dγג. The OT is the source of the expr. ὀμνύναι ἔν τινι swear by someone or someth. (oft. LXX) Mt 5:34ff; 23:16, 18ff; Rv 10:6; παραγγέλλομέν σοι ἐν Ἰησοῦ Ac 19:14 v.l. The usage in ὁμολογεῖν ἔν τινι acknowledge someone Mt 10:32; Lk 12:8 (s. ὁμολογέω 4b) is Aramaic.
    marker introducing means or instrument, with, a construction that begins w. Homer (many examples of instrumental ἐν in Radermacher’s edition of Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. p. 100; Reader, Polemo p. 258) but whose wide currency in our lit. is partly caused by the infl. of the LXX, and its similarity to the Hebr. constr. w. בְּ (B-D-F §219; Mlt. 104; Mlt-H. 463f; s. esp. M-M p. 210).
    it can serve to introduce persons or things that accompany someone to secure an objective: ‘along with’
    α. pers., esp. of a military force, w. blending of associative (s. 4) and instrumental idea (1 Macc 1:17; 7:14, 28 al.): ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι meet, w. 10,000 men Lk 14:31 (cp. 1 Macc 4:6, 29 συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν). ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ Jd 14 (cp. Jdth 16:3 ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ).
    β. impers. (oft. LXX; PTebt 41, 5 [c. 119 B.C.]; 16, 14 [114 B.C.]; 45, 17 al., where people rush into the village or the house ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἐν ὅπλοις). (Just., D. 86, 6 τῆς ἀξίνης, ἐν ἧ πεπορευμένοι ἦσαν … κόψαι ξύλα) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι come with a stick (as a means of discipline) 1 Cor 4:21 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 3 Ἑρμῆν καθικόμενον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ; Gen 32:11; 1 Km 17:43; 1 Ch 11:23; Dssm., B 115f [BS 120]). ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας with the full blessing Ro 15:29. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ Mt 16:28. ἐν αἵματι Hb 9:25 (cp. Mi 6:6). ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6. ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ Ἠλίου equipped w. the spirit and power of Elijah Lk 1:17. φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ come with the preaching of the gospel 2 Cor 10:14. μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ not burdened w. old leaven 1 Cor 5:8.
    it can serve to express means or instrumentality in terms of location for a specific action (cp. TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 5f [Stone p. 30] κρατῶν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ζυγόν; Tat. 9, 2 οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεσσοῖς ἀθύροντες ‘those who play w. gaming pieces’ [as, e.g., in backgammon]): κατακαίειν ἐν πυρί Rv 17:16 (cp. Bar 1:2; 1 Esdr 1:52; 1 Macc 5:5 al.; as early as Il. 24, 38; cp. POxy 2747, 74; Aelian, HA 14, 15. Further, the ἐν Rv 17:16 is not textually certain). ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν, ἀρτύειν Mt 5:13; Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34 (s. M-M p. 210; WHutton, ET 58, ’46/47, 166–68). ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκαίνειν Rv 7:14. ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν Hb 9:22. ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἀποκτείνειν kill with the sword Rv 6:8 (1 Esdr 1:50; 1 Macc 2:9; cp. 3:3; Jdth 16:4; ἀπολεῖ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ En 99:16; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἐν ῥ. πεσῇ … πεσοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ; cp. Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 12 ἐν ἀκοντίῳ φονεύειν). ἐν μαχαίρῃ πατάσσειν Lk 22:49 (διχοτομήσατε … ἐν μ. GrBar 16:3); ἐν μ. ἀπόλλυσθαι perish by the sword Mt 26:52. ποιμαίνειν ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (s. ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cp. PGM 36, 109). καταπατεῖν τι ἐν τοῖς ποσίν tread someth. w. the feet Mt 7:6 (cp. Sir 38:29). δύο λαοὺς βλέπω ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου I see two peoples with my eyes GJs 17:2 (ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὀρᾶν=see with the eyes: cp. Il. 1, 587; Od. 8, 459; Callinus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 1, 20 Diehl2). ποιεῖν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι do a mighty deed w. one’s arm Lk 1:51 (cp. Sir 38:30); cp. 11:20. δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν τῷ αἵματι be justified by the blood Ro 5:9. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2; ἐν τ. παρακλήσει 2 Cor 7:7. εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Eph 1:3. λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐν ψάλμοις 5:19. ἀσπάσασθαι … ἐν εὐχῇ greet w. prayer GJs 24:1. Of intellectual process γινώσκειν ἔν τινι know or recognize by someth. (cp. Thuc. 7, 11, 1 ἐν ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε; Sir 4:24; 11:28; 26:29) J 13:35; 1J 3:19; cp. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου in the breaking of bread Lk 24:35 (s. 10c).—The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ).—ἐν ᾧ whereby Ro 14:21.—The idiom ἀλλάσσειν, μεταλλάσσειν τι ἔν τινι exchange someth. for someth. else Ro 1:23, 25 (cp. Ps 105:20) is not un-Greek (Soph., Ant. 945 Danaë had to οὐράνιον φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς=change the heavenly light for brass-bound chambers).
    marker of agency: with the help of (Diod S 19, 46, 4 ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ συνεδρίου=with the help of the members of the council; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 9 p. 259, 31 ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἑαλωκότες) ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Mt 9:34. ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις λαλεῖν 1 Cor 14:21. κρίνειν τ. οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί Ac 17:31 (cp. SIG2 850, 8 [173/172 B.C.] κριθέντω ἐν ἄνδροις τρίοις; Synes., Ep. 91 p. 231b ἐν ἀνδρί); perh. 1 Cor 6:2 (s. 1e); ἀπολύτρωσις ἐν Χρ. redemption through Christ Ro 3:24 (cp. ἐν αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθε Just., A I, 60, 3).
    marker of circumstance or condition under which someth. takes place: ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις Ro 2:1 (but s. B-D-F §219, 2); ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 14:22; ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 2 Cor 11:12; ἐν ᾧ τις τολμᾷ 11:21; ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν whereas they slander 1 Pt 2:12, cp. 3:16 (on these Petrine pass. s. also ὅς 1k); ἐν ᾧ ξενίζονται in view of your changed attitude they consider it odd 4:4. ἐν ᾧ in 3:19 may similarly refer to a changed circumstance, i.e. from death to life (WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65, esp. 135–42: ‘in this sphere, under this influence’ [of the spirit]). Other possibilities: as far as this is concerned: πνεῦμα• ἐν ᾧ spirit; as which (FZimmermann, APF 11, ’35, 174 ‘meanwhile’ [indessen]; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism, ’46, 108–15: ‘on that occasion’=when he died).—Before a substantive inf. (oft. LXX; s. KHuber, Unters. über den Sprachchar. des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 83): in that w. pres. inf. (POxy 743, 35 [2 B.C.] ἐν τῷ δέ με περισπᾶσθαι οὐκ ἠδυνάσθην συντυχεῖν Ἀπολλωνίῳ; Just., D. 10, 3 ἐν τῷ μήτε σάββατα τηρεῖν μήτε …) βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν as they were having rough going in the waves=having a difficult time making headway Mk 6:48. ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν … αὐτόν they marveled over his delay Lk 1:21. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν σε in that you extend your hand Ac 4:30; cp. 3:26; Hb 8:13. W. aor. inf. ἐν τῷ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Hb 2:8. Somet. the circumstantial and temporal (s. 7 and 10) uses are so intermingled that it is difficult to decide between them; so in some of the pass. cited above, and also Hv 1, 1, 8 et al. (B-D-F §404, 3; Rob. 1073).—WHutton, Considerations for the Translation of ἐν, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 163–70; response by NTurner, ibid. 10, ’59, 113–20.—On ἐν w. article and inf. s. ISoisalon-Soininen, Die Infinitive in der LXX, ’65, 80ff.
    marker denoting the object to which someth. happens or in which someth. shows itself, or by which someth. is recognized, to, by, in connection with: ζητεῖν τι ἔν τινι require someth. in the case of someone 1 Cor 4:2; cp. ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε so that you might learn in connection w. us vs. 6. Cp. Phil 1:30. ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί that this may be done in my case 1 Cor 9:15 (Just., D. 77, 3 τοῦτο γενόμενον ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ Χριστῷ). ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν perh. they glorified God in my case Gal 1:24, though because of me and for me are also possible. μήτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀνεκεφαλαιώθη ἡ ἱστορία GJs 13:1 (s. ἀνακεφαλαιόω 1). ποιεῖν τι ἔν τινι do someth. to (with) someone (Epict., Ench. 33, 12; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 18 μὴ ἑτεροῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί; Gen 40:14; Jdth 7:24; 1 Macc 7:23) Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. ἐργάζεσθαί τι ἔν τινι Mk 14:6. ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι have someth. in someone J 3:15 (but ἐν αὐτῷ is oft. constr. w. πιστεύων, cp. v.l.); cp. 14:30 (s. BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 92). ἵνα δικαιοσύνης ναὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι ἀναδείξῃ AcPlCor 2:17 (s. ἀναδείκνυμι 1).—For the ordinary dat. (Diod S 3, 51, 4 ἐν ἀψύχῳ ἀδύνατον=it is impossible for a lifeless thing; Ael. Aristid. 49, 15 K.=25 p. 492 D.: ἐν Νηρίτῳ θαυμαστὰ ἐνεδείξατο=[God] showed wonderful things to N.; 53 p. 629 D.: οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βελτίστοις εἰσὶ παῖδες, ἐν δὲ πονηροτάτοις οὐκέτι=it is not the case that the very good have children, and the very bad have none [datives of possession]; 54 p. 653 D.: ἐν τ. φαύλοις θετέον=to the bad; EpJer 66 ἐν ἔθνεσιν; Aesop, Fab. 19, 8 and 348a, 5 v.l. Ch.) ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί Gal 1:16. φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς Ro 1:19 (Aesop 15c, 11 Ch. τ. φανερὸν ἐν πᾶσιν=evident to all). ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος (corresp. to τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβ.) 1 Cor 14:11 (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 21 μάταιός ἐστιν ἐν ἐμοί). δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις Ac 4:12. θεῷ … ἐν ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:14.—Esp. w. verbs of striking against: προσκόπτω, πταίω, σκανδαλίζομαι; s. these entries.
    marker of cause or reason, because of, on account of (PParis 28, 13=UPZ 48, 12f [162/161 B.C.] διαλυόμενοι ἐν τῷ λιμῷ; Ps 30:11; 1 Macc 16:3 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει; 2 Macc 7:29; Sir 33:17)
    gener. ἁγιάζεσθαι ἔν τινι Hb 10:10; 1 Cor 7:14. ἐν τ. ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν Ro 1:24; perh. ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 9:7; Hb 11:18 (both Gen 21:12). ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν because of their many words Mt 6:7. ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe J 16:30; cp. Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4 (Just., D. 68, 7 οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δυσωπήσω ὑμᾶς μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑμῶν=‘surely you will be convinced by this [argument] to lose confidence in your teachers, won’t you?’); perh. 2 Cor 5:2. Sim., of the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ at this statement Ac 7:29; cp. 8:6. W. attraction ἐν ᾧ = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that = because Ro 8:3; Hb 2:18; 6:17.
    w. verbs that express feeling or emotion, to denote that toward which the feeling is directed; so: εὐδοκεῖν (εὐδοκία), εὐφραίνεσθαι, καυχᾶσθαι, χαίρειν et al.
    marker of a period of time, in, while, when
    indicating an occurrence or action within which, at a certain point, someth. occurs Mt 2:1. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 3:1. ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς afterward Lk 7:11. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ meanwhile (PTebt 72, 190; PFlor 36, 5) J 4:31. in the course of, within ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (X., Ages. 1, 34; Diod S 13, 14, 2; 20, 83, 4; Arrian, Anab. 4, 6, 4 ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις; Aelian, VH 1, 6; IPriene 9, 29; GDI 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ἰν ἁμέραις τρισί; EpArist 24; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1:3 Jac.) Mt 27:40; J 2:19f.
    point of time when someth. occurs ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως Mt 11:22 (En 10:6; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ J 6:44; 11:24; 12:48; cp. 7:37. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; cp. 7:22; J 4:53. ἐν σαββάτῳ 12:2; J 7:23. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ J 11:9 (opp. ἐν τῇ νυκτί vs. 10). ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ on the second visit Ac 7:13. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ in the new age Mt 19:28. ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 Cor 15:23; 1 Th 2:19; 3:13; Phil 2:12 (here, in contrast to the other pass., there is no reference to the second coming of Christ.—Just., D. 31, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ γινομένῃ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ; 35, 8; 54, 1 al.); 1J 2:28. ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει in the resurrection Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Lk 14:14; 20:33; J 11:24 (Just., D. 45, 2 ἐν τῇ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the last trumpet-call 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει at the appearance of Jesus/Christ (in the last days) 2 Th 1:7; 1 Pt 1:7, 13; 4:13.
    to introduce an activity whose time is given when, while, during (Diod S 23, 12, 1 ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις=in the case of this kind of behavior) ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ when (you) pray Mt 21:22. ἐν τῇ στάσει during the revolt Mk 15:7. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ in the course of his teaching Mk 4:2; 12:38. If Lk 24:35 belongs here, the sense would be on the occasion of, when (but s. 5b). ἐν αὐτῷ in it (the preaching of the gospel) Eph 6:20. γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ (τῇ προσευχῇ) while you are watchful in it Col 4:2. Esp. w. the pres. inf. used substantively: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν while (he) sowed Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; cp. 6:48 (s. 7 above and βασανίζω); ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους while people were asleep Mt 13:25; ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτόν during the accusations against him 27:12. W. the aor. inf. the meaning is likewise when. Owing to the fundamental significance of the aor. the action is the focal point (s. Rob. 1073, opp. B-D-F §404) ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνήν Lk 9:36. ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτόν 19:15. ἐν τῷ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτούς 9:34.—W. ἐν ᾦ while, as long as (Soph., Trach. 929; Cleanthes [IV/III B.C.] Stoic. I p. 135, 1 [Diog. L. 7, 171]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 11 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 356c; Arrian, Anab. 6, 12, 1; Pamprepios of Panopolis [V A.D.] 1, 22 [ed. HGerstinger, SBWienAk 208/3, 1928]) Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 24:44 D; J 5:7.
    marker denoting kind and manner, esp. functioning as an auxiliary in periphrasis for adverbs (Kühner-G. I 466): ἐν δυνάμει w. power, powerfully Mk 9:1; Ro 1:4; Col 1:29; 2 Th 1:11; ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ justly Ac 17:31; Rv 19:11 (cp. Just., A II, 4, 3 and D. 16, 3; 19, 2 ἐν δίκῃ). ἐν χαρᾷ joyfully Ro 15:32. ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ earnestly Ac 26:7. ἐν σπουδῇ zealously Ro 12:8. ἐν χάριτι graciously Gal 1:6; 2 Th 2:16. ἐν (πάσῃ) παρρησίᾳ freely, openly J 7:4; 16:29; Phil 1:20. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ Ac 5:23. ἐν τάχει (PHib 47, 35 [256 B.C.] ἀπόστειλον ἐν τάχει) Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; Rv 1:1; 22:6. ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7 (belongs prob. not to σοφία, but to λαλοῦμεν: in the form of a secret; cp. Polyb. 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; Just., D. 63, 2 Μωυσῆς … ἐν παραβολῇ λέγων; 68, 6 εἰρήμενον … ἐν μυστηρίῳ; Diod S 17, 8, 5 ἐν δωρεαῖς λαβόντες=as gifts; 2 Macc 4:30 ἐν δωρεᾷ=as a gift; Sir 26:3; Polyb. 28, 17, 9 λαμβάνειν τι ἐν φερνῇ). Of the norm: ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους acc. to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16. On 1 Cor 1:21 s. AWedderburn, ZNW 64, ’73, 132–34.
    marker of specification or substance: w. adj. πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; cp. Tit 2:3; Js 1:8.—of substance consisting in (BGU 72, 11 [191 A.D.] ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε) τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν Eph 2:15. ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι Js 1:4 (contrast Just., A I, 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι). Hb 13:21a.— amounting to (BGU 970, 14=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 242, 14f [177 A.D.] προσηνενκάμην αὐτῷ προοῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις) πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε Ac 7:14.—Very rarely for the genitive (Philo Mech. 75, 29 τὸ ἐν τῷ κυλίνδρῳ κοίλασμα; EpArist 31 ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρία = ἡ αὐτῶν θ.; cp. 29; Tat. 18, 1 πᾶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ εἶδος) ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι the free gift in beneficence or grace Ro 5:15.—DELG. LfgrE s.v. ἐν col. 569 (lit. esp. early Greek). M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐν

  • 17 Hand

    Hand <-, Hände> [hant, pl ʼhɛndə] f
    1) anat hand;
    die \Hand zur Faust ballen to clench one's fist;
    die Hände in die Seiten stemmen to put one's hands on one's hips;
    eine \Hand/ zwei Hände breit six inches/a foot wide;
    es ist nur noch etwa eine \Hand breit Wein im Fass there's only about six inches of wine left in the barrel;
    mit der flachen \Hand with the flat of one's hand;
    Hände hoch! hands up!;
    eine hohle \Hand machen to cup one's hands;
    aus der hohlen \Hand from one's cupped hands;
    sie tranken an der Quelle aus der hohlen \Hand they drank at the spring from their cupped hands;
    linker/rechter \Hand on the left/right;
    links liegt der See, der Gutshof liegt rechter \Hand the lake is on the left and the estate on the right;
    zur linken/rechten \Hand on the left-hand/right-hand side;
    zur linken \Hand sehen Sie das Rathaus on the left-hand side you can see the town hall;
    eine ruhige [o sichere] \Hand a steady hand;
    mit sanfter \Hand with a gentle hand;
    sie versteht es, ihre Abteilung mit sanfter \Hand zu führen she knows how to run her department with a calm hand;
    jdm die \Hand drücken [o schütteln] to shake sb's hand;
    jdm etw in die \Hand drücken to press sth into sb's hand;
    jdm die \Hand geben [ o geh reichen] to shake sb's hand;
    etw in Händen halten ( geh) to have sth in one's hands;
    das ist ein interessantes Buch, das Sie da gerade in Händen halten that's an interesting book that you've got there at the moment;
    jdn an der [o bei der] \Hand haben [o nehmen] [o fassen] to take hold of sb's hand;
    etw aus der \Hand essen to eat sth out of one's hand;
    in die Hände klatschen to applaud [or clap];
    jdm die \Hand küssen to kiss sb's hand;
    etw aus der \Hand legen to put down sth sep;
    lege jetzt die Zeitung aus der \Hand, wir frühstücken! put the paper down now, we're having breakfast;
    jdm die \Hand auflegen to lay one's hand on sb;
    Jesus hat Kranke geheilt, indem er ihnen die \Hand auflegte Jesus healed the sick by laying his hands on them;
    etw in die \Hand nehmen to pick up sth sep;
    er nimmt niemals ein Buch in die \Hand he never picks up a book;
    ( sich darum kümmern) to attend to sth;
    lass mich die Sache mal in die \Hand nehmen let me take care of the matter;
    jdm etw aus der \Hand nehmen to take sth from [or off] sb, to take sth out of sb's hand;
    sie nahm ihrem Kind das Messer aus der \Hand she took the knife away from her child;
    der Fall ist dem Richter aus der \Hand genommen worden the judge has been relieved of the case;
    sich dat die Hände reiben to rub one's hands [together];
    jdm die \Hand reichen [ o geh bieten] to give sb one's hand;
    sie reichten sich zur Begrüßung die Hände they greeted each other by shaking hands;
    jdm etw aus der \Hand schlagen to knock sth out of sb's hand;
    Hände weg! hands off!;
    die \Hand nicht vor den Augen sehen können not to be able to see one's hand in front of one's face
    2) kein pl sport (\Handspiel) handball;
    der Schiedsrichter erkannte auf \Hand the referee blew for handball
    3) (Besitz, Obhut) hands;
    der Besitz gelangte in fremde Hände the property passed into foreign hands
    4) pol
    die öffentliche \Hand ( der Staat) [central] government;
    ( die Gemeinde) local government;
    das Vorhaben wird durch die öffentliche \Hand finanziert the project is being financed by the public sector
    WENDUNGEN:
    mit seiner Hände Arbeit with one's own hands;
    die Firma hat er mit seiner Hände Arbeit aufgebaut he built the firm up with his own hands;
    seine Hände mit Blut beflecken ( geh) to have blood on one's hands;
    für jdn/ etw seine [o die] \Hand ins Feuer legen ( fam) to vouch for sb/sth;
    \Hand und Fuß haben to be purposeful;
    weder \Hand noch Fuß haben to have no rhyme or reason, to make no sense;
    dieser Plan hat weder \Hand noch Fuß there's no rhyme or reason to this plan;
    mit Händen und Füßen ( fam) tooth and nail;
    \Hand aufs Herz! ( fam) cross your heart, word of honour [or honor]; (Am)
    \Hand aufs Herz, hast du wirklich nichts davon gewusst? give me your word of honour, did you really know nothing about it?;
    die Hände überm Kopf zusammenschlagen to throw one's hands up in amazement;
    wenn man sieht, wie sie sich benimmt, kann man nur noch die Hände überm Kopf zusammenschlagen when you see how she behaves you can only throw your hands up in amazement [or horror];
    von der \Hand in den Mund leben to live from hand to mouth;
    die Hände in den Schoß legen to sit back and do nothing;
    [bei etw] die [o seine] Hände im Spiel haben to have a hand in sth;
    dieser Geschäftemacher hat überall seine Hände im Spiel! this wheeler dealer has his finger in every pie;
    seine Hände in Unschuld waschen to wash one's hands of a matter;
    ich hatte damit nichts zu tun, ich wasche meine Hände in Unschuld! I had nothing to do with it, I wash my hands of the matter;
    bei jdm [mit etw] in besten Händen sein to be in safe hands with sb [regarding sth];
    bei ihr sind Sie damit in besten Händen you're in safe hands with her as far as that is concerned;
    mit der bloßen \Hand with one's bare hands;
    aus erster/zweiter \Hand first-hand/second-hand;
    Informationen aus zweiter \Hand sind meist wenig verlässlich second-hand information is in most cases unreliable;
    ( vom ersten/ zweiten Eigentümer) with one previous owner/two previous owners;
    er kauft Gebrauchtwagen, aber nur aus erster \Hand he buys second-hand cars but only with one previous owner;
    in festen Händen sein ( fam) to be spoken for;
    bei der kannst du nicht mehr landen, die ist schon in festen Händen you won't get anywhere with her, she's already spoken for;
    fleißige Hände hard workers;
    freie \Hand haben to have a free hand;
    jdm freie \Hand lassen to give sb a free hand;
    bei der Regelung dieser Angelegenheit will Ihnen unser Konzern freie \Hand lassen our company will give you free reign in settling this matter;
    von fremder \Hand from a stranger;
    die Unterschrift stammt von fremder \Hand this is a stranger's signature;
    in fremde Hände übergehen to change hands;
    bei etw eine glückliche \Hand haben to have the Midas touch with sth;
    sie hat bei all ihren Geschäftsabschlüssen immer eine glückliche \Hand gehabt she has always had the Midas touch in all of her business deals;
    von langer \Hand well in advance;
    der Bankraub muss von langer \Hand geplant gewesen sein the bank robbery must have been planned well in advance;
    mit leeren Händen empty-handed;
    eine leitende [o lenkende] \Hand a guiding hand;
    letzte \Hand an etw legen akk to put the finishing touches to sth;
    eine lockere \Hand haben ( fam) to let fly at the slightest provocation ( fam)
    gib ihm ja keine Widerworte, du weißt, er hat eine lockere \Hand! don't contradict him, you know he likes to let fly;
    aus [o von] privater \Hand privately;
    haben Sie den Leuchter aus einem Antiquitätengeschäft? - nein, aus privater \Hand did you get the candelabra from an antique shop? - no, from a private individual;
    jds rechte \Hand sein to be sb's right-hand man;
    mit etw schnell [o flink] [o gleich] bei der \Hand sein ( fam) to be quick to do sth;
    sie ist mit abfälligen Bemerkungen schnell bei der \Hand she's quick to make disparaging remarks;
    eine starke [o feste] \Hand a firm hand;
    jdm etw zu treuen Händen übergeben to give sth to sb for safekeeping, to entrust sth to sb;
    alle Hände voll zu tun haben to have one's hands full;
    mit vollen Händen excessively, plentifully, lavishly;
    er gab das Geld mit vollen Händen aus he spent his money left, right and centre [or (Am) center];
    hinter vorgehaltener \Hand in confidence;
    man erzählt sich hinter vorgehaltener \Hand davon people are telling each other about it in confidence;
    jdm/einer S. in die \Hand arbeiten to play into sb's hands/the hands of sth;
    jdm in die Hände [o in jds Hände] fallen to fall into sb's hands;
    schaut mal, was mir zufällig in die Hände gefallen ist! look what I came across by chance;
    jdm aus der \Hand fressen ( fam) to eat out of sb's hand;
    jdm sind die Hände gebunden;
    jds Hände sind gebunden sb's hands are tied;
    ich würde dir gerne helfen, aber meine Hände sind gebunden I would like to help you, but my hands are tied;
    jdm zur [o an die] \Hand gehen to lend sb a [helping] hand;
    durch jds Hände [o \Hand] gehen to pass through sb's hands;
    jdm... von der \Hand gehen to be... for sb;
    am Computer gehen einem viele Textarbeiten leicht von der \Hand working with texts is easy on a computer;
    [mit etw] \Hand in \Hand gehen to go hand in hand [with sth];
    das Ansteigen der Massenarbeitslosigkeit geht mit der Rezession \Hand in \Hand the rise in mass unemployment goes hand in hand with the recession;
    von \Hand zu \Hand gehen to pass from hand to hand;
    in jds Hände akk °übergehen to pass into sb's hands;
    jdm etw auf die \Hand geben to promise sb sth faithfully;
    etw aus der \Hand geben to let sth out of one's hands;
    Bücher gebe ich nicht aus der \Hand I don't lend people books;
    sie musste vorübergehend die Konzernleitung aus der \Hand geben she had to relinquish the management of the group temporarily;
    mit Händen zu greifen sein to be as plain as the nose on your face [or ( Brit) as a pikestaff] ( fam)
    die \Hand auf etw halten akk ( fam) to keep a tight rein on sth;
    um jds \Hand anhalten ( geh) to ask for sb's hand in marriage ( form)
    die [o seine [schützende]] \Hand über jdn halten ( geh) to protect sb;
    die [o seine] \Hand hinhalten [o aufhalten] ( fam) to hold out one's hand [for money];
    jdn [für etw] an der \Hand haben ( fam) to have sb on hand [for sth];
    für Autoreparaturen habe ich jdn an der \Hand I've got someone on hand who can fix cars;
    etw bei der [o zur] \Hand haben to have sth to hand;
    ich möchte zu gerne wissen, welche Erklärung er diesmal bei der \Hand hat! I'd like to know what explanation he's got to hand this time!;
    etw in der \Hand haben to have sth in one's hands;
    ich habe diese Entscheidung nicht in der \Hand this decision is not in my hands;
    etw gegen jdn in der \Hand haben to have sth on sb;
    die Staatsanwaltschaft hat gegen den Konzern nicht genügend Beweise in der \Hand the state prosecution didn't have sufficient evidence on the company;
    jdn [fest] in der \Hand haben to have sb [well] in hand;
    in jds Händen sein to be in sb's hands;
    die Geiseln sind in den Händen der Terroristen the hostages are in the hands of the terrorists;
    der Vertrag wird morgen in Ihren Händen sein the contract will be in your hands tomorrow;
    [bei jdm] in... Händen sein to be in... hands [with sb];
    sie wird bei Ihnen in guten Händen sein she will be in good hands with you;
    bei uns ist Ihr Wagen in den richtigen Händen your car is in the right hands with us;
    zur \Hand sein to be at hand;
    der Brief ist gerade nicht zur Hand the letter is not at hand at the moment;
    jdn/etw in die \Hand [o Hände] kriegen [o bekommen] to get one's hands on sb/sth;
    als Zollbeamter kriegt man so manche Waffe in die \Hand customs officers come across quite a few weapons in their job;
    [bei etw] mit \Hand anlegen to lend a hand [with sth];
    \Hand an sich legen akk ( geh) to kill oneself;
    [klar] auf der \Hand liegen ( fam) to be [perfectly] obvious;
    in jds \Hand dat liegen [o sein] ( geh) to be in sb's hands;
    mein Schicksal liegt in Gottes \Hand my fate lies in God's hands;
    jdm [etw] aus der \Hand lesen to read [sth] from sb's hand;
    die Wahrsagerin las ihm aus der \Hand the fortune teller read his palm;
    etw [alleine/selber] in die [eigene] \Hand nehmen to take sth in hand [oneself] [or into one's own hands];
    ich muss die Sache selber in die \Hand nehmen I'm going to have to take the matter into my own hands;
    etw zur \Hand nehmen ( geh) to pick up sth sep;
    nach dem Essen nahm er die Zeitung zur \Hand after the meal he picked up the paper;
    sich [ o geh einander] die Hände reichen können to be two of a kind;
    was Schusseligkeit angeht, können die beiden sich die Hände reichen when it comes to being clumsy they're two of a kind;
    sich die \Hand reichen können;
    ach, du hältst das auch für das Beste? dann können wir uns ja die Hände reichen, ich nämlich auch! oh, you think that's for the best? well, great, so do I!;
    keine \Hand rühren not to lift a finger;
    ich arbeite mich halb zu Tode, und er sitzt da und rührt keine \Hand I'm working myself half to death and he just sits there and doesn't lift a finger!;
    jdm ist die \Hand ausgerutscht ( fam) sb could not resist slapping sb;
    wenn er gar zu frech ist, kann ihr schon mal die \Hand ausrutschen if he gets too cheeky sometimes she can't resist slapping him;
    jdm etw in die \Hand [o Hände] spielen to pass sth on to sb;
    der Verräter spielte ihnen diese Unterlagen in die Hände the traitor passed these documents on to them;
    in die Hände spucken to roll up one's sleeves sep;
    so, jetzt heißt es in die Hände gespuckt und frisch an die Arbeit gegangen! okay, let's roll up our sleeves and get cracking!;
    jdm unter der \Hand [o den Händen] wegsterben to die while under sb's care;
    der Patient starb den Chirurgen unter den Händen weg the patient died while under the surgeons' care;
    jdn auf Händen tragen to fulfil [or (Am) fulfill] sb's every wish;
    jdm etw in die \Hand sprechen to promise sb sth;
    eine \Hand wäscht die andere you scratch my back I'll scratch yours;
    sich nicht von der \Hand weisen lassen;
    nicht von der \Hand zu weisen sein not to be able to be denied;
    dieses Argument hat etwas für sich, es lässt sich nicht von der \Hand weisen there's something in this argument, there's no denying it;
    die Erklärung klingt plausibel, sie ist also nicht von der \Hand zu weisen the explanation sounds plausible, there's no getting away from it;
    es ist nicht von der \Hand zu weisen, dass... there's no getting away from the fact that...;
    es ist nicht von der \Hand zu weisen, dass die Verhandlungen in einer Sackgasse angelangt sind there's no getting away from the fact that the negotiations have reached an impasse;
    jdm unter den Händen zerrinnen [o wegschmelzen] to slip through sb's fingers;
    jdm zuckt es in der \Hand sb's itching to hit sb;
    an \Hand einer S. gen with the aid of sth;
    sie erklärte die Aufgabe an \Hand eines Beispiels she explained the task with the aid of an example;
    [bar] auf die \Hand ( fam) cash in hand;
    das Bestechungsgeld wurde ihm bar auf die \Hand gezahlt the bribe was paid to him in cash;
    ich will die 10.000 Euro aber auf die \Hand I want the 10,000 euros in cash;
    aus der \Hand offhand;
    aus der \Hand weiß ich auch keine Antwort I don't know the answer offhand either;
    als Lehrerin muss man in der Lage sein, Schülern etwas aus der \Hand erklären zu können as a teacher you have to be able to explain something to pupils straight off the bat;
    \Hand in \Hand hand in hand;
    sie gingen \Hand in \Hand spazieren they went for a walk hand in hand;
    unter der \Hand secretly, on the quiet ( fam)
    etw unter der \Hand erfahren to hear sth through the grapevine;
    von \Hand by hand;
    ein von \Hand geschriebener Lebenslauf a handwritten curriculum vitae;
    von jds \Hand ( geh) at sb's hand ( form)
    von jds \Hand sterben to die at sb's hand;
    zu jds Händen;
    zu Händen von jdm for the attention of sb, attn: sb;
    „An Fa. Duss & Dümmler GmbH & Co KG, zu Händen von Herrn Weissner“ Duss & Dümmler GmbH & Co. KG. Attn: Mr. Weissner

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch für Studenten > Hand

  • 18 λαμβάνω

    λαμβάνω (Hom.+) impf. ἐλάμβανον; fut. λήμψομαι (PTurin II, 3, 48; POxy 1664, 12; on the μ s. Mayser 194f; Thackeray 108ff; B-D-F §101; W-S. §5, 30; Mlt-H. 106; 246f; Reinhold 46f; WSchulze, Orthographica 1894.—On the middle s. B-D-F §77); 2 aor. ἔλαβον, impv. λάβε (B-D-F §101 p. 53 s.v. λαμβάνειν; W-S. §6, 7d; Mlt-H. 209 n. 1), impv. 3 pl. λαβέτωσαν (LXX; GJs 4:2); pf. εἴληφα (DRinge, Glotta 62, ’84, 125–28), 2 sing. εἴληφας and εἴληφες Rv 11:17 v.l. (W-S. §13, 16 note; Mlt-H. 221), ptc. εἰληφώς. Pass.: fut. 3 pl. ληφθήσονται Jdth 6:9; aor. εἰλήφθην LXX; pf. 3 sing. εἴληπται; plpf. 3 sg. εἴληπτο (Just., D. 132, 3). For Attic inscriptional forms s. Threatte II 645. In the following divisions, nos. 1–9 focus on an active role, whereas 10 suggests passivity.
    to get hold of someth. by laying hands on or grasping someth., directly or indirectly, take, take hold of, grasp, take in hand ἄρτον (Diod S 14, 105, 3 ῥάβδον; TestSol 2:8 D τὴν σφραγῖδα; TestJob 23:10 ψαλίδα) Mt 26:26a; Mk 14:22a; Ac 27:35. τ. βιβλίον (Tob 7:14) Rv 5:8f. τ. κάλαμον Mt 27:30. λαμπάδας take (in hand) (Strattis Com. [V B.C.], Fgm. 37 K. λαβόντες λαμπάδας) 25:1, 3. λαβέτωσαν ἀνὰ λαμπάδα GJs 7:2. μάχαιραν draw the sword (Gen 34:25; Jos., Vi. 173 [cp. JosAs 23:2 τὴν ῥομφαίαν]) Mt 26:52. Abs. λάβετε take (this) Mt 26:26b; Mk 14:22b. Take hold of (me) GHb 356, 39=ISm 3:2.—ἔλαβέ με ἡ μήτηρ μου τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἐν μιᾷ τῶν τριχῶν μου my mother, the Holy Spirit, took me by one of my hairs GHb 20, 63. Ἐλισάβεδ … λαβουμένη (λαβοῦσα codd.) αὐτὸν ἀνέβη ἐν τῇ ὀρεινῇ E. took (John) and went up into the hill-country GJs 22:3. λαβών is somet. used somewhat pleonastically to enliven the narrative, as in Hom. (Od. 24, 398) and dramatists (Soph., Oed. R. 1391 et al.), but also in accord w. Hebr. usage (JViteau, Étude sur le Grec du NT 1893, 191; Dalman, Worte 16ff; Wlh., Einleitung2 1911, 14; B-D-F §419, 1 and 2; s. Rob. 1127; s., e.g., ApcBar 2:1 λαβών με ἤγαγε; Josh 2:4; Horapollo 2, 88 τούτους λαβὼν κατορύττει) Mt 13:31, 33; Mk 9:36; Lk 13:19, 21; J 12:3; Ac 9:25; 16:3; Hs 5, 2, 4. The ptc. can here be rendered by the prep. with (B-D-F §418, 5; Rob. 1127) λαβὼν τὴν σπεῖραν ἔρχεται he came with a detachment J 18:3 (cp. Soph., Trach. 259 στρατὸν λαβὼν ἔρχεται; ApcrEsd 6, 17 p. 31, 24 Tdf. λαβὼν … στρατιὰν ἀγγέλων). λαβὼν τὸ αἷμα … τὸν λαὸν ἐρράντισε with the blood he sprinkled the people Hb 9:19 (cp. ParJer 9:32 λαβόντες τὸν λίθον ἔθηκαν ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα αὐτοῦ ‘they crowned his tomb with a stone’; Mel., P. 14, 88 λαβόντες δὲ τὸ … αἶμα). Different is the periphrastic aor. ptc. use of λ. w. ἔχει: Dg 10:6 ἃ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λαβὼν ἔχει what the pers. has received fr. God (cp. Eur., Bacchae 302 μεταλαβὼν ἔχει; Goodwin §47; Gildersleeve, Syntax §295; Schwyzer I, 812). Freq. parataxis takes the place of the ptc. constr. (B-D-F §419, 5) ἔλαβε τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν (instead of λαβὼν τ. Ἰ. ἐ.) he had Jesus scourged J 19:1. λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον … καὶ βαλεῖν throw the bread Mt 15:26; Mk 7:27. ἔλαβον τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐποίησαν τέσσερα μέρη they divided his garments into four parts J 19:23.—In transf. sense ἀφορμὴν λ. find opportunity Ro 7:8, 11 (s. ἀφορμή); ὑπόδειγμα λ. take as an example Js 5:10; so also λ. alone, λάβωμεν Ἐνώχ 1 Cl 9:3.—Of the cross as a symbol of the martyr’s death take upon oneself Mt 10:38 (cp. Pind., P. 2, 93 [171] λ. ζυγόν). We may class here ἔλαβεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ he put his clothes on J 13:12 (cp. Hdt. 2, 37; 4, 78; GrBar 9:7 τὸν ὄφιν ἔλαβεν ἔνδυμα). Prob. sim. μορφὴν δούλου λ. put on the form of a slave Phil 2:7.—Of food and drink take (cp. Bel 37 Theod.) Mk 15:23. ὅτε ἔλαβεν τὸ ὄξος J 19:30; λαβὼν τροφὴν ἐνίσχυσεν Ac 9:19; τροφὴν … λα[βεῖν] AcPl Ha 1, 19. (βρέφος) ἔλαβε μασθὸν ἐκ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας (the infant) took the breast of his mother Mary GJs 19:2.—1 Ti 4:4 (s. 10b below) could also belong here.
    to take away, remove (τὴν ψυχήν ApcEsdr 6:16 p. 31, 23 Tdf.) with or without the use of force τὰ ἀργύρια take away the silver coins (fr. the temple) Mt 27:6. τὰς ἀσθενείας diseases 8:17. τὸν στέφανον Rv 3:11. τὴν εἰρήνην ἐκ τῆς γῆς remove peace from the earth 6:4 (λ. τι ἐκ as UPZ 125, 13 ὸ̔ εἴληφεν ἐξ οἴκου; 2 Ch 16:2; TestSol 4:15 D; TestAbr B 7 p. 111, 12 [Stone p. 70]; Mel., P. 55, 403).
    to take into one’s possession, take, acquire τὶ someth. τὸν χιτῶνα Mt 5:40. οὐδὲ ἕν J 3:27. ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν obtain kingly power for himself Lk 19:12 (cp. Jos., Ant. 13, 220). λ. γυναῖκα take a wife (Eur., Alc. 324; X., Cyr. 8, 4, 16; Gen 4:19; 6:2; Tob 1:9; TestSol 26:1; TestJob 45:3; ParJer 8:3; Jos., Ant. 1, 253; Just., D. 116, 3; 141, 4) Mk 12:19–21; 22 v.l.; Lk 20:28–31 (s. also the vv.ll. in 14:20 and 1 Cor 7:28). Of his life, that Jesus voluntarily gives up, in order to take possession of it again on his own authority J 10:18a. [ἀπολείπ]ετε τὸ σκότος, λάβεται τὸ φῶς [abandon] the darkness, seize the light AcPl Ha 8, 32. ἑαυτῷ τ. τιμὴν λ. take the honor upon oneself Hb 5:4.Lay hands on, seize w. acc. of the pers. who is seized by force (Hom. et al.; LXX; mid. w. gen. Just., A II, 2, 10, D. 105, 3) Mt 21:35, 39; Mk 12:3, 8. Of an evil spirit that seizes the sick man Lk 9:39 (cp. PGM 7, 613 εἴλημπται ὑπὸ τοῦ δαίμονος; TestSol 17:2 εἰ λήμψομαί τινα, εὐθέως ἀναιρῶ αὐτὸν τῷ ξίφει; Jos., Ant. 4, 119 ὅταν ἡμᾶς τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ λάβῃ πνεῦμα; Just., A I, 18, 4 ψυχαῖς ἀποθανόντων λαμβανόμενοι).—Esp. of feelings, emotions seize, come upon τινά someone (Hom. et al.; Ex 15:15; Wsd 11:12; Jos., Ant. 2, 139; 14, 57) ἔκστασις ἔλαβεν ἅπαντας amazement seized (them) all Lk 5:26. φόβος 7:16. Sim. πειρασμὸς ὑμᾶς οὐκ εἴληφεν εἰ μὴ ἀνθρώπινος 1 Cor 10:13.—Of hunting and fishing: catch (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 9; Aelian, VH 4, 14) οὐδέν Lk 5:5=J 21:6 v.l. Fig. εἴ τις λαμβάνει (ὑμᾶς) if someone puts something over on you, takes advantage of you 2 Cor 11:20 (the exx. cited in Field, Notes, 184f refer to material plunder, whereas Paul appears to point to efforts of his opposition to control the Corinthians’ thinking for their own political purposes; also s. CLattey, JTS 44, ’43, 148); in related vein δόλῳ τινὰ λ. catch someone by a trick 12:16.
    to take payment, receive, accept, of taxes, etc. collect the two-drachma tax Mt 17:24; tithes Hb 7:8f; portion of the fruit as rent Mt 21:34. τὶ ἀπό τινος someth. fr. someone (Plut., Mor. 209d, Aem. Paul. 5, 9) 17:25. παρὰ τῶν γεωργῶν λ. ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν collect a share of the fruit fr. the vinedressers Mk 12:2.—τὶ παρά τινος someth. fr. someone (Aristarch. Sam. p. 352, 4; Jos., Ant. 5, 275; Just., D. 22, 11; Tat. 19, 1) οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λ. the testimony which I receive is not from a human being or I will not accept mere human testimony (PSI 395, 6 [241 B.C.] σύμβολον λαβὲ παρʼ αὐτῶν=have them give you a receipt) J 5:34; cp. vs. 44; 3:11, 32f.
    to include in an experience, take up, receive τινὰ someone εἰς into (Wsd 8:18) lit. εἰς τὸ πλοῖον take someone (up) into the boat J 6:21. εἰς οἰκίαν receive someone into one’s house 2J 10. εἰς τὰ ἴδια into his own home J 19:27. Receive someone in the sense of recognizing the other’s authority J 1:12; 5:43ab; 13:20abcd.—οἱ ὑπηρέται ῥαπίσμασιν αὐτὸν ἔλαβον Mk 14:65 does not mean ‘the servants took him into custody with blows’ (BWeiss, al.), but is a colloquialism (s. B-D-F §198, 3, w. citation of AcJo 90 [Aa II 196, 1] τί εἰ ῥαπίσμασίν μοι ἔλαβες; ‘what if you had laid blows on me?’) the servants treated him to blows (Moffatt: ‘treated him to cuffs and slaps’), or even ‘got’ him w. blows, ‘worked him over’ (perh. a Latinism; Cicero, Tusc. 2, 14, 34 verberibus accipere. B-D-F §5, 3b; s. Rob. 530f); the v.l. ἔβαλον is the result of failure to recognize this rare usage. καλῶς ἔλαβόν σε; have (the young women) treated you well? Hs 9, 11, 8.
    to make a choice, choose, select πᾶς ἀρχιερεὺς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων λαμβανόμενος who is chosen fr. among human beings Hb 5:1 (cp. Num 8:6; Am 2:11; Just., D. 130, 3). The emphasis is not on gender but the human status of the chief priest in contrast to that of the unique Messiah vs. 5.
    to accept as true, receive τὶ someth. fig. τὰ ῥήματά τινος receive someone’s words (and use them as a guide) J 12:48; 17:8; AcPl Ha 1, 6 (s. καρδία 1bβ). τὸν λόγον receive the teaching Mt 13:20; Mk 4:16 (for μετὰ χαρᾶς λ. cp. PIand 13, 18 ἵνα μετὰ χαρᾶς σε ἀπολάβωμεν).
    to enter into a close relationship, receive, make one’s own, apprehend/comprehend mentally or spiritually (Soph., Pla. et al.) of the mystical apprehension of Christ (opp. κατελήμφθην ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ) ἔλαβον (i.e. Χριστόν) I have made (him) my own Phil 3:12.
    Special uses: the OT is the source of λαμβάνειν πρόσωπον show partiality/favoritism (s. πρόσωπον 1bα end) Lk 20:21; Gal 2:6; B 19:4; D 4:3.—θάρσος λ. take courage s. θάρσος; πεῖράν τινος λ. try someth. (Pla., Prot. 342a; 348a, Gorg. 448a; X., Cyr. 6, 1, 28; Polyb. 1, 75, 7; 2, 32, 5; 5, 100, 10; Aelian, VH 12, 22; Dt 28:56; Jos., Ant. 8, 166; diff. Dio Chrys. 50, 6) Hb 11:29 (this expr. has a different mng. in vs. 36; s. 10b below).—συμβούλιον λαμβάνειν consult (with someone), lit. ‘take counsel’, is a Latinism (consilium capere; s. B-D-F §5, 3b; Rob. 109) Mt 27:7; 28:12; w. ὅπως foll. 22:15; foll. by κατά τινος against someone and ὅπως 12:14; foll. by κατά τινος and ὥστε 27:1. οὐ λήψῃ βουλὴν πονηρὰν κατὰ τοῦ πλησίον σου D 2:6.
    to be a receiver, receive, get, obtain
    abs. λαβών (of a hungry hog) when it has received someth. B 10:3. (Opp. αἰτεῖν, as Appian, Fgm. [I p. 532–36 Viereck-R.] 23 αἰτεῖτε καὶ λαμβάνετε; PGM 4, 2172) Mt 7:8; Lk 11:10; J 16:24. (Opp. διδόναι as Thu. 2, 97, 4 λαμβάνειν μᾶλλον ἢ διδόναι; Ael. Aristid. 34 p. 645 D.; Herm. Wr. 5, 10b; Philo, Deus Imm. 57; SibOr 3, 511) Mt 10:8; Ac 20:35; B 14:1; but in D 1:5 λ. rather has the ‘active’ sense accept a donation (as ἵνα λάβῃ ἐξουσίαν TestJob 8:2).
    w. acc. of thing τὶ someth. (Da 2:6; OdeSol 11:4 σύνεσιν; TestJob 24:9 τρεῖς ἄρτους al.; ApcEsdr 5:13 p. 30, 11 Tdf. τὴν ψυχήν) τὸ ψωμίον receive the piece of bread J 13:30. ὕδωρ ζωῆς δωρεάν water of life without cost Rv 22:17. μισθόν (q.v. 1 and 2a) Mt 10:41ab; J 4:36; 1 Cor 3:8, 14; AcPlCor 2:36 (TestSol 1:2, 10). Money: ἀργύρια Mt 28:15; ἀνὰ δηνάριον a denarius each Mt 20:9f. ἐλεημοσύνην Ac 3:3. βραχύ τι a little or a bite J 6:7; eternal life Mk 10:30 (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 218 βίον ἀμείνω λαβεῖν); the Spirit (schol. on Plato 856e ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα) J 7:39; Ac 2:38; cp. Gal 3:14; 1 Cor 2:12; 2 Cor 11:4; forgiveness of sin Ac 10:43 (Just., D. 54, 1); grace Ro 1:5; cp. 5:17; the victor’s prize 1 Cor 9:24f; the crown of life Js 1:12 (cp. Wsd 5:16 λ. τὸ διάδημα). συμφύγιον/σύμφυτον καὶ ὅπλον εὐδοκίας λάβωμεν Ἰησοῦν χριστόν the sense of this clause, restored from AcPl Ha 8, 23–24 and AcPl Ox 1602, 33–35 (=BMM recto 29–31) emerges as follows: and let us take Jesus Christ as our refuge/ally and shield, the assurance of God’s goodwill toward us. The early and late rain Js 5:7. ἔλεος receive mercy Hb 4:16 (Just., D. 133, 1). λ. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ (θεοῦ) receive the name of the Son of God (in baptism) Hs 9, 12, 4. διάδοχον receive a successor Ac 24:27 (cp. Pliny the Younger, Ep. 9, 13 successorem accipio). τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ λαβέτω ἕτερος let another man receive his position 1:20 (Ps 108:8). τόπον ἀπολογίας λ. (τόπος 4) 25:16. λ. τι μετὰ εὐχαριστίας receive someth. w. thankfulness 1 Ti 4:4 (but s. 1 above, end.—On the construction with μετά cp. Libanius, Or. 63 p. 392, 3 F. μετὰ ψόγου λ.). τί ἔχεις ὅ οὐκ ἔλαβες; what have you that you did not receive? 1 Cor 4:7 (Alciphron 2, 6, 1 τί οὐ τῶν ἐμῶν λαβοῦσα ἔχεις;). Of punishments (cp. δίκην λ. Hdt. 1, 115; Eur., Bacch. 1312. ποινάς Eur., Tro. 360. πληγάς Philyllius Com. [V B.C.] 11 K.; GrBar 4:15 καταδίκην; Jos., Ant. 14, 336 τιμωρίαν) λ. περισσότερον κρίμα receive a punishment that is just so much more severe Mt 23:13 [14] v.l. (cp. κρίμα 4b); Mk 12:40; Lk 20:47; cp. Js 3:1. οἱ ἀνθεστηκότες ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται those who oppose will bring punishment upon themselves Ro 13:2. πεῖράν τινος λ. become acquainted with, experience, suffer someth. (X., An. 5, 8, 15; Polyb. 6, 3, 1; 28, 9, 7; 29, 3, 10; Diod S 12, 24, 4 τὴν θυγατέρα ἀπέκτεινεν, ἵνα μὴ τῆς ὕβρεως λάβῃ πεῖραν; 15, 88, 4; Jos., Ant. 2, 60; Preisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Museums zu Kairo [1911] 2, 11; 3, 11 πεῖραν λ. δαίμονος) μαστίγων πεῖραν λ. Hb 11:36 (the phrase in a diff. mng. vs. 29; s. 9b above).
    Also used as a periphrasis for the passive: οἰκοδομὴν λ. be edified 1 Cor 14:5. περιτομήν be circumcised J 7:23 (Just., D. 23, 5 al.). τὸ χάραγμα receive a mark = be marked Rv 14:9, 11; 19:20; 20:4. καταλλαγήν be reconciled Ro 5:11. ὑπόμνησίν τινος be reminded of = remember someth. 2 Ti 1:5 (Just., D 19, 6 μνήμην λαμβάνητε); λήθην τινὸς λ. forget someth. (Timocles Com. [IV B.C.], Fgm. 6, 5 K.; Aelian, VH 3, 18 end, HA 4, 35; Jos., Ant. 2, 163; 202; 4, 304; Just., D. 46, 5 ἵνα μὴ λήθη ὑμᾶς λαμβάνῃ τοῦ θεοῦ) 2 Pt 1:9; χαρὰν λ. experience joy, rejoice Hv 3, 13, 2 ; GJs 12:2; ἀρχὴν λ. be begun, have its beginning (Pla et al.; Polyb. 1, 12, 9; Sext. Emp., Phys. 1, 366; Aelian, VH 2, 28; 12, 53; Dio Chrys. 40, 7; Philo, Mos. 1, 81 τρίτον [σημεῖον] … τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ γίνεσθαι λαβὸν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ; Just., D. 46, 4 τὴν ἀρχὴν λαβούσης ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ τῆς περιτομῆς; Ath. 19, 2 ἑτέραν ἀρχὴν τοῦ κόσμου λαβόντος) Hb 2:3; ApcPt Rainer ln. 19.—λ. τι ἀπό τινος receive someth. from someone (Epict. 4, 11, 3 λ. τι ἀπὸ τῶν θεῶν; Herm. Wr. 1, 30; ApcMos 19 ὅτε δὲ ἔλαβεν ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ τὸν ὄρκον; Just., D. 78, 10 τῶν λαβόντων χάριν ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ) 1J 2:27; 3:22. Also τὶ παρά τινος (Pisander Epicus [VI B.C.] Fgm. 5 [in Athen. 11, 469d]; Diod S 5, 3, 4 λαβεῖν τι παρὰ τῶν θεῶν; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 8 [Stone p. 12] λαβὼν τὴν εὐχὴν παρʼ αὐτῶν; Just., A I, 60, 3 ἐνέργειαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λεγομένην λαβεῖν τὸν Μωυσέα.—παρά A3aβ) J 10:18b; Ac 2:33; 3:5; 20:24; Js 1:7; 2J 4; Rv 2:28. λ. τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ Ἰάσονος receive bail from Jason Ac 17:9 (s. ἱκανός 1). λ. τι ὑπό τινος be given someth. by someone 2 Cor 11:24. κλῆρον καὶ μερισμὸν λαμβάνοντες AcPl Ha 8, 18/Ox 1602, 22f [λαβόντες]=BMM recto 23f (s. κλῆρος 2). λ. τι ἔκ τινος receive someth. fr. a quantity of someth.: ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ ἐλάβομεν χάριν from his fullness we have received favor J 1:16. ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ ἐλάβετε Hs 9, 24, 4.—λ. ἐξ ἀναστάσεως τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν (s. ἀνάστασις 2a) Hb 11:35. On ἐν γαστρὶ εἴληφα (LXX) GJs 4:2 and 4 s. γαστήρ 2 and συλλαμβάνω 3.—B. 743. Schmidt, Syn. III 203–33. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > λαμβάνω

  • 19 après

    après [apʀε]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
       a. (temps) after
    après + infinitif
    après avoir lu ta lettre, j'ai téléphoné à maman when I'd read your letter, I phoned mother
    après être rentré chez lui, il a bu un whisky when he got home he had a whisky
    après que je l'ai quittée, elle a ouvert une bouteille de champagne after I left her she opened a bottle of champagne après coup later
    après coup, j'ai eu des remords later I felt guilty
    après vous, je vous en prie after you
    après tout, ce n'est qu'un enfant after all he is only a child
       c. (lieu) after
       d. (objet) after
    après qui en a-t-il ? who has he got it in for? (inf)
       f. ► d'après
    2. <
       a. (temps) ( = ensuite) afterwards ; ( = ensuite dans une série) next ; ( = plus tard) later
    le film ne dure qu'une demi-heure, qu'allons-nous faire après ? the film only lasts half an hour, what are we going to do afterwards?
    après, je veux faire un tour de manège next I want to go on the merry-go-round
    après, c'est ton tour it's your turn next
       b. (lieu) tu vois la poste ? sa maison est juste après do you see the post office? his house is just a bit further on
       c. (ordre) qu'est-ce qui vient après ? what next?
    * * *
    apʀɛ
    1.
    1) ( dans le temps) ( ensuite) afterwards; ( plus tard) later

    aussitôt or tout de suite après — straight after that ou afterwards

    et après que s'est-il passé? — and then what happened?, and what happened next?

    peu/bien après — shortly/long after(wards)

    pas la semaine prochaine celle d'après — not next week, the week after next

    tu vois le croisement, j'habite (juste) après à droite — can you see the crossroads? I live (just) past ou beyond it on the right

    la page/le chapitre d'après — the next page/chapter

    les loisirs d'abord, le travail passe après — leisure first, work comes after


    2.
    1) ( dans le temps) after

    après coup — after the event, afterwards

    jour après jour — day after day, day in day out

    2) ( dans l'espace) after

    après l'église/la sortie de la ville — after the church/you come out of the town

    après vous! — ( par politesse) after you!

    il est toujours après son fils — (colloq) he's always on at his son

    faire passer quelqu'un/quelque chose après quelqu'un/quelque chose — to put somebody/something after somebody/something


    3.
    d'après locution prépositive
    1) ( selon)

    d'après luiaccording to him ou in his opinion

    d'après mes calculs/ma montre — by my calculations/my watch

    2) ( en imitant) from
    3) ( adapté de) based on

    4.
    après que locution conjonctive after

    ••
    après adverbe se traduit généralement par afterwards et après préposition par after
    Les expressions telles que courir après quelqu'un/quelque chose, crier après quelqu'un etc sont traitées respectivement sous courir, crier etc
    après entre dans la composition de nombreux mots qui s'écrivent avec un trait d'union ( après-demain, après-guerre, après-midi etc). Ces mots sont des entrées à part entière et on les trouvera dans la nomenclature du dictionnaire. Utilisé avec un nom, propre ou commun, pour désigner la période suivant un événement ou la disparition d'une personne il se traduit par post et forme alors un groupe adjectival que l'on fait suivre du nom approprié: l'après-Gorbatchev/l'après-crise/l'après-1789 = the post-Gorbachev period/the post-recession period/the post-1789 period. On notera l'après-8 mai = the period following 8 May; la France de l'après-de Gaulle = post-de Gaulle France
    * * *
    apʀɛ
    1. prép

    après son départ — after he had left, after his departure

    Nous viendrons après avoir fait la vaisselle. — We'll come after we've done the dishes.

    C'est après la poste, à gauche. — It's after the post office on the left., It's past the post office on the left.

    après coup — afterwards, after the event

    J'y ai repensé après coup. — I thought about it again afterwards.

    D'après lui, c'est une erreur. — According to him, that's a mistake.

    2. adv
    * * *
    I.
    après ⇒ Note d'usage
    A adv
    1 ( dans le temps) afterwards; viens manger, tu finiras après come and eat your dinner, you can finish afterwards; aussitôt or tout de suite après il s'est mis à pleuvoir straight after that ou afterwards it started raining; après seulement, il a appelé les pompiers only afterwards did he call the fire brigade; j'ai compris longtemps après I understood a long time after ou afterwards; il a mangé au restaurant et (puis) après il est allé au cinéma he ate in a restaurant and afterwards went to the cinema; on verra ça après we'll come to that later; je te le dirai après I'll tell you later; et après que s'est-il passé? and then what happened?, and what happened next?; peu/bien après shortly/long after(wards); une heure/deux jours/quatre ans après one hour/two days/four years later; la semaine/le mois/l'année d'après the week/the month/the year after; pas ce week-end celui d'après not this weekend, the one after; pas la semaine prochaine celle d'après not next week, the week after next; la fois d'après nous nous sommes perdus the next time we got lost; le bus/train d'après the next bus/train; l'instant d'après il avait déjà oublié a moment later he had already forgotten; j'ai regardé le film mais je n'ai pas vu l'émission d'après I watched the film but I didn't see the programmeGB after it;
    2 ( dans l'espace) tu vois le croisement, j'habite (juste) après à droite can you see the crossroads? I live (just) past ou beyond it on the right; peu après il y a un lac a bit further on there's a lake; ‘c'est après le village?’-‘oui juste après’ ‘is it after the village?’-‘yes just after’; la page/le chapitre d'après the next page/chapter;
    3 ( dans une hiérarchie) après il y a le S puis le T S comes after and then T; les loisirs d'abord, le travail passe après leisure first, work comes after;
    4 ( utilisé seul en interrogation) après? and what next?; deux kilos de carottes, après? two kilos of carrots and what else?;
    5 ( marquant l'agacement) et après? so what?; oui je suis rentré à 4 h du matin, et après? yes, I came home at 4 am, so what?
    B prép
    1 ( dans le temps) after; sortir/passer après qn to go out/to go after sb; après 22 h/12 jours after 10 pm/12 days ; après mon départ after I left; après quelques années ils se sont revus a few years later they saw each other again; après une croissance spectaculaire after spectacular growth; après tant de passion/violence after so much passion/violence; après déduction/impôt after deductions/tax; après cela after that; après tout after all; après tout c'est leur problème after all it's their problem; après quoi after which; jour après jour day after day, day in day out; livre après livre book after book; après tout ce qu'il a fait pour toi after all (that) he's done for you; j'irai après avoir fait la sieste I'll go after I've had a nap; après avoir pris la parole il se rassit after he had spoken he sat down again; il est conseillé de boire beaucoup après avoir couru it is advisable to drink a lot after you have been running; après manger/déjeuner/dîner/souper after eating ou meals/lunch/dinner/supper; peu après minuit shortly after midnight;
    2 ( dans l'espace) after; après l'église/la sortie de la ville after the church/you come out of the town; bien/juste après l'usine well/just after the factory; je suis après toi sur la liste I'm after you on the list; après vous! ( par politesse) after you!; être après qn to be getting at sb; il est toujours après son fils he's always on at his son; en avoir après qn to have it in for sb;
    3 ( dans une hiérarchie) after; la dame vient après le roi the Queen comes after the King; c'est le grade le plus important après celui de général it's the highest rank after that of general; faire passer qn/qch après qn/qch to put sb/sth after sb/sth.
    C d'après loc prép
    1 ( selon) d'après moi/toi/nous/vous in my/your/our/your opinion; d'après lui/elle/eux according to him/her/them ou in his/her/their opinion; d'après les journalistes/le gouvernement according to the journalists/the government; d'après la météo il va faire beau according to the weather forecast it's going to be fine; d'après la loi under the law; d'après mes calculs/mes estimations/ma montre by my calculations/my reckoning/my watch; d'après ce qu'elle a dit/mon expérience from what she said/my experience;
    2 ( en imitant) from; un tableau peint d'après une photo a painting made from a photograph; d'après un dessin de Gauguin from a drawing by Gauguin;
    3 ( adapté de) based on; un film d' après un roman de Simenon a film based on a novel by Simenon.
    D après que loc conj after; après que je leur ai annoncé la nouvelle after I told them the news; après qu'il eut parlé after he had spoken.
    II.
    après nm l'après the future; il n'y aura pas d'après there won't be an afterwards.
    [aprɛ] préposition
    1. [dans le temps] after
    c'était peu après 3 h it was shortly ou soon after 3 o'clock
    tu le contredis en public, et après ça tu t'étonnes qu'il s'énerve! you contradict him publicly (and) then you're surprised to find that he gets annoyed!
    après ça, il ne te reste plus qu'à aller t'excuser the only thing you can do now is apologize
    après quoi, nous verrons then we'll see
    après avoir dîné, ils bavardèrent after dining ou after dinner they chatted
    page après page, le mystère s'épaissit the mystery gets deeper with every page ou by the page
    2. [dans l'espace] after
    (familier) [sur]
    3. [dans un rang, un ordre, une hiérarchie] after
    après vous, je vous en prie after you
    vous êtes après moi [dans une file d'attente] you're after me
    il fait passer ma carrière après la sienne my career comes after his ou takes second place to his, according to him
    4. [indiquant un mouvement de poursuite, l'attachement, l'hostilité]
    b. [me harcèle] he's always nagging (at) ou going on at me
    ils sont après une invitation, c'est évident it's obvious they're angling for ou they're after an invitation
    ————————
    [aprɛ] adverbe
    1. [dans le temps]
    bien après a long ou good while after, much later
    peu après shortly after ou afterwards
    après, tu ne viendras pas te plaindre! don't come moaning to me afterwards!
    2. [dans l'espace] after
    3. [dans un rang, un ordre, une hiérarchie] next
    qui est après? [dans une file d'attente] who's next?
    ————————
    après coup locution adverbiale
    ————————
    après que locution conjonctive
    après qu'il eut terminé... after he had finished...
    ————————
    après tout locution adverbiale
    1. [introduisant une justification] after all
    après tout, ça n'a pas beaucoup d'importance after all, it's not particularly important
    2. [emploi expressif] then
    débrouille-toi tout seul, après tout! sort it out yourself then!
    ————————
    d'après locution prépositionnelle
    1. [introduisant un jugement] according to
    alors, d'après vous, qui va gagner? so who do you think is going to win?
    d'après les informations qui nous parviennent from ou according to the news reaching us
    2. [introduisant un modèle, une citation]
    d'après une idée originale de... based on ou from an original idea by...
    ————————
    d'après locution adjectivale
    1. [dans le temps] following, next
    2. [dans l'espace] next

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > après

  • 20 leche

    f.
    milk.
    leche de coco coconut milk
    leche condensada condensed milk
    leche descremada o desnatada skimmed milk
    leche entera full cream milk, whole milk
    leche esterilizada/homogeneizada sterilized/homogenized milk
    leche merengada = drink made from milk, egg whites, sugar and cinnamon
    leche pasteurizada pasteurized milk
    leche en polvo powdered milk
    leche UHT UHT milk
    pres.subj.
    1st person singular (yo) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: lechar.
    * * *
    1 milk
    no corras tanto que nos vamos a dar una leche don't drive so fast, we're going to crash
    3 tabú (fastidio) drag, bastard, bummer
    ¡qué mala leche, mira que perder el avión! what rotten luck, fancy missing the plane!
    ¡qué leche tienes hijo! you jammy bugger!
    5 tabú (semen) spunk, US scum
    \
    a toda leche familiar at full belt, flat out
    de la leche argot bloody, bleeding, frigging
    estar de mala leche familiar to be in a foul mood
    más blanco,-a que la leche as white as a sheet
    ser la leche tabú to be bloody incredible
    tener mala leche familiar (mal carácter) to have a foul temper 2 (malicia - hombre) to be a bastard 3 (- mujer) to be a bitch
    leche condensada condensed milk
    leche descremada skimmed milk
    leche desnatada skimmed milk
    leche entera whole milk
    leche en polvo powdered milk
    leche materna mother's milk
    leche merengada iced drink made from milk, egg whites and sugar, flavoured with cinnamon
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) [de mamífero] milk

    café con leche — white coffee, coffee with milk

    leche completa — full-cream milk, whole milk

    leche de larga duración, leche de larga vida — long-life milk

    leche descremada, leche desnatada — skimmed milk

    leche entera — full-cream milk, whole milk

    leche fritadessert made of milk thickened with flour, coated with egg and fried

    leche sin desnatar Esp whole milk

    leche UHT — long-life milk, UHT milk

    2) (Bot) milk, milky juice; Bol rubber; Caribe rubber tree
    3) (=loción)

    leche hidratante — moisturizer, moisturizing lotion

    leche limpiadora — cleanser, cleansing milk

    4) *** (=semen) cum ***, spunk ***
    5) ** (=golpe)

    ¡te voy a dar una leche! — I'll thump you! *

    se liaron a lechesthey laid into each other *, they started swinging at each other *

    6)

    ser la leche ** (=el colmo)

    cantando es la leche(=bueno) when he sings he's a bloody marvel **; (=malo) when he sings he's bloody awful **

    nunca se acuerdan de llamar, ¡son la leche! — they never think to call, they're unbelievable!

    7) ** [como interjección]

    ¡leche! — hell!, shit! ***

    ¡leches! — (=ni hablar) no way! *, get away!

    8) ** [con valor enfático]

    de la leche — ** bloody **

    ¡este tráfico de la leche me tiene frita! — I'm fed up with this bloody traffic!

    ni leche o leches, no entiende ni leche — he doesn't understand a bloody thing **

    qué leche, ¿qué leche quieres? — what the hell do you want? **

    ¡qué coche ni qué leche! — car my foot! *

    9) [indicando velocidad]
    10)

    mala leche — ** bad blood, ill-feeling

    un tío con muy o mucha mala leche — a nasty piece of work *

    11) ** (=lío)

    tuvimos que rellenar informes, impresos y toda esa leche — we had to fill in reports, forms and all that jazz *

    12) esp LAm (=suerte) good luck

    ¡qué leche tienes! — you lucky o jammy * devil!

    * * *
    1) (de madre, de vaca) milk
    2) (Bot) latex; ( en cosmética) milk, lotion
    3) (vulg) ( semen) cum (vulg)
    4) (Esp vulg)
    a) ( mal humor)

    tiene una leche... — he's got a foul temper; ver tb malo I

    b) (expresando fastidio, mal humor)

    no seas pesado, leche — don't be so goddamn (AmE) o (BrE) bloody annoying (sl)

    5) (Andes fam) ( suerte) luck

    estar con or de leche — to be lucky

    * * *
    = milk.
    Ex. The former monthly publications on statistics of eggs, meat and milk have been amalgamated since 1980 into a quarterly publication, 'Animal Production'.
    ----
    * cartón de leche = milk carton.
    * darse una leche = come + a cropper.
    * de mala leche = like a bear with a sore head, in a foul mood.
    * grasa de la leche = milk fat, butterfat.
    * la leche = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * leche condensada = condensed milk.
    * leche del día = fresh milk.
    * leche de paloma = crop milk.
    * leche desnadata = skimmed milk.
    * leche desnatada = skim milk, nonfat milk.
    * leche de soja = soya milk [soy milk].
    * leche de vaca = cow's milk [cow milk].
    * leche en polvo = dry milk, powder milk, powdered milk, milk powder.
    * leche en polvo desnatada = nonfat dry milk.
    * leche enriquecida = fortified milk.
    * leche entera = whole milk.
    * leche evaporada = evaporated milk.
    * leche materna = breast milk.
    * leche semidesnatada = low-fat milk, partly skimmed milk, semi-skimmed milk.
    * leche uperizada = UHT milk.
    * mala leche = nastiness, bad blood.
    * nata de la leche = milk fat, butterfat.
    * no vendas la leche antes de ordeñar la vaca = don't count your chickens before they are hatched.
    * repartidor de leche = milkman [milkmen, -pl.].
    * reparto de leche = milk round.
    * salir echando leches = bolt, take off, make + a bolt for, dash off, shoot off.
    * vaca dedicada a la producción de leche = milk-producing cow.
    * * *
    1) (de madre, de vaca) milk
    2) (Bot) latex; ( en cosmética) milk, lotion
    3) (vulg) ( semen) cum (vulg)
    4) (Esp vulg)
    a) ( mal humor)

    tiene una leche... — he's got a foul temper; ver tb malo I

    b) (expresando fastidio, mal humor)

    no seas pesado, leche — don't be so goddamn (AmE) o (BrE) bloody annoying (sl)

    5) (Andes fam) ( suerte) luck

    estar con or de leche — to be lucky

    * * *
    = milk.

    Ex: The former monthly publications on statistics of eggs, meat and milk have been amalgamated since 1980 into a quarterly publication, 'Animal Production'.

    * cartón de leche = milk carton.
    * darse una leche = come + a cropper.
    * de mala leche = like a bear with a sore head, in a foul mood.
    * grasa de la leche = milk fat, butterfat.
    * la leche = the dog's bollocks, the bee's knees, the cat's meow, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's whiskers.
    * leche condensada = condensed milk.
    * leche del día = fresh milk.
    * leche de paloma = crop milk.
    * leche desnadata = skimmed milk.
    * leche desnatada = skim milk, nonfat milk.
    * leche de soja = soya milk [soy milk].
    * leche de vaca = cow's milk [cow milk].
    * leche en polvo = dry milk, powder milk, powdered milk, milk powder.
    * leche en polvo desnatada = nonfat dry milk.
    * leche enriquecida = fortified milk.
    * leche entera = whole milk.
    * leche evaporada = evaporated milk.
    * leche materna = breast milk.
    * leche semidesnatada = low-fat milk, partly skimmed milk, semi-skimmed milk.
    * leche uperizada = UHT milk.
    * mala leche = nastiness, bad blood.
    * nata de la leche = milk fat, butterfat.
    * no vendas la leche antes de ordeñar la vaca = don't count your chickens before they are hatched.
    * repartidor de leche = milkman [milkmen, -pl.].
    * reparto de leche = milk round.
    * salir echando leches = bolt, take off, make + a bolt for, dash off, shoot off.
    * vaca dedicada a la producción de leche = milk-producing cow.

    * * *
    A (de la madre, de una vaca) milk
    leche materna mother's milk
    leche de vaca/cabra cow's/goat's milk
    la leche se ha cortado the milk has gone off
    más blanco que la leche as white as a sheet
    ¡me cago en la leche! ( vulg) (expresando enfado) shit! ( vulg), damn it! ( colloq) (expresando sorpresa) son of a bitch! ( AmE sl), bloody hell! ( BrE sl)
    oler a leche (Col, Ven fam); to be wet behind the ears
    ser una leche hervida ( RPl fam); to have a very short fuse ( colloq)
    Compuestos:
    leche chocoleatada or chocolatada
    chocolate milk
    condensed milk
    milk of magnesia
    leche desnatada or descremada
    skim milk ( AmE), skimmed milk ( BrE)
    leche de soya or ( Esp) soja
    soy milk ( AmE), soya milk ( BrE)
    powdered milk
    whole milk, full-cream milk
    sterilized milk
    homogenized milk
    ( Col) malted milk
    type of ice cream made with egg whites, cinnamon and sugar
    pasteurized milk
    B
    1 ( Bot) milky sap, latex
    2 (en cosmética) milk, lotion
    Compuestos:
    tanning lotion o milk
    leche de almendras/pepinos
    almond/cucumber lotion
    moisturizing lotion, moisturizer
    cleansing milk
    C ( vulg) (semen) cum ( vulg), spunk ( BrE vulg)
    D ( Esp arg)
    1
    (golpe): nos vamos a dar una leche we're going to crash
    se liaron a leches they beat the hell out of each other (sl)
    te voy a dar una leche you're going to get it ( colloq), I'm going to thump you ( colloq)
    2
    (velocidad): iba a toda leche I was going flat out ( colloq)
    ¡la leche! good grief! ( colloq), bloody hell! ( BrE sl)
    4
    de la leche ( arg): hace un frío de la leche it's goddamn freezing ( AmE), it's bloody freezing ( BrE colloq)
    estoy harta de ese pesado de la leche I'm fed up with that boring old fart (sl)
    5
    (colmo): ese tío es la leche that guy is the pits o the end ( colloq)
    se han vuelto a equivocar, son la leche they've got it wrong again, they're the pits o ( BrE) they're bloody useless ( colloq)
    E ( Esp vulg)
    1
    (mal humor): tiene una leche … he's so bad-tempered, he's got a foul temper
    ver tb malo1 adj Sense III. (↑ malo (1))
    2
    (expresando fastidio, mal humor): ¿qué leches pintas tú en este asunto? what the hell has this got to do with you? ( colloq)
    pídele que te lo devuelva ¡qué leches! ask her to damn well give it back to you ( colloq)
    no seas pesado, leche don't be so goddamn annoying ( AmE), don't be so bloody annoying ( BrE sl)
    F ( Andes fam) (suerte) luck
    ganó a la lotería ¡qué leche tiene! she won the draw, what a lucky o ( BrE) jammy devil! ( colloq)
    estar con or de leche to be lucky, to be jammy ( BrE colloq)
    * * *

     

    leche sustantivo femenino
    1 (de madre, de vaca) milk;
    leche descremada or (Esp) desnatada skim milk (AmE), skimmed milk (BrE);

    leche entera whole milk, full-cream milk
    2 ( en cosmética) milk, lotion
    3 (Esp vulg) ( mal humor):
    tiene una leche … he's got a foul temper;

    hacer algo con mala leche to do sth deliberately o to be nasty;
    tener mala leche to be bad-tempered
    4 (Andes fam) ( suerte) luck;
    estar con or de leche to be lucky
    leche sustantivo femenino
    1 milk
    leche descremada o desnatada, skim o skimmed milk
    leche entera, full-fat milk, US whole milk
    2 Cosm milk, cream
    leche corporal, body milk
    leche hidratante, moisturizer
    3 Anat dientes de leche, milk teeth, US baby teeth
    4 familiar mala leche, nastiness
    5 vulgar (golpe) bump
    darse una leche, to bump o to come a cropper
    ' leche' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    bautizar
    - bronceador
    - bronceadora
    - café
    - cagarse
    - calentar
    - chocolate
    - colar
    - colador
    - cortada
    - cortado
    - cortarse
    - cuajar
    - de
    - derramar
    - desmaquillador
    - desmaquilladora
    - desnatada
    - desnatado
    - diente
    - grumo
    - hervir
    - infinitamente
    - manteca
    - mojar
    - nata
    - polvo
    - producir
    - suero
    - uperisada
    - uperisado
    - uperizada
    - uperizado
    - agriarse
    - aguado
    - aguar
    - alimento
    - ama
    - arroz
    - azucarar
    - batido
    - bueno
    - cantina
    - cartón
    - cortar
    - crema
    - dulce
    - estropear
    - hervidor
    - lactancia
    English:
    attested milk
    - bad
    - boil over
    - buttermilk
    - carton
    - chocolate
    - cleansing lotion
    - clot
    - coffee
    - container
    - cream
    - curdle
    - dried
    - evaporated milk
    - for
    - fridge
    - intolerance
    - milk
    - milk chocolate
    - milk tooth
    - milk-white
    - milky
    - mix
    - much
    - nonfat
    - off
    - powdered
    - pudding
    - put
    - remember
    - rice pudding
    - semi-skimmed
    - skim
    - skin
    - sour
    - turn
    - white
    - black
    - bottle
    - cleanser
    - condensed
    - creamer
    - dark
    - dash
    - drink
    - float
    - fudge
    - half
    - none
    - plain
    * * *
    leche nf
    1. [de mujer, hembra] milk;
    leche de cabra/vaca goat's/cow's milk
    leche condensada condensed milk;
    leche descremada skimmed milk;
    leche desnatada skimmed milk;
    leche entera whole milk, Br full-cream milk;
    leche esterilizada sterilized milk;
    leche evaporada evaporated milk;
    leche frita = sweet made from milk and flour fried in batter and cut into cubes;
    leche homogeneizada homogenized milk;
    Am leche instantánea powdered milk;
    leche malteada malted milk;
    leche materna mother's milk;
    leche maternizada Br baby milk, US formula;
    leche merengada = drink made from milk, beaten egg whites, sugar and cinnamon;
    leche pasteurizada pasteurized milk;
    leche en polvo powdered milk;
    leche semidesnatada Br semi-skimmed milk, US two percent milk;
    leche de soja soya milk;
    leche UHT UHT milk;
    leche uperisada UHT milk
    2. [de planta] milk, milky sap
    leche de almendras almond milk;
    leche de coco coconut milk
    3. [loción] leche bronceadora sun lotion;
    leche hidratante moisturizing lotion;
    leche limpiadora cleansing milk;
    leche de magnesia milk of magnesia
    4. Esp muy Fam [golpe]
    darse o [m5] meterse una leche to come a cropper;
    se dio o [m5] metió una leche con el coche he was in a car smash, US he was in a car wreck
    5. Esp muy Fam [bofetada]
    dar o [m5] pegar una leche a alguien to belt o clobber sb;
    como no te calles te voy a dar una leche if you don't shut up I'm going to sock you one;
    nos liamos a leches we beat the crap out of each other
    6. muy Fam [semen] come
    7. muy Fam [humor]
    estar de mala leche to be in a Br bloody o US goddamn awful mood;
    tener mala leche [mala intención] to be a mean o complete bastard
    8. esp Am muy Fam [suerte] luck;
    tener buena leche to be Br bloody o US goddamn lucky, Br to be a jammy bastard
    9. Comp
    Esp muy Fam
    echando leches like a bat out of hell, flat out;
    correr/trabajar a toda leche [muy rápido] to run/work like hell;
    ¡esto es la leche! [el colmo] this is the absolute Br bloody o US goddamn limit!;
    eres la leche, ¿por qué no me avisaste antes? you're Br bloody o US goddamn unbelievable, why didn't you tell me before?;
    su nuevo disco es la leche [muy bueno] her new record is Br bloody o US goddamn brilliant;
    [muy malo] her new record sucks, Br her new record is crap;
    ¿cuándo/qué/por qué leches…? when/what/why the hell…?;
    ¡una leche! no way!;
    ¡me cago en la leche! Br bloody hell!, US goddamn it!;
    ya te he dicho que no, ¡leche! Br Jesus bloody Christ, haven't I already said no?, US I've already said no, goddamn it!;
    prepara unas paellas de la leche Br she cooks a bloody mean paella, US she sure as hell cooks a mean paella;
    hace un frío de la leche it's Br bloody o US goddamn freezing
    * * *
    f milk;
    es la leche pop ( bueno) he’s/it’s the best; ( malo) he’s/it’s the pits fam ;
    estar de mala leche pop be in a foul mood;
    tener mala leche pop be out to make trouble;
    tener leche L.Am. fam be lucky
    * * *
    leche nf
    1) : milk
    leche en polvo: powdered milk
    leche de magnesia: milk of magnesia
    2) : milky sap
    * * *
    leche n milk

    Spanish-English dictionary > leche

См. также в других словарях:

  • Jesus and Messianic prophecy — Christians commonly believe that many verses of the Hebrew Bible are prophecies of the Messiah and that these were fulfilled in the life of Jesus, with the rest to be fulfilled by his Second Coming. (A minority, called Full Preterists, believe… …   Wikipedia

  • Jesus myth theory — The Resurrection of Christ by Noel Coypel (1700). Jesus myth theorists see this as one of a number of stories about dying and rising gods. Description The …   Wikipedia

  • Jesus and Pals — is a fictional public access television show within a show on South Park . It is a call in talk show hosted by Jesus Christ.HistoryWhen Trey Parker and Matt Stone originally started making South Park, they realized that Jesus had played a big… …   Wikipedia

  • Jesus Christ — 1. Jesus (def. 1). 2. Jesus (def. 5). * * * Introduction also called  Jesus of Galilee  or  Jesus of Nazareth   born c. 6–4 BC, Bethlehem died c. AD 30, Jerusalem  founder of Christianity, one of the world s largest religions, and the incarnation …   Universalium

  • Claimed Messianic prophecies of Jesus — Jesus of Nazareth is universally accepted as the Messiah by Christians. However, mainstream Jews do not regard him as their Messiah because he failed to fulfill the temporal interpretations of the Bible. Christians believe that Jesus has… …   Wikipedia

  • Jesus' interactions with women — Part of a series on Christianity and Gender Theology Female disciples of Jesus Gender roles in Christianity …   Wikipedia

  • Jesus —    The fight against evil, the DEVIL, and DEMONs are central in the life and purpose of Christianity’s Son of God. “The reason the Son of God appeared was to destroy the devil’s work,” affirms 1 John 3:8. Accounts in the New Testament tell of… …   Encyclopedia of Demons and Demonology

  • JESUS — (d. 30 C.E.), whom Christianity sees as its founder and object of faith, was a Jew who lived toward the end of the Second Commonwealth period. The martyrdom of his brother James is narrated by Josephus (Ant. 20:200–3), but the passage in the same …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • Jesus in Christianity — Jesus (on the left) is being identified by John the Baptist as the Lamb of God who takes away the sins of the world , in John 1:29 …   Wikipedia

  • Jesús Vidaña — is a fisherman from Mexico, famous for being a castaway in the early 21st century. Lost at sea Just before sunrise, on October 28, 2005, Lucio Rendón, Salvador Ordóñez and Jesús Eduardo Vidaña, along with two other companions, set forth from the… …   Wikipedia

  • Jesús Franco — Born Jesús Franco Manera 12 May 1930 (age 81) Madrid, Spain Occupation Director, screenwriter, cinematographer …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»